600-00299-000 Ifd4xx - Ifd5xx Im - 10.3

IFD5XX / IFD4XX / Atlas Integrated Flight Display
Installation Manual
for Fixed Wing Applications
IFD Series Installation Manual
Revision History
Document Number 600-00299-000 Control Category CC2
Revision Description ECO Date
00 Initial Release ECO-14-207 07/09/14
01 Release 10.0.1.0 ECO-14-283 08/21/14
02 Release 10.0.2.0 ECO-14-356 11/12/14
03 Release 10.0.3.0 ECO-14-424 02/02/15
04 Release for TSO ECO-15-154 04/09/15
05 Define MLB100 TSO part number ECO-15-385 09/29/15
06 Support WiFi Bluetooth activation utility ECO-15-425 11/06/15
07 Release 10.1.1.0 ECO-15-469 12/04/15
08 Release 10.1.2.0 ECO-16-054 03/01/16
09 Add EASA Verbiage and 10.1.3 ECO-16-054 06/23/16
10 Release 10.2 ECO-17-001 02/03/17
11 Minor error correction to D-44, D-45, Table 73 ECO-17-060 03/08/17
12 Minor error correction to D-44, D-45, Table 73 ECO-17-066 03/15/17
13 Release 10.2.1.0 ECO-18-013 02/09/18
14 Release 10.2.1.0 minor corrections ECO-18-066 03/07/18
15 Add Proline 21 EFIS /APS 3000 AP ECO-18-138 05/16/18
Update for GPS roll-over of the 10 bit number
16 ECO-19-025 02/08/19
of weeks, Update Table 1 and 2
17 Release 10.2.3.1 ECO-19-050 04/29/19
Added ARINC429 output tables, Proline 21
18 ECO-19-190 08/16/19
schematics and configuration settings.
19 Release 10.2.4.1 ECO-19-289 01/16/20
Updated with part 25 aircraft, updated options
P/N’s, added to the Mods table, Added
Honeywell EGPWS, added RDR2100, RDS
Radars, fixed DME42 strapping, added
20 ECO-20-093 08/24/20
Honeywell EPGWS interconnects, added
password configuration instructions added
GTX3000, NGT700, MST70B BXT65XX
interconnects
21 Release 10.2.5.1, Becker remote ECO-20-162 02/05/21
22 Release 10.2.6.1 ECO-21-049 03/09/21
23 Adding Atlas, update IRU Cal ECO-21-062 04/02/21
24 Release 10.3 ECO-21-236 03/23/22
600-00299-000 Page 2 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
All materials copyrighted, including images that represent the software.

Copyright 2014-2021 Avidyne Corporation. All rights reserved.
The latest installation manuals are available to authorized dealers on the web
at https://www.dealers.avidyne.com
Avidyne® is a registered trademark of Avidyne Corporation.
600-00299-000 Page 3 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Table of Contents
1. General Information ........................................................... 14

1.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................ 14
1.2 IFD Configurations ................................................................................................. 14
1.3 Bendix King Part Numbers .................................................................................... 18
1.4 Unit Modifications .................................................................................................. 20
1.5 Technical Specifications ........................................................................................ 26
1.5.1 IFD5XX Specifications ....................................................................................... 26
1.5.2 Atlas Specifications ............................................................................................ 33
1.6 Regulatory Compliance ......................................................................................... 37
1.6.1 Applicable TSOs ................................................................................................ 37
1.6.2 TSO Deviations .................................................................................................. 38
1.6.3 Non-TSO Functions ........................................................................................... 40
1.6.4 ............................................................................................................................... 40
1.6.5 Partial TSO Functions ........................................................................................ 40
1.6.6 Open Problem Report ........................................................................................ 41
1.7 Software and Hardware Design Assurance Levels ............................................... 41
1.8 Environmental Qualification Forms ........................................................................ 42
1.9 Databases .............................................................................................................. 42
1.10 Electronic Map Display Information ....................................................................... 42
1.11 GPS Fault Detection and Exclusion (FDE) ............................................................ 43
1.12 Terrain Alerting and Warning System .................................................................... 43
1.13 FIS-B ADS-B Weather Information ........................................................................ 44
1.14 Part 23 STC Approved Model List ......................................................................... 44
1.15 Part 25 STC Approved Model List ......................................................................... 44
1.16 Avidyne Supplied Material ..................................................................................... 45
600-00299-000 Page 4 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.16.1 Product Ship Kits ........................................................................................... 45
1.16.2 Optional Ship Kits .......................................................................................... 46
1.17 Materials Required but not Supplied ..................................................................... 47
2. Installation Considerations................................................ 48
2.1.1 VFR Installation ................................................................................................. 48
2.1.2 IFR Installation ................................................................................................... 48
2.2 Garmin GNS Replacement Considerations ........................................................... 51
2.2.1 Circuit Breakers ................................................................................................. 51
2.2.2 WAAS Enabled: ................................................................................................. 51
2.2.3 TAWS:................................................................................................................ 51
2.2.4 TAWS Audio: ..................................................................................................... 52
2.2.5 Installation with Avidyne AXP340/322 Transponder: ........................................ 52
2.2.6 Additional Installation Data Sources .................................................................. 52
2.2.7 Electrical Load Analysis (ELA) ....................................................................... 53
2.3 Optional Installation Features ................................................................................ 53
2.4 IFD Interfaces ........................................................................................................ 54
2.5 Pre-Installation Checklist ....................................................................................... 62
3. Antenna Installation ........................................................... 63

3.1 Antenna Bonding ................................................................................................... 63
3.2 Antenna Environmental Qualifications ................................................................... 63
3.3 GPS Antenna ......................................................................................................... 63
3.3.1 GPS Antenna Location ...................................................................................... 64
3.3.2 GPS Antenna Bonding....................................................................................... 68
3.3.3 GPS Antenna Cable .......................................................................................... 68
3.3.4 GPS Coaxial Cable Connector .......................................................................... 68
3.3.5 Approved GPS Antennas................................................................................... 69
3.3.6 GPS Interference ............................................................................................... 69
600-00299-000 Page 5 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
3.3.7 Ground Plane ..................................................................................................... 70
3.3.8 Dual IFD Installations ......................................................................................... 70
3.3.9 Anti-Ice Protection ............................................................................................. 70
3.4 VHF Communication Antenna ............................................................................... 71
3.4.1 Antenna Environmental Qualifications ............................................................... 71
3.4.2 VHF Communication Cable ............................................................................... 71
3.4.3 VHF Coaxial Cable Connector .......................................................................... 71
3.4.4 Voltage Standing Wave Ratio ............................................................................ 71
3.4.5 VHF Antenna ..................................................................................................... 71
3.4.6 Antenna Ground Plane ...................................................................................... 71
3.5 Navigation Antennas .............................................................................................. 71
3.5.1 VOR/LOC Antenna ............................................................................................ 71
3.5.2 Navigation Coaxial Cable .................................................................................. 71
3.5.3 Navigation Coaxial Cable Connector ................................................................. 72
3.5.4 Diplexer .............................................................................................................. 72
3.6 Glideslope Antenna ............................................................................................... 72
3.6.1 Glideslope .......................................................................................................... 72
4. Electrical Installation.......................................................... 73
4.1 Wire Type .............................................................................................................. 73
4.2 Wire and Connector Identification ......................................................................... 73
4.3 Wire Routing .......................................................................................................... 73
4.4 Shield Grounds ...................................................................................................... 73
4.5 Wire Harness Overbraid ........................................................................................ 73
4.5.1 Existing Equipment ............................................................................................ 73
4.5.2 Severe Lightning Transient Environment .......................................................... 73
4.5.3 Copper Overbraid Installation ............................................................................ 74
4.6 IFD Connectors ...................................................................................................... 74
600-00299-000 Page 6 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
4.7 Byteflight Digital Data Bus Consideration – Dual IFD Installations ....................... 75
4.7.1 Databus Wiring - Replacement Installations...................................................... 75
4.7.2 Databus Wiring – New Installations ................................................................... 75
4.8 Circuit Protection ................................................................................................... 75
4.9 Power Distribution .................................................................................................. 75
4.10 Electrical Load Analysis ......................................................................................... 77
4.11 Low Power Behaviors ............................................................................................ 77
5. Mechanical Installation ...................................................... 78

5.1 Equipment Location – New Installations ................................................................ 78
5.1.1 Determining the Field of View ............................................................................ 78
5.1.2 Navigation Annunciation .................................................................................... 79
5.1.3 Course Deviation Indicator ................................................................................ 81
5.1.4 Instrument Panel Cutout .................................................................................... 81
5.1.5 Requirements for Tray Installation ..................................................................... 81
5.2 Equipment Location - Replacement Unit ............................................................... 82
5.3 Angle of Regard ..................................................................................................... 82
5.4 Unit Installation/Removal ....................................................................................... 82
5.5 Internal Cooling ...................................................................................................... 82
5.6 External Cooling .................................................................................................... 82
5.7 Electrical Bonding .................................................................................................. 83
5.8 Aircraft Considerations .......................................................................................... 83
5.9 Weight and Balance............................................................................................... 83
5.10 Compass Safe Distance ........................................................................................ 83
6. System Installation ............................................................. 84

6.1 Pin Function List .................................................................................................... 84
6.1.1 P1001 Main Connector ...................................................................................... 84
6.1.2 P1002 Communication Connector ..................................................................... 87
600-00299-000 Page 7 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.1.3 P1006 Navigation Connector ............................................................................. 88
6.1.4 P1050 Additional I/O Connector ........................................................................ 89
6.1.5 Altitude Gray Code ............................................................................................ 90
6.1.6 Heading Input .................................................................................................... 90
6.1.7 Main Course Deviation Indicator Output............................................................ 91
6.1.8 Serial Data ......................................................................................................... 95
6.1.9 ARINC 429 ......................................................................................................... 95
6.1.10 ARINC 453 ..................................................................................................... 99
6.1.11 RS170 Video .................................................................................................. 99
6.1.12 Com/VOR/ILS Audio Electrical Characteristics ............................................. 99
6.1.13 VOR/ILS Indicator Electrical Characteristics ............................................... 101
6.1.14 DME Tuning ................................................................................................. 101
6.2 Bezel Lighting ...................................................................................................... 102
6.3 Traffic System ...................................................................................................... 102
6.4 Lightning Detection System ................................................................................. 103
6.5 Datalink Weather ................................................................................................. 104
6.6 Audio Panels ........................................................................................................ 105
6.7 GAD 42 ................................................................................................................ 105
6.8 Air Data System Sources..................................................................................... 106
6.9 Heading System Sources .................................................................................... 108
6.10 Multifunction Displays .......................................................................................... 109
6.11 Forward Looking Terrain Alerting ........................................................................ 109
6.11.1 Audio ............................................................................................................ 109
6.11.2 Annunciators ................................................................................................ 110
6.12 TAWS/EGPWS Output ........................................................................................ 110
6.13 ADS-B Transponder/UAT Output ........................................................................ 110
6.14 Autopilot ............................................................................................................... 117
6.15 Video Input ........................................................................................................... 117
600-00299-000 Page 8 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.16 Radar Display and Control................................................................................... 118
7. Configuration and Checkout ........................................... 119

7.1 Wiring Check ....................................................................................................... 119
7.2 Mounting Check ................................................................................................... 119
7.3 Chassis ID Setting ............................................................................................... 119
7.4 Unit Installation .................................................................................................... 120
7.5 Configuration ....................................................................................................... 120
7.5.1 Maintenance Mode .......................................................................................... 120
7.5.2 Password PIN Page......................................................................................... 121
7.5.3 ARINC 429 Port Configuration ........................................................................ 123
7.5.4 RS-232 Port Configuration............................................................................... 129
7.5.5 Main System Configuration ............................................................................. 134
7.5.6 Main Input Configuration.................................................................................. 139
7.5.7 Main Lighting Configuration ............................................................................. 140
7.5.8 Main Discrete I/O ............................................................................................. 144
7.5.9 Main CDI/OBS Config Page ............................................................................ 145
7.5.10 VOR/LOC/GS CDI ....................................................................................... 149
7.5.11 VOR/LOC/GS ARINC
Configuration ............................................................................................................... 151
7.5.12 Com Setup ................................................................................................... 152
7.5.13 GPS Setup ................................................................................................... 153
7.5.14 Main ARINC 429 Port 3 Configuration ......................................................... 155
7.5.15 GPS Legacy Avionics System (GLAS) ........................................................ 155
7.5.16 GDL Configuration Pages ............................................................................ 157
7.5.17 Remote XPDR Configuration ....................................................................... 158
7.5.18 Voice Call Outs Configuration ..................................................................... 160
7.5.19 Wireless Portables ....................................................................................... 161
600-00299-000 Page 9 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.20 WiFi Setup ................................................................................................... 161
7.5.21 Bluetooth Setup ........................................................................................... 162
7.5.22 IRU Calibration, IFD545, IFD550, Atlas ....................................................... 166
7.5.23 RDR2000 Radar Configuration .................................................................... 169
7.5.24 Stormscope Test Page ................................................................................ 171
7.5.25 GAD 42 Configuration .................................................................................. 172
7.5.26 Other System Diagnostics Pages ................................................................ 173
7.6 Checkout .............................................................................................................. 175
7.6.1 Database Check .............................................................................................. 175
7.6.2 Airplane Flight Supplement Check .................................................................. 175
7.6.3 Instructions for Continued Airworthiness ......................................................... 175
7.6.4 Aircraft Weight and Balance ............................................................................ 175
7.6.5 Electrical Load Analysis ................................................................................... 175
7.6.6 GPS Signal Acquisition .................................................................................... 175
7.6.7 VHF COM Checkout ........................................................................................ 176
7.6.8 VOR/LOC/ GS Checkout ................................................................................. 176
7.6.9 Autopilot ........................................................................................................... 176
7.6.10 Magnetic Compass Swing ........................................................................... 177
7.6.11 IFD Bezel and Display Lighting.................................................................... 177
7.6.12 External Annunciators and Switches ........................................................... 177
7.6.13 Placards ....................................................................................................... 177
7.6.14 Self-test Page .............................................................................................. 177
7.6.15 Dual IFD Configuration ................................................................................ 178
7.6.16 Heading Interface Check ............................................................................. 178
7.6.17 ADS-B Output .............................................................................................. 178
8. Flight Checks .................................................................... 179

8.1 GPS Verification .................................................................................................. 179
600-00299-000 Page 10 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
8.2 VHF COM Flight Check ....................................................................................... 179
8.3 VOR Flight Checks .............................................................................................. 179
8.4 ILS Flight Checks ................................................................................................. 179
8.5 Autopilot Checks .................................................................................................. 179
8.6 Sensors Verification ............................................................................................. 179
9. Glove Validation Procedures ........................................... 180
10. Software and Database Update Procedures ............. 181

10.1 Data Updates ....................................................................................................... 181
10.2 Datalogs Download.............................................................................................. 184
10.3 Software Update .................................................................................................. 186
11. Periodic Maintenance ................................................. 187

11.1 Equipment Calibration ......................................................................................... 187
11.2 VOR Checks ........................................................................................................ 187
11.3 Cleaning ............................................................................................................... 187
12. Factory Service Policies and Procedures ................. 188

12.1 Technical Support ................................................................................................ 188
12.2 General Service Procedures ............................................................................... 188
13. Bezel and Display Cleaning ....................................... 190
Appendix A: Environmental Qualification Form ................... 191
Appendix B: STC Permission ................................................ 194

Appendix C: Mechanical Drawings ....................................... 195
Appendix D: Electrical Interface Drawings ........................... 204
Appendix E: Troubleshooting Guide ..................................... 286

Appendix F: Configuration Setup .......................................... 289
600-00299-000 Page 11 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
600-00299-000 Page 12 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Notes to Installers:
The following important issues regarding the Avidyne 700-00182-XXX (IFD5XX), 700-00179-
XXX (IFD4XX), 700-00194-XXX (Atlas) Integrated Flight Display GPS/NAV/COM System
installation should be noted during the planning stages.
1. These installation instructions assume that the

GPS/NAV/COM transceiver and GPS antenna can be
installed in a structurally sound manner in accordance with
the installation manual and AC 43.13-( ). All the aircraft
certification requirements must remain in compliance.
2. Mounting the GPS antenna on composite and pressurized
aircraft requires engineering guidance beyond the scope of
this manual. With respect to the Approved Model List STC,
the physical mounting of the antenna is specifically
excluded from the approval in the case of installations on
the pressure vessel of pressurized aircraft, composite
aircraft, and aircraft with a certification basis of
Amendment 23-45 or later, unless approved installation data
is listed in the Master Document List of the STC. All early
amendment, metal construction, non-pressurized aircraft
antenna installations must be installed consistent with
accepted industry practices. The installation must be
structurally sound and in accordance with FAA Advisory
Circular 43.13-1B and 43.13-2B. All other antennas must be
mounted using the manufacturers' installation data.
3. An Electrical Load Analysis must be accomplished to
determine that the electrical limits of the specific aircraft are
not exceeded. The Electrical Load Analysis, Functional
Hazard Assessment and other certification requirements for
the aircraft must remain in compliance.
4. The IFD5XX/IFD4XX/ATLAS Forward Looking Terrain
Alerting is not a TSO-C151 system, and does not satisfy any
Part 91/135 TAWS requirements.
5. Prior to starting IFD5XX/IFD4XX/ATLAS installation, verify
the aircraft make and model is on the STC Approved Model
List (AML). Also, note any installation specific data for the
make and model in the AML.
6. IFD545, IFD550, and ATLAS may not be stored, or installed
in any aircraft that is expected to be stored, in areas where
the temperature is expected to be below -40°C
7. IFD545, IFD550, and ATLAS cannot be used as a required
attitude indicator and must only be used as a "secondary
(non -required) source of attitude information".
8. This Installation Manual is applicable to fixed wing
applications only. For Rotorcraft Part 27/29 reference the
IFD5XX/4XX Helicopter Installation Manual 600-00333-000.
600-00299-000 Page 13 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1. General Information
1.1 Introduction
This manual contains information about the physical, mechanical, and electrical
characteristics of the Avidyne GPS/Navigation/Communication Integrated Flight Display
(IFD) and provides installation instructions for its components. This manual covers the
following IFD configurations, IFD4XX Series p/n 700-00179-XXX, IFD5XX Series p/n 700-
00182-XXX and Atlas Series 700-00194-XXX. These IFD configurations will be referred to
generically as “IFD” throughout this manual unless specific configurations or models are
identified.
1.2 IFD Configurations

This manual applies to the following part numbers in Table 1, Table 2 and Table 3
Hardware Part Software Part Number

Model Number
Number (or later approved revision)
IFD510 (Black Bezel) 700-00182-010 ACR: 530-00246-000 Rev. 00
IFD510 with Video (Black Bezel) 700-00182-011 • 510-00348-000 Rev. 00
IFD510 (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-110 • 510-00349-000 Rev. 00
IFD510 with Video (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-111 • 510-00310-000 Rev. 01
IFD510 (Black Bezel) 700-00182-210 • 510-00311-001 Rev. 00
IFD510 with Video (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-311 FPSM: 530-00226-000 Rev. 05
IFD510 (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-810 LIO App: 530-00239-000 Rev. 07
IFD510 with Video (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-811 • 510-00328-000 Rev. 00
IFD540, 16W (Black Bezel) 700-00182-002 LIO I/O: 530-00238-000 Rev. 07
IFD540, 16W (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-102
• 510-00290-000 Rev. 02
IFD540 with Video (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-101
• 510-00291-000 Rev. 00
IFD540 (Black Bezel) 700-00182-200
GPS: 530-00229-000 Rev. 09
IFD540 with Video (Black Bezel) 700-00182-201
• 510-00876-000 Rev. 08
IFD540 (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-300
• 510-00877-000 Rev. 02
VHF: 530-00231-000 Rev. 05
IFD540 (Black Bezel) 700-00182-700
NOTE: Not Installed in IFD510, IFD545
• 510-00314-000 Rev. 00
IFD540 (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-800
• 510-00239-001 Rev. 00
600-00299-000 Page 14 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

IFD545 (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-130 ARS: 530-00223-000 Rev. 00
IFD545 with Video (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-131 NOTE: Installed in IFD545 and IFD550
IFD545 (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-330
IFD545 (Black Bezel) 700-00182-730
IFD545 (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-830
IFD550 (Black Bezel) 700-00182-020
IFD550 (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-120
IFD550 (Black Bezel) 700-00182-220
IFD550 (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-320
IFD550 (Black Bezel) 700-00182-720
IFD550 (Grey Bezel) 700-00182-820
Table 1 IFD5XX Variants
600-00299-000 Page 15 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Model Number Hardware Part Software Part Number

ACR: 530-00246-000 Rev. 00
• 510-00348-000 Rev. 00
• 510-00310-000 Rev. 01
IFD410 (Grey Bezel) 700-00179-110
• 510-00311-001 Rev. 00
FPSM: 530-00226-000 Rev. 05
IFD410 (Black Bezel) 700-00179-710
• 510-00294-000 Rev. 05
LIO App: 530-00239-000 Rev. 07
• 510-00328-000 Rev. 00
• 510-00329-000 Rev. 08
LIO I/O: 530-00238-000 Rev. 07
• 510-00343-000 Rev. 02
• 510-00289-000 Rev. 01
IFD440 (Black Bezel 700-00179-000 • 510-00290-000 Rev. 02
GPS: 530-00229-000 Rev. 09
IFD440 (Black Bezel 700-00179-200
• 510-00876-000 Rev. 08
IFD440 (Black Bezel 700-00179-700 VHF: 530-00231-000 Rev. 05
NOTE: Not Installed in IFD410
IFD440 (Grey Bezel) 700-00179-800
• 510-00314-000 Rev. 00
• 510-00239-001 Rev. 00
• 510-00316-000 Rev. 06
• 510-00237-000 Rev. 00
Table 2 IFD4XX Variants
600-00299-000 Page 16 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Hardware Part Software Part Number

Model Number
ACR: 530-00246-000 Rev. 00
• 510-00348-000 Rev. 00
• 510-00349-000 Rev. 00
• 510-00310-000 Rev. 01
• 510-00311-001 Rev. 00
• 510-00312-000 Rev. 07
• 510-00346-000 Rev. 04
FPSM: 530-00226-000 Rev. 05
• 510-00294-000 Rev. 05
• 510-00291-000 Rev. 00
LIO App: 530-00239-000 Rev. 07
• 510-00328-000 Rev. 00
Atlas (Black Bezel) W/VHF 700-00194-020 • 510-00329-000 Rev. 08
LIO I/O: 530-00238-000 Rev. 07
Atlas (Black Bezel) W/VHF & Video 700-00194-021 • 510-00343-000 Rev. 02
Atlas (Grey Bezel) W/VHF 700-00194-120 • 510-00289-000 Rev. 01
Atlas (Grey Bezel) W/VHF & Video 700-00194-121 • 510-00290-000 Rev. 02
• 510-00291-000 Rev. 00
GPS: 530-00229-000 Rev. 08
• 510-00876-000 Rev. 07
• 510-00877-000 Rev. 02
VHF: 530-00231-000 Rev. 05
NOTE: Not Installed in FMS
only Atlas
• 510-00314-000 Rev. 00
• 510-00239-001 Rev. 00
• 510-00316-000 Rev. 06
• 510-00237-000 Rev. 00
ARS: 530-00223-000 Rev. 00
• 510-00283-000 Rev. 01
• 510-00332-000 Rev. 00
Table 3 Atlas Variants
600-00299-000 Page 17 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.3 Bendix King Part Numbers

BendixKing Manufacture Product Description
Part Number Part Number
89000039-001 700-00182-700 AeroNav 900,10W, GPS/Nav/Com/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS/--Black
89000039-002 700-00182-701 AeroNav 900, 10W, GPS/Nav/Com/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS//RS170
89000039-003 850-00182-700 Ship Kit, AeroNav 900,10W, GPS/Nav/Com/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS/--Black
89000039-004 850-00182-701 Ship Kit, AeroNav 900, 10W, GPS/Nav/Com/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS//RS170
89000039-007 850-00188-002 Ship Kit, AeroNav 880 & 9XX Install Kit, Fixed Wing (Tray, Backplate, Connectors)
89000039-011 850-00182-730 Ship Kit, AeroNav 905, GPS/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS/ARS--Black
89000039-012 850-00182-731 Ship Kit, AeroNav 905, GPS/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS/ARS/RS170
89000039-013 700-00182-730 AeroNav 905, GPS/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS/ARS--Black
89000039-014 700-00182-731 AeroNav 905, GPS/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS/ARS/RS170
89000040-001 700-00182-720 AeroNav 910, 10W, GPS/Nav/Com/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS/ARS—Black
89000040-002 700-00182-721 AeroNav 910, 10W, GPS/Nav/Com/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS/ARS/RS170
89000040-003 850-00182-720 Ship Kit, AeroNav 910, 10W, GPS/Nav/Com/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS/ARS—Black
89000040-004 850-00182-721 Ship Kit, AeroNav 910, 10W, GPS/Nav/Com/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS/ARS/RS170
89000040-005 700-00182-820 AeroNav 910, 10W, GPS/Nav/Com/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS/ARS—Grey
89000040-007 850-00182-820 Ship Kit, AeroNav 910, 10W, GPS/Nav/Com/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS/ARS—Grey
89000041-001 700-00179-700 AeroNav 800, 10W, GPS/Nav/Com/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS--Black
89000041-002 850-00179-700 Ship Kit, AeroNav 800, 10W, GPS/Nav/Com/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS--Black
89000041-005 850-00184-002 Ship Kit, AeroNav 780 & 800 Install Kit, Fixed Wing (Tray, Backplate, Connectors)
89000041-009 850-00182-710 Ship Kit, AeroNav 880, GPS/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS/--Black
89000041-010 850-00182-711 Ship Kit, AeroNav 880, GPS/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS//RS170
89000041-012 700-00182-710 AeroNav 880, GPS/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS/--Black
89000041-013 700-00182-711 AeroNav 880, GPS/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS//RS170
89000045-001 700-00179-710 AeroNav 780, GPS(ONLY)/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS—Black
89000045-003 850-00179-710 Ship Kit, AeroNav 780, GPS(ONLY)/WiFi/BT/FLTA/SVS—Black
89000046-002 500-00210-000 16W VHF Enablement Factory Activation
89000046-003 500-00232-000 Radar (RDR 2000/RDR 2100) Enablement Factory Activation
89000046-005 500-00277-000 GPS Legacy Avionics Support (GLAS) LPV Enablement Factory Activation
89000046-006 500-00210-002 16W VHF Enablement Field Activation Coupon
89000046-007 500-00232-002 Radar (RDR 2000/RDR 2100) Enablement Field Activation Coupon
89000046-009 500-00277-002 GPS Legacy Avionics Support (GLAS) LPV Enablement Field Activation Coupon
89000046-010 850-00217-001 Antenna, GPS TSO-C190, Hemispherical, TNC Female, White
600-00299-000 Page 18 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
89000046-011 820-00101-001 Byteflight Cable (20')
TBD 500-00236-001 TAWs Activation
Table 4 Bendix King Part Numbers
600-00299-000 Page 19 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.4 Unit Modifications

The following tables list the hardware modifications since initial release of the IFD5XX (700-
00182-XXX), IFD4XX (700-00179-XXX) and Atlas (700-00194-XXX) Navigators.
Applicable
to Compatible
Hardware with HW Release
Modification Change Hardware PN
Revision Software Date
Version
(or earlier)
700-00182-000 00
700-00182-002 00 10.0.0.0 or
MOD 2 OBS UPDATE 9/25/2014
700-00182-100 00 later
700-00182-102 00
700-00182-000 02
700-00182-002 02 10.0.3.0 or
MOD 4 SERIAL DME UPDATE 11/21/2014
700-00182-100 02 later
700-00182-102 02
700-00182-000 03
STANDBY AUDIO 700-00182-002 03
MOD 5 10.1 or later 12/11/2014
IMPLEMENTATION 700-00182-100 03
700-00182-102 03
700-00182-000 06
GPS MAXIM B, HIGH 700-00182-002 06
MOD 8 10.1 or later 05/05/2015
GAIN LNA1 700-00182-100 06
700-00182-102 06
700-00182-000 09
REPLACEMENT OF
700-00182-002 09
MOD 11 MAIN GPS 10.1 or later 07/22/2015
700-00182-100 09
OSCILLATOR
700-00182-102 09
MOD 12
(IFD5XX 700-00182-000 10
700-00182- 700-00182-002 10
XXX) CHANGE RESOLVER
700-00182-100 10
INPUTS TO AC 10.1 or later 11/04/2015
MOD 3 700-00182-102 10
COUPLED
(IFD4XX 700-00179-000 02
700-00179- 700-00179-100 02
XXX)
700-00182-000
700-00182-001
700-00182-002
ADDS SHIELDING TO 700-00182-020
Optional for
VHF CIRCUITS TO 700-00182-021
MOD 20 all 10.1 or later 08/04/2019
ELIMINATE 700-00182-100
Revisions
SQUELCH BREAK 700-00182-101
700-00182-102
700-00182-120
700-00182-121
600-00299-000 Page 20 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Applicable
to Compatible
Version
(or earlier)
700-00182-200
700-00182-201
700-00182-220
700-00182-221
700-00182-700
700-00182-701
700-00182-720
700-00182-721
700-00182-820
700-00179-000
700-00179-100
700-00179-200
700-00179-700
700-00182-001
700-00182-011
700-00182-021
700-00182-031
700-00182-101 10.1 or later
700-00182-111
700-00182-121
Optional for
700-00182-131
MOD 21 Adds RS-170 Video all 08/20/2019
700-00182-201
Revisions
700-00182-211 10.2.5.1 or
700-00182-221 later
700-00182-231
700-00182-701
700-00182-711
700-00182-721
700-00182-731
700-00182-000 17
700-00182-001 03
700-00182-002 14
700-00182-010 03
700-00182-011 03
700-00182-020 03
700-00182-021 03
700-00182-030 03
AVIGPS Boot flash chip
MOD 22 700-00182-031 03 10.1 or later 03/20/2020
replacement
700-00182-100 17
700-00182-101 03
700-00182-102 15
700-00182-120 03
700-00182-121 03
700-00182-130 03
700-00182-131 03
700-00182-700 17
600-00299-000 Page 21 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Applicable
to Compatible
Version
(or earlier)
700-00182-701 03
700-00182-710 03
700-00182-711 03
700-00182-720 03
700-00182-721 03
700-00182-730 03
700-00182-731 03
700-00179-000 09
700-00179-010 02
700-00179-100 09
700-00179-110 02
700-00179-700 09
700-00179-710 02
Note: Above
revisions with
320-00225-003
REV 02 GPS or
later already
include MOD
700-00182-000 18
700-00182-001 04
700-00182-002 14
700-00182-010 04
700-00182-011 04
700-00182-020 04
700-00182-021 04
700-00182-030 04
700-00182-031 04
700-00182-100 18
700-00182-101 04
700-00182-102 15
700-00182-110 04
MOD 25 Clock Mismatch 700-00182-111 04 10.2 or later 07/10/2021
700-00182-120 04
700-00182-121 04
700-00182-130 04
700-00182-131 04
700-00182-700 18
700-00182-701 04
700-00182-710 04
700-00182-711 04
700-00182-720 04
700-00182-721 04
700-00182-730 04
700-00182-731 04
700-00179-000 10
600-00299-000 Page 22 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Applicable
to Compatible
Version
(or earlier)
700-00179-010 02
700-00179-100 10
700-00179-110 02
700-00179-700 10
700-00179-710 02
700-00182-000 19
700-00182-001 05
700-00182-002 14
700-00182-010 05
700-00182-011 05
700-00182-020 05
700-00182-021 05
700-00182-030 05
700-00182-031 05
700-00182-100 19
700-00182-101 05
700-00182-102 15
700-00182-110 05
700-00182-111 05
700-00182-120 05
700-00182-121 05
700-00182-130 05
700-00182-131 05
700-00182-200 18
700-00182-201 04
MOD 26 ACR With Single 9S12 700-00182-210 04 10.3 or later 04/22
700-00182-211 04
700-00182-220 04
700-00182-221 04
700-00182-230 04
700-00182-231 04
700-00182-700 19
700-00182-701 05
700-00182-710 05
700-00182-711 05
700-00182-720 05
700-00182-721 05
700-00182-730 05
700-00182-731 05
700-00182-820 05
700-00179-000 11
700-00179-010 03
700-00179-100 11
700-00179-110 03
700-00179-700 11
700-00179-710 03
600-00299-000 Page 23 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Applicable
to Compatible
Version
(or earlier)
700-00194-020 01
700-00194-021 01
700-00194-120 01
700-00194-121 01
700-00182-000 19
700-00182-001 05
700-00182-002 14
700-00182-010 05
700-00182-011 05
700-00182-020 05
700-00182-021 05
700-00182-030 05
700-00182-031 05
700-00182-100 19
700-00182-101 05
700-00182-102 15
700-00182-110 05
700-00182-111 05
700-00182-120 05
700-00182-121 05
700-00182-130 05
700-00182-131 05
700-00182-200 18
700-00182-201 04
700-00182-210 04
MOD 27 9S12 REPLACEMENT 10.3 or later 04/22
700-00182-211 04
700-00182-220 04
700-00182-221 04
700-00182-230 04
700-00182-231 04
700-00182-700 19
700-00182-701 05
700-00182-710 05
700-00182-711 05
700-00182-720 05
700-00182-721 05
700-00182-730 05
700-00182-731 05
700-00182-820 05
700-00179-000 11
700-00179-010 03
700-00179-100 11
700-00179-110 03
700-00179-700 11
700-00179-710 03
700-00194-020 01
600-00299-000 Page 24 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Applicable
to Compatible
Version
(or earlier)
700-00194-021 01
700-00194-120 01
700-00194-121 01
Table 5 IFD5XX (700-00182-XXX) / IFD4XX (700-00179-XXX) / Atlas (700-00194-XXX) Modification History
600-00299-000 Page 25 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.5 Technical Specifications

This section gives mechanical and electrical characteristics for the IFD5XX, IFD4XX, and Atlas
1.5.1 IFD5XX Specifications

The IFD5XX unit has the following characteristics:
1.5.1.1 IFD5XX Physical and Electrical Specifications
Physical Specifications
Bezel Height 4.58 inches (116 mm)
Bezel Width 6.25 inches (159 mm)
Depth (w/Connectors) 11.00 inches (279 mm)
Weight Table 11 IFD Installed Weights
Connectors (Aircraft Mating P1001/P1050 – 78-position High Density D-
Connector) Subminiature (male)
P1002- 25-position Standard D- Subminiature (female)
P1006- 44-position High Density D- Subminiature (male)
Electrical Requirements
Voltage 9-33 VDC
Current
Note 1: Max current listed includes max display brightness and max USB charging currents.
Note 2: VHF Tx power steps down based on input voltage starting at 18V
Max Current (ADC) by Model
Input Voltage Power Circuit IFD550 IFD545 IFD540 IFD510
Main-Pwr, (P1001) 2.07 2.07 1.90 1.90
Com-Pwr, (P1002), No Tx 0.47 n/a 0.47 n/a
28VDC
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 10W Tx 3.93 n/a 3.93 n/a
Nominal
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 16W Tx 4.66 n/a 4.66 n/a
Nav-Pwr, (P1006) 1.15 n/a 1.15 n/a
Main-Pwr, (P1001) 3.12 3.12 2.90 2.90
18VDC
Emergency
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 10W Tx 5.09 n/a 5.09 n/a
operating low
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 16W Tx 5.09 n/a 5.09 n/a
for 28V aircraft
Nav-Pwr, (P1006) 0.74 n/a 0.74 n/a
Main-Pwr, (P1001) 3.62 3.62 3.34 3.34
14VDC
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 10W Tx 6.84 n/a 6.84 n/a
Nominal
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 16W Tx 6.84 n/a 6.84 n/a
Nav-Pwr, (P1006) 0.58 n/a 0.58 n/a
Main-Pwr, (P1001) 4.03 4.03 3.68 3.68
9VDC
Emergency
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 10W Tx 9.20 n/a 9.20 n/a
operating low
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 16W Tx 9.20 n/a 9.20 n/a
for 14V aircraft
Nav-Pwr, (P1006) 0.37 n/a 0.37 n/a
600-00299-000 Page 26 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Dimming Bus 28VDC/14VDC/5VDC/5VAC

Cooling Requirements Not Required
Operating Limits Reference Appendix A: Environmental Qualification
Form
Table 6 IFD5XX Specifications
1.5.1.2 IFD5XX Display Specifications
Display Size 5.7 inches diagonal

Active Area 4.53 inches (w) x 3.40 inches (h)
Resolution 640x480 pixels
Viewing Angle IFD5XX Designed and Tested Limits:
Left/Right: 45°
Up: 35°
Down: 15°
LCD Specification:
Left/Right: 80°
Up: 80°
Down: 60°
Table 7 IFD5XX Display Specifications
1.5.1.3 IFD5XX GPS Specifications
Channels 16 channels (13 GPS, 3 GPS/WAAS/SBAS)

Velocity 1000 knots maximum (below 60,000 ft)
TTFF (Time to First Fix) 150 seconds
Reacquisition 20 seconds
Position Update Interval 0.2 seconds (5 Hz)
PPS Signal (Time Mark) (UTC Epoch) +100ns ± 50ns over all
conditions 1 sec ±75ns between pulses
Lat/Long Position Accuracy 3.4 meters
Fault Detection/RAIM RAIM/FDE WAAS Beta 3 Compliant @ 5 Hz
Sensitivity -123 dBm
GPS System Design Assurance (SDA) DO-178B Level B, DO-254 Level B
GPS Source Integrity Level (SIL) 3 – Enroute
Source Integrity Level Supplement (SILSUPP) 0 – “per hour”
Navigation Accuracy Category Velocity Category 3 [< 1 m/s]
(NACV) ADS-B installations should use a NACv of 1
unless GPS tests support a higher category.
The AXP340 requires a NACv of Category 1
[< 10 m/s] or better.
Receiver Class TSO-C146d Class Gamma 3 receiver that
complies with AC 20-138C
Table 8 IFD5XX GPS Specifications
600-00299-000 Page 27 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.5.1.4 IFD540, IFD550 VHF Communication Transceiver Specification
Audio Output 65 mW into 150Ω load

Audio Response <6dB Variation from 350 to 2500 Hz, 4kHz -18dB
AGC Characteristics <6dB Variation from 10uV to 10mV
Sensitivity 4uV (6dB (S+N)/N 30% mod @ 1KHz)
10mV spurious signal produces no more output than a
Spurious Response
desired signal at 6dB (S+N)/N
Transmitter Power 16W or 10W @ 28V, 10W @ 14V (Typical)
Transmitter Duty Cycle Recommended 10% maximum
Modulation Capability 70%
Carrier Noise Level -39dB (S+N)/N
Frequency Stability < 2.5 ppm
Demodulation Audio
<12% @ 70% modulation
Distortion
Sidetone Fidelity 300-2500 Hz
Demodulation Audio
<6dB Variation from 300 to 2500 Hz
Response
Table 9 VHF Communication Transceiver Specifications
1.5.1.5 IFD545, IFD550 ARS (Inertial Reference) Specifications
Attitude Static Accuracy + 1.0 degree

Attitude Dynamic and Flight Accuracy + 2.5 degrees
Slip output Provided
Heading, Turn Rate, and Standard Turn Bank Not provided
Angle Outputs
Table 10 ARS SpecificationIFD5XX Installed unit weight in pounds
Installed Weight Without Installed Weight with

Unit Unit Weight
Backshells (Less Wiring) Backshells (Less Wiring)
IFD510 5.65 7.04 ±.25lbs 7.52 ±.25lbs
IFD540 6.75 8.38 ±.25lbs 9.20 ±.25lbs
IFD545 6.00 7.39 ±.25lbs 7.87 ±.25lbs
IFD550 7.15 8.78 ±.25lbs 9.60 ±.25lbs
Table 11 IFD Installed Weights
600-00299-000 Page 28 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.5.1.6 IFD540, IFD550 VHF Navigation Specification
Glideslope Receiver -
0 + .0091 ddm w/ test signal varied + 17kHz. 60dB for +
Selectivity
132kHz offset
Sensitivity (flag) 10uV max
Spurious Response <-60 dB
Centering Accuracy 0 ± 0.02 DDM or better
Deflection Response 67% of final value in 600msec
Localizer Receiver -
Selectivity 6dB at least ±17kHz, 40dB no more than ±80kHz
Sensitivity (aural) 10uV max for 20dB (S+N)/N with 1kHz 30%mod
Centering Accuracy +/-3mV
<6dB Variation from 350 to 2500 Hz,
Audio Response
-20dB <150Hz >9kHz
Table 12 VHF Navigation Specification
Avidyne Navigation
Capabilities Note 5 Note 3 Note 4 Note 2 Note 1
Spec RNP 10 RNAV 5 RNAV5 RNAV 5 RNAV 2 RNAV 1 RNP 4 RNP 1 RNP RNP RNP RNP AR
GNSS DME/DME VOR/DME GNSS GNSS GNSS APCH APCH AR APCH
(note 1) w/ APCH w/o RF
Baro w/ RF (note3)
VNAV (note3)
IFD4XX/5XX/Helios Oceanic Enroute Enroute Terminal Oceanic Terminal Approac
Navigation mode h
Procedure type N/A N/A Arrivals, Arrivals, N/A Arrival, LNAV,
Departure Departures, Departures, LNAV/V
Approaches Approaches NAV LP,
LPV
ICAO Flight Plan A1 B2 B3 B4 C2 D2 L1 O2 S1 S2 T1 T2
Code
IFD4XX/5XX/Helios Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ( Note No No No

Capability 5)
Note 1 RNAV1 requires total system error of not more than 1NM for 95% of the
total flight time
Note 2 RNAV2 requires totoal system error of not more than 2NM for 95% of
the total flight time
Note 3 GNSS sensor complies with AC 20-138. GNSS accuracy better than 36m 95%, SBAS GNSS accuracy
is better than 2m 95%
Note 4 This table is intended to show certifications of avionics equipment. Capabilities shown do not constitute
operational approval.
Note 5 LP and LPV guidance require SBAS, IFD4XX/5XX/Helios must be connected to an approved SBAS (e.g. WAAS)
antenna.
Table 13 IFD4XX/5XX/Helios GPS Navigation Capabilities
600-00299-000 Page 29 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD4XX Specifications
The IFD4XX unit has the following characteristics:
1.5.1.7 IFD4XX Physical and Electrical Specifications
Bezel Height 2.66 inches (67 mm)
Bezel Width 6.25 inches (159 mm)
Depth (w/Connectors) 11.00 inches (279 mm)
Weight Table 15 IFD Installed Weights
Connectors (Aircraft Mating P1001 – 78-position High Density D-Subminiature (male)
Connector) P1002- 25-position Standard D- Subminiature (female)
P1006- 44-position High Density D- Subminiature (male)
Voltage 9-33 VDC
Current
Input Voltage Power Circuit IFD440 IFD410
Main-Pwr, (P1001) 1.67 1.67
Com-Pwr, (P1002), No Tx 0.47 n/a
28VDC
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 10W Tx 3.93 n/a
Nominal
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 16W Tx 4.66 n/a
Nav-Pwr, (P1006) 1.15 n/a
Main-Pwr, (P1001) 2.53 2.53
18VDC
Emergency
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 10W Tx 5.09 n/a
operating low for
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 16W Tx 5.09 n/a
28V aircraft
Nav-Pwr, (P1006) 0.74 n/a
Main-Pwr, (P1001) 2.88 2.88
14VDC
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 10W Tx 6.84 n/a
Nominal
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 16W Tx 6.84 n/a
Nav-Pwr, (P1006) 0.58 n/a
Main-Pwr, (P1001) 4.39 4.39
9VDC
Emergency
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 10W Tx 9.20 n/a
operating low for
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 16W Tx 9.20 n/a
14V aircraft
Nav-Pwr, (P1006) 0.37 n/a
Operating Limits Reference Appendix A: Environmental Qualification Form
Table 14 IFD4XX Specifications
600-00299-000 Page 30 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.5.1.8 IFD4XX Installed unit weight in pounds
Installed Weight Without Installed Weight with

Unit Unit Weight
Backshells (Less Wiring) Backshells (Less Wiring)
IFD410 4.00 4.81 ±.25lbs 5.05 ±.25lbs
IFD440 5.16 6.21 ±.25lbs 6.78 ±.25lbs
Table 15 IFD Installed Weights
1.5.1.9 IFD4XX Display Specifications

Viewing Angle IFD4XX Designed and Tested Limits:
Left/Right: 45°
Up: 35°
Down: 15°
LCD Specification:
Left/Right: 80°
Up: 80°
Down: 60°
Table 16 IFD4XX Display Specifications
1.5.1.10 IFD4XX GPS Specifications

PPS Signal (Time Mark) (UTC Epoch) +100ns ± 50ns over all conditions 1 sec ±
75ns between pulses
GPS System Design Assurance DO-178B Level B, DO-254 Level B
(SDA)
Source Integrity Level 0 – “per hour”
Supplement (SILSUPP)
Navigation Accuracy Category Category 3 [< 1 m/s]
Velocity (NACV) ADS-B installations should use a NACv of 1 unless GPS
tests support a higher category. The AXP340 requires a
NACv of Category 1 [< 10 m/s] or better.
Receiver Class TSO-C146d Class Gamma 3 receiver that complies with
AC 20-138C
Table 17 IFD4XX GPS Specifications
600-00299-000 Page 31 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.5.1.11 IFD440 VHF Communication Transceiver Specifications

Spurious Response
Transmitter Power 16W or 10W @ 28V, 10W @ 14V (Typical)
Frequency Stability <2.5 ppm
Demodulation Audio
<12% @ 70% modulation
Distortion
Demodulation Audio
Response
1.5.1.12 IFD440 VHF Navigation Specification
Selectivity
132kHz offset
Spurious Response <-60 dB
Centering Accuracy + 3mV
Audio Response
-20dB <150Hz >9kHz
Table 19 VHF Navigation Specification
600-00299-000 Page 32 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.5.2 Atlas Specifications

The Atlas unit has the following characteristics:
1.5.2.1 Atlas Physical and Electrical Specifications
Bezel Height 7.50 inches
Bezel Width 5.75 inches
Depth (w/Connectors) 11.00 inches
Weight Table 25 Atlas Installed Weights
Connectors (Aircraft Mating P1001/P1050 – 78-position HD D-Subminiature (male)
Connector) Note: P1050 connector is keyed blocking pins 19, 20, 32, 33, 46 and 47
for connector orientation purposes.
P1002- 25-position Standard D- Subminiature (female)
P1006- 44-position HD D-Subminiature (male)
Voltage 9-33 VDC
Current
Input Voltage Power Circuit Atlas
Main-Pwr, (P1001) 2.11
Com-Pwr, (P1002), No Tx 0.47
28VDC Com-Pwr, (P1002), 10W Tx 3.93
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 16W Tx 4.66
Nav-Pwr, (P1006) 1.15
Main-Pwr, (P1001) 3.28
18VDC
Com-Pwr, (P1002), No Tx 0.71
Emergency
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 10W Tx 5.09
operating low
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 16W Tx 5.09
for 28V aircraft
Nav-Pwr, (P1006) 0.74
Main-Pwr, (P1001) 4.00
Com-Pwr, (P1002), No Tx 0.89
14VDC Com-Pwr, (P1002), 10W Tx 6.84
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 16W Tx 6.84
Nav-Pwr, (P1006) 0.58
Main-Pwr, (P1001) 4.03
9VDC
Com-Pwr, (P1002), No Tx 1.43
Emergency
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 10W Tx 9.20
operating low
Com-Pwr, (P1002), 16W Tx 9.20
for 14V aircraft
Nav-Pwr, (P1006) 0.37
Operating Limits Reference Appendix A: Environmental Qualification
Form
Table 20 Atlas Specifications
600-00299-000 Page 33 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.5.2.2 Atlas Display Specifications

Viewing Angle Atlas Designed and Tested Limits:
Left/Right: 45°
Up: 15°
Down: 35°
LCD Specification:
Left/Right: 80°
Up: 60°
Down: 80°
Table 21 Atlas Display Specifications
1.5.2.3 Atlas GPS Specifications

PPS Signal (Time Mark) (UTC Epoch) +100ns ± 50ns over all
conditions 1 sec ±75ns between pulses
GPS System Design Assurance (SDA) DO-178B Level B, DO-254 Level B
Source Integrity Level Supplement (SILSUPP) 0 – “per hour”
Navigation Accuracy Category Velocity Category 3 [< 1 m/s]
(NACV) ADS-B installations should use a NACv of 1
unless GPS tests support a higher category.
The AXP340 requires a NACv of Category 1
[< 10 m/s] or better.
Receiver Class TSO-C146d Class Gamma 3 receiver that
complies with AC 20-138C
Table 22 Atlas GPS Specifications
600-00299-000 Page 34 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.5.2.4 Atlas w/VHF Communication Transceiver Specification

Spurious Response
Transmitter Power 16W @ 28V, 10W @ 14V (Typical)
Frequency Stability <2.5 ppm
Demodulation Audio
< 2% @ 70% modulation
Distortion
Demodulation Audio
Response
1.5.2.5 Atlas ARS (Inertial Reference) Specifications
NOTE: Not an approved Attitude reference source. Attitude output intended for radar
stabilization functions only (Not Currently Supported).
Attitude Static Accuracy + 1.0 degree

Attitude Dynamic and Flight Accuracy + 2.5 degrees
Slip output Provided
Heading, Turn Rate, and Standard Turn Bank Not provided
Angle Outputs
Table 24 ARS Specification
1.5.2.6 Atlas installed weights in pounds
Unit Weight Installed Weight with

Unit
(lbs) Backshells (Less Wiring)
Atlas w/VHF 8.72 +.25 9.82 + .25
Table 25 Atlas Installed Weights
600-00299-000 Page 35 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.5.2.7 Atlas Navigation Specification
Selectivity
132kHz offset
Spurious Response < -60 dB
Centering Accuracy +/-3mV
Audio Response
-20dB <150Hz >9kHz
Table 26 Atlas Navigation Specification
Avidyne Navigation
Capabilities Note 5 Note 3 Note 4 Note 2 Note 1
Spec RNP 10 RNAV 5 RNAV5 RNAV 5 RNAV 2 RNAV 1 RNP 4 RNP 1 RNP RNP RNP RNP AR
GNSS DME/DME VOR/DME GNSS GNSS GNSS APCH APCH AR APCH
(note 1) w/ APCH w/o RF
Baro w/ RF (note3)
VNAV (note3)
IFD4XX/5XX/Helios Oceanic Enroute Enroute Terminal Oceanic Terminal Approac
Navigation mode h
Procedure type N/A N/A Arrivals, Arrivals, N/A Arrival, LNAV,
Departure Departures, Departures, LNAV/V
Approaches Approaches NAV LP,
LPV
ICAO Flight Plan A1 B2 B3 B4 C2 D2 L1 O2 S1 S2 T1 T2
Code
IFD4XX/5XX/Helios Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ( Note No No No

Capability 5)
Note 1 RNAV1 requires total system error of not more than 1NM for 95% of the
total flight time
Note 2 RNAV2 requires totoal system error of not more than 2NM for 95% of
the total flight time
Note 3 GNSS sensor complies with AC 20-138. GNSS accuracy better than 36m 95%, SBAS GNSS accuracy
is better than 2m 95%
Note 4 This table is intended to show certifications of avionics equipment. Capabilities shown do not constitute
operational approval.
Note 5 LP and LPV guidance require SBAS, IFD4XX/5XX/Helios must be connected to an approved SBAS (e.g. WAAS)
antenna.
Table 27 IFD4XX/5XX/Helios GPS Navigation Capabilities
600-00299-000 Page 36 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.6 Regulatory Compliance

1.6.1 Applicable TSOs
This section identifies Technical Standard Orders (TSOs) applicable to the IFD system. The
conditions and tests required for TSO approval of this article are minimum performance
standards. It is the responsibility of those installing this article either on or within a specific
type or class of aircraft to determine that the aircraft installation conditions are within the
TSO standards. TSO articles must have separate approvals for installation in aircraft. The
article may be installed only if performed under 14 CFR Part 43 or the applicable
airworthiness requirements.
TSO
Title Type/Categories
Number
ILS Glide Slope Receiving Equipment
TSO-C34e* Operating within the Radio Frequency
Range of 328.6-335.4 Megahertz (MHz)
Airborne ILS Localizer Receiving
Equipment Operating within the Radio
TSO-C36e*
Frequency Range of 108-112 Megahertz
(MHz)
VOR Receiving Equipment Operating
TSO-C40c* within the Radio Frequency Range of
108-117.95 Megahertz (MHz)
Class C (Display Functions
TSO-C63d Airborne Weather Radar Equipment
Only)
Airborne Passive Thunderstorm
TSO-C110a
Detection Equipment
Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon
TSO-C112e System/Mode Select (ATCRBS/Mode S)
Airborne Equipment
Airborne Multipurpose Electronic
TSO-C113a
Display
Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance
TSO-C118a System (TCAS) Airborne Equipment,
TCAS I
Devices that Prevent Blocked Channels
Used in Two-Way Radio
TSO-C128a*
Communications Due to Unintentional
Transmissions
Stand-Alone Airborne Navigation
Equipment Using the Global Positioning
System (GPS) Augmented by the Wide
TSO-C146d Area Augmentation System
(WAAS).Airborne Supplemental
Navigation Equipment Using the Global
Positioning System (GPS) – Gamma 3
600-00299-000 Page 37 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
TSO
Title Type/Categories
Number
Traffic Advisory System (TAS) Airborne Class A (Display Functions
TSO-C147a
Equipment Only)
Terrain Awareness and Warning System
TSO-C151d**
(TAWS)
Aircraft Flight Information Services –
TSO-C157c Broadcast (FIS-B) Datalink Systems and
Equipment
Electronic Map Display Equipment for
TSO-C165b
Graphical Depiction of Aircraft Position
VHF Radio Communications Transceiver
Equipment Operating Within The Radio
TSO-C169a* Class C, E, 3 and 5
Frequency Range 117.975 To 137.000
Megahertz
Helicopter Terrain Awareness and
TSO-C194
Warning System (HTAWS)
Avionics Supporting Automatic
TSO-C195b Dependent Surveillance – Broadcast
ADS-B Aircraft Surveillance Applications
Attitude and Heading Reference Systems
TSO-C201 A4HXT7
AHRS
*Not applicable for IFD510/545/410
** Only applies to 5xx/Atlas units. There are no annunciator outputs on 4xx units.
Table 28 IFD TSO Functions
1.6.2 TSO Deviations

TSO Deviation(s)
TSO-C34e – ILS Glideslope 1. Environmental qualification performed in
Receiving Equipment accordance with DO-160G rather than DO-160B.
TSO-C36e – Airborne ILS Localizer 1. Environmental qualification performed in
Receiving Equipment accordance with DO-160G rather than DO-160B.
TSO-C40c – VOR Receiving 1. Environmental qualification performed in
Equipment accordance with DO-160G rather than DO-160B.
TSO-C110a – Airborne Passive 1. Environmental qualification performed in
Thunderstorm Detection accordance with DO-160G rather than DO-160B.
Equipment
TSO-C113a – Airborne 1. The IFD display response time is not less than 1
Multipurpose Electronic second during Short-Time Operating Low
Display Temperature environmental conditions as
defined in Section 4.0 of RTCA/DO-160G.
TSO-C118a – Traffic Alert and 1. The IFD used the exceptions listed in appendix 1
Collision Avoidance System of TSO-C147 in lieu of the corresponding
(TCAS) Airborne Equipment, minimum operational performance standards
600-00299-000 Page 38 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
TSO Deviation(s)
TCAS I specified in the TSO.
TSO-C128a – Equipment that 1. Environmental qualification performed in
Prevents Blocked Channels accordance with DO-160G rather than DO-160B.
used in two-ways Radio
Communications due to
unintentional transmissions
TSO-C146d – Stand-alone Airborne 1. Environmental qualification performed in
Navigation Equipment using accordance with DO-160G rather than DO-160B.
the Global Position System
augmented by the Satellite
based Augmentation System
TSO-C147a – Traffic Advisory 1. The IFD map does not place a range ring at 2
System (TAS) Airborne NM from the own aircraft symbol when a
Equipment display range of 10 NM or less is selected;
TSO-C157c – Aircraft Flight 1. Smoothing and scaling algorithms at high map
Information Services – ranges remove small patches of high-intensity
Broadcast (FIS-B) Data Link NEXRAD returns in favor of surrounding lower-
Systems and Equipment intensity returns.
TSO-C165b – Electronic Map 1. De-cluttering on chart page not provided.
Display Equipment for 2. Location of traffic symbols in the absence of
Graphical Depiction of Aircraft heading information
Position
TSO-C169a – VHF Radio 1. Environmental qualification performed in
Communications Transceiver accordance with DO-160G rather than DO-160B.
Equipment
TSO-C201 – Attitude and Heading 1. The IFD system does not provide minor
Reference Systems AHRS graduations at 5° intervals on the heading
indicator
Table 29 IFD TSO Deviations
Table 29 above lists the TSO Deviations and a brief description of the nature of the deviation
that have been granted for those applicable TSOs.
600-00299-000 Page 39 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.6.3 Non-TSO Functions

The following IFD functions are not TSO’d:
IFD Function
Display of Terrain Alerting
Display of Aircraft Checklists
Calculators (Air Data, Fuel Planner, etc)
Display of Timers and Schedulers
Display of RS-170 Video from an approved device
Synthetic Vision
Display of Navigation Charts
WiFi in and out
Bluetooth in
Auxiliary Radar Display (IFD4XX only)
Table 30 Non-TSO Functions
1.6.4
1.6.5 Partial TSO Functions

The following IFD TSOs are partial function:
TSO Description Comment
TSO-C110a Airborne Passive Thunderstorm Detection Display Only

Equipment
TSO-C118a Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance Display Only

System (TCAS) Airborne Equipment,
TCAS I
TSO-C147a Traffic Advisory System (TAS) Airborne Display Only

Equipment
TSO-C157c Aircraft Flight Information Services – Display Only

Broadcast (FIS-B) Datalink Systems and
Equipment
Table 31 Partial Function TSOs
600-00299-000 Page 40 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.6.6 Open Problem Report

At the time of this revision, the IFD does not have any open problems that affect safety or
design assurance level of the unit.
1.7 Software and Hardware Design Assurance Levels

The IFD contains software developed in accordance with DO-178B Level B, C, and D design
assurance levels. The following table lists functions of the IFD system and their
corresponding software design assurance level.
All complex electronic hardware devices were developed in compliance with DO-254 Level
B.
DO-178B Design
Component Function
Assurance Level
IFD5XX Traffic C
IFD4XX
ATLAS Lightning D
Digital Moving Map C

(including Terrain and Synthetic
Vision Display)
Terrain Alerting C
Wx Datalink D
FMS B (Precision Approach)

C (All other Functions)
VHF Communication C
(N/A for IFD510/545/410)
VHF Navigation B
(N/A for IFD510/545/410)
GPS Navigation B
Checklist C
Fuel Display C
Charts C
(N/A for 4xx models)
Timers/Schedulers C
Calculators C
Maintenance Mode D
Airborne Weather Radar C
600-00299-000 Page 41 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
DO-178B Design
Component Function
Assurance Level
Display of External Video C
Data to ADS-B Out C
Table 32 DO-178B Software Design Assurance Levels
1.8 Environmental Qualification Forms

The environmental Qualification for the IFD is listed in Appendix A: Environmental
Qualification Form.
Note: If the IFD has been exposed to extreme cold temperature prior to start, it may take a
warm up period to achieve standard performance.
1.9 Databases
The IFD utilizes several databases. All the databases can be loaded on the IFD using the USB
port on the IFD. Reference the IFD5XX pn 600-00300-001, IFD4XX pn 600-00304-000 or Atlas
Pilot’s Guide pn 600-00300-002 for updating the applicable IFD databases.
The operator is responsible to ensure that the navigation data used in the unit has the
accuracy, resolution, and timeliness appropriate for the purpose of the flight operation being
conducted. Using navigation data from an Avidyne authorized supplier will ensure that the
navigation data has the same accuracy and resolution provided by official sources, in a
format compatible with the intended function of the unit.
Avidyne accurately processes and validates the database data, but cannot guarantee the
accuracy and completeness of the data provided by various state sources and their suppliers.
Provided databases have FAA DO-200A or DO-200B Type 2 Letter of Acceptance (LOA) for
Obsticals, Nav Data, Terrain Data and Airport diagrams, in accordance with AC 20-153 for
database integrity, quality, and database management practices for the navigation database.
Charts database is vendor (Jepp) approved. Flight crew and operators can view the approval
information at www.avidyne.com.
1.10 Electronic Map Display Information

This article meets the minimum requirements of TSO-C165b. Installation of this article
requires separate approval i.e. TC, STC, field approval.
The maximum error for total system accuracy for the IFD map display, including latency is
<15m*.
The moving map function of the IFD series products is intended as an aid to Pilot situational
awareness and is not intended to be used as a navigation instrument.
* as defined in RTCA DO-257B
600-00299-000 Page 42 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.11 GPS Fault Detection and Exclusion (FDE)

FDE software is part of all IFD systems and does not require any installer or pilot action to
operate. This FDE software is running at all times and if it detects an issue, it will alert the
pilot through Caution-Alerting System (CAS) messages.
When the IFD is installed per the directions in this Installation Manual, it complies with the
governing requirements for GPS Primary Means of Navigation in Oceanic and Remote
Airspace (more than 200 nm from the nearest airport), when used with any commercially
available RAIM/FDE Prediction Program. Examples of these prediction programs include
the FAA’s raimprediction.net, Fltplan.com, www.sapt.faa.gov, and the Garmin FDE
Prediction Program.
These programs only need to be run under the following scenarios for 14 CFR Parts 91, 121,
125, and 135 operations where the IFD is being used as the primary means of navigation and:
• TSO-C146d compliant antenna equipped aircraft that experience a
WAAS failure or when operating outside of SBAS coverage areas;
• Non-TSO-C146d compliant antenna equipped aircraft (e.g. TSO-
C129a only compliant systems) when operating in Oceanic and
Remote airspace, Enroute and Terminal airspace, or during any
LNAV/VNAV, LP, or LPV approach.
Prior to conducting Class II navigation (remote/oceanic), the owner/operator must obtain
operational approval for using the IFD system for long-range navigation from the
appropriate flight standards district office.
1.12 Terrain Alerting and Warning System

When the Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) option is enabled, the IFD
provides a TSO-C151d compliant TAWS-B function. TAWS-B does not require any external
equipment though an attached external annuciator panel will be driven by TAWS specific
cautions and warnings 1. TAWS is always running in the background, and does not have a
dedicated display page. TAWS-B contains the following sub-functions:
• Premature Descent Alert (PDA) – this function is designed to alert when the aircraft is
hazardously below the normal approach path for the nearest runway at either the origin
or destination airport
• Excessive Rates of Descent (EDR) – this function is designed to alert when the aircraft is
experiencing excessive rates of descent given the current AGL altitude. The alert can be
generated during any phase of flight
• Negative Climb Rate (NCR) or Altitude Loss After Takeoff/Go-Around – this function
is designed to alert when the aircraft develops a negative climb rate immediately after
takeoff or go-around or when an altitude loss is detected in that phase
1 See Secion 6.11.2
600-00299-000 Page 43 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.13 FIS-B ADS-B Weather Information

FIS-B uplink is an FAA approved source for METAR, TAF, WINDS, PIREPs, NEXRAD,
AIRMET, SJGMET, and TFR information subject to the range limits for the broadcast of these
products. FIS-B uplink is not an FAA approved source for NOTAMs.
This article meets the minimum requirements of TSO-Cl 57c. Installation of this article
requires separate approval i.e. TC, STC, field approval.
1.14 Part 23 STC Approved Model List

The aircraft listed on the Part 23 STC SA00343BO Approved Model List are eligible to install
the IFD5XX/IFD4XX. However, the installer must determine if the installation is in
compliance with the limitations stated in the STC and this manual. Any deviations from the
STC and/or this manual must have a separate installation approval.
The installation of antennas on composite and/or pressurized aircraft requires engineering
guidance beyond the scope of this manual. With respect to the Approved Model List STC, the
physical mounting of the antenna is specifically excluded from the approval in the case of
installation on the pressure vessel of a pressurized aircraft, composite aircraft, and aircraft
with a certification basis of Amendment 23-45 or later, unless approved installation data is
listed in the Master Document List of the STC. All early amendment, metal construction, non-
pressurized aircraft may install the GPS antenna using this manual. The installation must be
structurally sound and in accordance with FAA Advisory Circular 43.13-( ). All other
antennas must be installed using the antenna manufacturer’s installation data or FAA
Advisory Circular 43.13-( ).
1.15 Part 25 STC Approved Model List

The aircraft listed on the Part 25 STC ST00411BO Approved Model List are eligible to install
the IFD5XX/Atlas in the aircraft listed in the STC Approved Model List. However, the
installer must determine if the installation is in compliance with the limitations stated in the
STC and this manual. Any deviations from the STC and/or this manual must have a separate
installation approval.
The installation of antennas on composite and/or pressurized aircraft requires engineering
guidance beyond the scope of this manual. With respect to the Approved Model List STC, the
physical mounting of the antenna is specifically excluded from the approval in the case of
installation on the pressure vessel of a pressurized aircraft or composite aircraft unless
approved installation data is listed in the Master Document List of the STC. All metal
construction non-pressurized aircraft may install the GPS antenna using this manual. The
installation must be structurally sound. All other antennas must be installed using the
antenna manufacturer’s installation data. Aircraft weighing greater than 12,500lbs or
pressurized shall refer to the aircraft Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for mechanical
installations and SAE AS50881 for aircraft wiring requirements.
600-00299-000 Page 44 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.16 Avidyne Supplied Material

The following Ship Kits are available for ordering from Avidyne Corporation.
Note: Ship Kit content and/or Part numbers may change without notice, verify before
ordering.
1.16.1 Product Ship Kits
Ship Kit Ship Kit

Ship Kit Ship Kit
Component Black Bezel Grey Bezel
Black Bezel Grey Bezel
With Video With Video
850-00182-000 850-00182-100 850-00182-001 850-00182-101

IFD540 Unit
850-00182-700 850-00182-800 850-00182-701 850-00182-801
850-00182-010 850-00182-110 850-00182-011 850-00182-111

IFD510 Unit
850-00182-710 850-00182-810 850-00182-711 850-00182-811
850-00182-030 850-00182-130 850-00182-031 850-00182-131

IFD545 Unit
850-00182-730 850-00182-830 850-00182-731 850-00182-831
850-00182-020 850-00182-120 850-00182-021 850-00182-121

IFD550 Unit
850-00182-720 850-00182-820 850-00182-721 850-00182-821
Table 33 IFD5XX Ship Kit
Ship Kit Ship Kit

Component
850-00179-000 850-00179-100
IFD440 Unit
850-00179-700 850-00179-800
850-00179-010 850-00179-110
IFD410 Unit
850-00179-710 850-00179-810
Table 34 IFD4XX Ship Kit
Ship Kit Ship Kit

Ship Kit Ship Kit
Component Black Bezel Grey Bezel
With Video With Video
Atlas unit 850-00194-020 850-00194-120 850-00194-021 850-00194-121
Table 35 Atlas Ship Kit
600-00299-000 Page 45 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.16.2 Optional Ship Kits

Fixed Wing
Component Aircraft
Ship Kits
IFD5XX Tray 850-00188-000
IFD5XX Install kit (no tray) 820-00113-000
IFD5XX Tray and Install Kit IFD5XX 850-00188-002
Table 36 IFD5XX Optional Ship Kits
Fixed Wing
Component Aircraft
Ship Kits
IFD4XX Tray 850-00184-000
IFD4XX Install kit (no tray) 820-00114-000
IFD4XX Tray and Install Kit 850-00184-002
Table 37 IFD4XX Optional Ship Kits
Fixed Wing
Component Aircraft
Ship Kits
Atlas Install Kit 820-00128-000
Table 38 Atlas Optional Ship Kits
Ship Kit
Component
850-00217-001
GPS Antenna 200-00282-000
Table 39 GPS Antenna Kit
Ship Kit
Component
820-00101-001
ByteFlight Cable, 20 ft. 033-00102-000
Table 40 ByteFlight Ship Kit
600-00299-000 Page 46 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
1.17 Materials Required but not Supplied

The IFD will require common installation supplies. The following items may be required for
installation, but not supplied:
• Wire (Shielded and Un-shielded)
• Hardware (Screws, washers, nuts, ring terminals, etc)
• Circuit Breakers
• Tie wrap or Lacing Cord
• Coaxial Cables
• Wire Splices
• Solder Sleeves
• Antenna(s)
• Diplexers
600-00299-000 Page 47 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
2. Installation Considerations
The following section will describe installation instructions for the IFD 4XX/IFD5XX/Atlas
GPS/NAV/COM Unit. The installer must use instructions in Section 3 in order to verify that
an IFD or Atlas system can be installed the subject aircraft. The IFD should be installed using
information contained in this manual, other approved installation data such as TC or STC
data, standard industry practice while following guidance in FAA AC 43.13-( ), AC 20-138 ( ),
and AC 20-67() (see Sec. 2.4)Minimum System Configuration
The IFD can be installed in one of two operational configurations:
2.1.1 VFR Installation

This section is intended for stand-alone IFD/Atlas installations intended for VFR navigation.
All VFR installations, as described in this Section, are considered a minor alteration when
installed on a no-hazard basis to supplement VFR navigation.
The following items must be installed in IFD VFR Configuration:

• 1ea. IFD5XX or IFD4XX or Atlas unit
• 1ea. GPS Antenna (TSO-C144a or TSO-C190, reference Section 3.3.5
for approved antennas)
• 1ea. VHF Communication Antenna is needed for communication
functions (N/A for IFD510/545/410)
• 1ea. VHF Navigation Antenna is needed for VOR functions (N/A for
IFD510/545/410)
All VFR installations must install a “GPS APPROVED FOR VFR USE ONLY” placard.
All VFR installations, as described in this Section, are considered a minor alteration when
installed on a no-hazard basis to supplement VFR navigation.
2.1.2 IFR Installation

2.1.2.1 Aircraft Categories
This installation manual provides guidance for the installation of IFD4XX/IFD5XX/Atlas

GPS/Nav/Com units in airplanes certified under CFR14 Part 23 and Part 25. Part 23 aircraft
are divided into classes based on weight and powerplant. These classes have specific
installation requirements for IFD operations.
• Part 23, Class I

Single reciprocating-engine (SRE) under 6,000lbs. Class I airplanes may install a
single IFD4XX/IFD5XX for IFR operations.
• Part 23, Class II
Multi reciprocating-engine (MRE) and single turbine-engine (STE) under 6,000lbs.
ClassII airplanes require dual IFD4XX/IFD5XX/Atlas or a single IFD and a second
navigation or communication radio for IFR operations.
• Part 23, Class III
Single reciprocating-engine (SRE), single turbine-engine (STE), multi reciprocating-
engine (MRE) and multi turbine-engine (MTE) equal to or over 6,000lbs. Class III
600-00299-000 Page 48 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
airplanes require dual IFD4XX/IFD5XX/Atlas or a single IFD and a second

navigation or communication radio for IFR operations.
• Part 23, Class IV (Commuter Category)
Turbjet powered or airplanes equal to or over 12,500bs but less than 19,000 lbs and 19
seats. Class IV airplanes require dual IFD4XX/IFD5XX/Atlas or a single IFD and a
second navigation or communication radio for IFR operations. Aircraft using GPS
Oceanic/Remote navigation must have a second navigation receiver installed in the aircraft
that must be a FAA TSO'd unit.
• Part 25
Turbojet powered aircraft or aircraft weighing more than 19,000 lbs or seating more
than 19 passengers. Part 25 airplanes dual installations containing IFD4XX, IFD5XX
or Atlas systems for IFR operations. System safety analysis for the specific airplane
type must be considered and a third independent type navigation or communication
radio may be required. Aircraft using GPS Oceanic/Remote navigation must have a
second navigation receiver installed in the aircraft that must be a FAA TSO'd unit.
2.1.2.2 IFD/Atlas Equipment
This section is intended for IFR installations. The following items must be installed in IFD IFR
Configuration:
• IFD5XX, IFD4XX or Atlas unit(s). See Section 2.1.2.1;
• GPS Antenna (TSO-C190 or approved antennas listed in Section
3.3.5)
• VHF Communication Antenna is needed for communication
functions; (N/A for IFD510/545/410)
• Navigation Antenna(s) is needed for VOR/LOC/GS functions; (N/A
for IFD510/545/410)
• Remote Annunciator is required if the IFD is not in the field of view
of the pilot, reference Section 5.1.2;
• IFD should be interfaced to an Airdata source for automatic altitude
leg sequencing (optional). If no baro-altitude data is supplied,
altitude leg types must be manually sequenced for
IFD5XX/IFD4XX/Atlas.
• The IFD must be connected to the primary navigation instrument
(CDI/HSI/EHSI) indicator. The primary navigation instrument must
have a Vertical Deviation Indicator.
• Second navigation receiver or communication transceiver must be
installed on Part 23, Class II, Class III and Class IV airplanes (see
section 2.1.2.1 above).
• Aircraft using GPS Oceanic/Remote navigation must have a second
navigation receiver installed in the aircraft. In these cases, the second
navigation receiver or communication transceiver must be a FAA
TSO'd unit.
• Separately approved Marker Beacon System.
600-00299-000 Page 49 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure 1 shows an IFR installation. IFR installation must be installed as major alteration to the
aircraft.
Air Data/
Audio Panel
Heading Data
Autopilot CDI/HSI
Datalink
DME
(WSI, XM, etc.)
Lightning
EFIS/MFD
Detection
Switches/
Traffic System
Annunciators
Avidyne
IFD
Transponder GPS/Nav/Comm
Fuel
Management
System
ELT
EGPWS
CrossSync to 2nd IFD

Encoding
Altimeter
Figure 1 Full IFR Installation (IFD)
2.1.2.3 Approved IFR Operations
If the IFD is installed per this section, it can provide guidance for the following operations
conducted under instrument flight rules (IFR):
600-00299-000 Page 50 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
• VOR, LOC, ILS instrument approach procedures (procedures using

VHF radio guidance)
• RNP instrument approach procedures using the following lines of
minima:
o LNAV minima (including when using advisory vertical
guidance from the system).
o LNAV/VNAV minima.
o LPV minima; and
o LP minima.
2.1.2.4 GPS Oceanic / Remote Navigation
All aircraft approved for GPS Oceanic/Remote navigation must have dual
electrical power/ground connections to both IFD units as shown in Section
4.9 and described in FAA AC 20-138() Appendix 1.
Note: All equipment required by 14 CFR 91.205 must be previously installed on the aircraft
for IFR operations.
Note: The IFD545, IFD550 and ATLAS cannot be used as a required attitude indicator.
Attitude information that can be displayed on these units may only be used as a
secondary (non -required) source of attitude information.
Note: It is imperative that only one source of terrain cautions, and warnings be enabled on
the airplane so as to avoid the potential for conflicting information to be presented to
the pilot. If a TAWS system is installed but the IFD's internal TA and FLTA functions
are to be used for terrain avoidance, the TAWS system must be fully disabled. If a
separate TAWS system is to be used the caution and warning indications generated by
the TAWS system can be displayed on a remote third-party annunciator and the IFD's
TA and FLTA displays, and audio must be inhibited. See section 7.5.4.
Note: TheGNS
2.2 Garmin IFD system supports a Honeywell
Replacement KGP560/860 system with a remote third-party
Considerations
annunciator only. All other external TAWS/EGPWS systems must be disabled if the
The IFD5XX/4XX
internal TAisand
designed
FLTA to
arebetoa be
slide-in replacement
operational on the for
IFDa system.
GNS-530/W or GNS-430/W.
For those replacement installations, the existing aircraft tray and wiring may be reused.
However, some changes may be required as indicated below and described in this manual.
2.2.1 Circuit Breakers

Some aircraft may be required to replace the installed circuit breaker and power and ground
wiring to accommodate the IFD5XX/4XX/Atlas.
2.2.2 WAAS Enabled:

If the unit being replaced was a WAAS-enabled device, then the WAAS antennas previously
installed can be reused.
2.2.3 TAWS:
If the existing TAWS is to remain with the aircraft the IFD-5XX/4XX/Atlas shall not be used
to augment this information to the flight deck without additional approval.
600-00299-000 Page 51 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
The IFD5XX/4XX/Atlas unit is approved for TSO-C151d for TAWS -B operations. If the IFD
is replacing existing TAWS-B avionics, wiring changes may be required.
2.2.4 TAWS Audio:

If the unit being replaced was not a TAWS-enabled device, or if the TAWS Audio output
signals were not already connected to the aircraft audio panel(s), some additional wiring will
be required from the IFD5XX/4XX/Atlas tray to the aircraft audio panel(s) as identified in
Section 6.11.1 in order to supply IFD5XX/4XX/Atlas terrain alerting audio (Forward Looking
Terrain Alerting FLTA functionality) and TOD chime to the headsets.
2.2.5 Installation with Avidyne AXP340/322 Transponder:

For those installations that use a combined IFD5XX/4XX/Atlas – Avidyne AXP340/AXP322
Mode S ADS-B transponder, the on-ground/in-air discrete signal wire may need to be added
from the IFD5XX/4XX/Atlas tray to the AXP340/322 tray as identified in Section 6.12.
Note: Installations replacing an existing non-WAAS GPS/NAV/COM transceiver can

upgrade to a WAAS installation using section 3 of this manual.
Note: Installations replacing a GNS-530/W or GNS-430/W must verify the aircraft is on the
IFD5XX/4XX Approved Model List, Avidyne Document Number AVIFD-318 (Part 23)
or AVIFD-583 (Part 25).
Note: The IFD system supports a Honeywell KGP560/860 system with a remote third-party
. annunciator only. All other external TAWS/EGPWS systems must be disabled if the
internal TA and FLTA are to be operational on the IFD system.
2.2.6 Additional Installation Data Sources
This installation manual (Avidyne document 600-00299-000) does not constitute complete
FAA approved data to install Avidyne IFD4XX/IFD5XX/Atlas units in subject aircraft unless
this manual is specifically identified as approved data by FAA approved installation
approval i.e., STC, approved installation document or drawing.
Avidyne AML STC SA00343BO-A for Part 23 Airplanes identifies this installation manual as
approved data for airplanes listed on the Approved Model List for that STC.
The following are sources to that may be used to develop FAA approved data for
IFD4XX/IFD5XX/Atlas installations. Other approved data acceptable to the administrator
may be used.
600-00299-000 This manual. SA00343BO-A for Part 23

Airplanes. Approved data for
aircraft listed on AML
Reference data for all other

installaltions
AVIFD-318 Part 23 Approved Model List
600-00299-000 Page 52 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
AVIFD-583 Part 25 Approved Model List
AC43.13-1B Change 1 “For the inspection and repair

of non-pressurized areas of
civil aircraft, only when there
are no manufacturer repair or
maintenance instructions.”
AC43.13-2B “For the inspection and

alteration on non-pressurized
areas of civil aircraft of
12,500lbs gross weight or
less.”
Aircraft Maintenance Manual
Aircraft Structural Repair

Manual (SRM)
Aircraft Structural Repair

Manual (SRM)
Aircraft Prints / Wiring The existing aircraft wiring

Diagrams prints provide support
information required to
integrate the IFD4xx/5xx to
the aircraft’s systems.
Installer developed data DER 8110-3 Engineering

Approval.
SAE AS50881 Wiring Aerospace Vehicles
2.2.7 Electrical Load Analysis (ELA)

An ELA must be accomplished to determine that the electrical limits of the specific aircraft
are not exceeded.
2.3 Optional Installation Features

This section summarizes interfaces to avioncs and optional features that may require extra
wiring.
Feature Description Reference Section for
Installation Details
Audio Panel Aurals Allows IFD produced aural alerts (e.g., FLTA Section 6.11.1
terrain alerts, Top of Descent alerts, 500’
callouts, etc) to be heard in the headsets.
600-00299-000 Page 53 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Transponder Support Allows IFD GPS position transmission to the Section 6.12
transponder for ADS-B operation and IFD
Air/Ground output to the transponder for
automatic Ground-Alt transition.
Video In Allows input from any RS-170 format video. Section 6.15
Radar display and control Allows display of digital radar display. The Section 6.16
IFD5XX /ATLAS can control the radar as a Requires Ship Kit (Field load)
standalone display. 500-00232-001 or activation coupon
500-00232-002**
Com Presets, Forward* Enables external command (e.g., yoke- Section 6.1.12.4
mounted button) to select frequencies forward
in the com preset list to be loaded into the #1
Standby com slots.
Com Presets Reverse * Enables external command (e.g., yoke- Section 6.1.12.4
mounted button) to reverse selected
frequencies in the com preset list to be loaded
into the #1 Standby com slots.
Com Frequency Active- Enables external command (e.g., yoke- Section 6.1.12.4
Standby Swap* mounted button) to swap the Active and #1
Standby com frequencies.
Nav Frequency Active- Enables external command (e.g., yoke- Section 6.1.12.4
Standby Swap * mounted button) to swap the Active and #1
Standby nav frequencies.
Synchro Heading Input * Allows the IFD to take heading data in via Section 6.1.6
synchro protocol.
Standby Com Monitor* Allows the com frequency in the #1 standby Section 6.1.12.5
slot to be heard in the headsets when installed
with a compatible audio panel (e.g., Avidyne
AMX240).
16 watt transmitter Allows the com to transmit at 16 watts Requires Ship Kit (Field load)
activation 28volt 500-00210-001 or activation coupon
installations only* 500-00210-002. **
WiFi/Bluetooth Allows the connection of portable electronic
Installed at the factory
equipment to the IFD.
IFD5XX GLAS Adds LPV approach functionality Requires Ship Kit (Field Load)
Enablement 500-00277-001 or activation coupon
500-00277-002**
TAWs Enables TAWs Requires Ship Kit (Field load)
500-00236-001 or activation coupon
500-00236-002. **
*N/A for IFD510/545/410
** Refer to Avidyne service bulletin 601-00182-035 “Paid Option Upgrade” procedure
available on the Avidyne dealer website.
Table 41 Optional Installation Features
2.4 IFD Interfaces

The IFD can interface with a host of other avionics equipment. The following list represents
the proven interfaces. There may be other devices that can be configured the same as one on
the below list, but Avidyne has not tested it and can therefore not make any compatibility
claims.
600-00299-000 Page 54 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Category Vendor Model

Air Data B&D 2600 ADC
B&D 2601 ADC
B&D 2800 ADC
B&D 900004-003 ADC
Bendix King KAD 280/480 ADC (KDC 281,
481)
Shadin 8800T Alt Computer

9628XX-X Fuel/Air Data
Shadin Computer
Insight TAS 1000 ADC
Icarus Instrument 3000
Sandia SAC7-35
Garmin GDC74A
Encoding Altimeter or Blind Bendix King KEA-130A
Encoders
Bendix King KEA-346
Terra AT-3000
Sandia SAE5-35
Trans-Cal Industries IA-RS232-X
Trans-Cal Industries SSD120
ACK Technologies A-30
EADI Honeywell ED-600
EFIS Bendix King EFS 40/50
Avidyne EXP5000
Aspen Pilot PFD (EFD1000)
Collins Proline 21
Collins EFIS 84
Honeywell EDZ-605
Honeywell Primus 1000
Sextant SMD 45
Garmin G500/600/TXi
Garmin G5
Garmin GI-275
600-00299-000 Page 55 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

Displays Garmin MX20
Garmin GMX200
Garmin GPSMAP 195
Garmin GPSMAP 295
Garmin GPS III Pilot
Garmin GPSMAP 196
Garmin GPSMAP 296
Garmin GPSMAP 396
Garmin GPSMAP 496
Garmin GPSMAP 695
Garmin GPSMAP 696
Garmin Aera 796/795
Argus 3000
Argus 5000
Argus 7000
Horizon DDMP
Avidyne EX500
Avidyne EX600
Avidyne EX5000
Avidyne FlightMax Series
Heading Bendix King KAH 460 Inertial System (KAU
461 also)
Collins AHC 85 Inertial System Laseref
Honeywell HG 1075AB, HG 1095AG Inertial
Systems
Litef LTR 81 Inertial System
Litton LTN 90-100 Inertial System
Litton LTN 91 Inertial System
Litton LTN 92 Inertial System
EHSI Sandel SN3308
Sandel SN3500
Honeywell ED-600
Fuel Shadin 91053XP and 91053XT-D
“Digiflo-L” Digital Fuel Mgmt
Systems
600-00299-000 Page 56 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

Shadin 91204XT(38)D and 91204XT-D
“Miniflo-L” Digital Fuel Mgmt
Systems
Shadin 91802-() “DigiData”
Fuel/Airdata
JPI EDM-700 Engine Monitor
JPI EDM-760 Engine Monitor
JPI FS-450
ARNAV FC-10
ARNAV FT-10
EI FP-5L
EI CGR-30P
Insight GEM 3
Traffic L3 SKY497 SkyWatch
L3 SKY899 SkyWatchHP
Bendix King KTA-870
Bendix King KTA-970
Bendix King KMH980
Bendix King KMH880
Garmin GTS800/820/850
Ryan TCAD 9900B
Ryan TCAD 9900BX
Avidyne TAS-6XXA series
Transponder Garmin GTX330 (transponder
functionality only)
Garmin GTX330 ES *
Garmin GTX 330D ES *
Garmin GTX335 *
Garmin GTX 345 *
Garmin GTX 327
Garmin GTX3000
Honeywell Bendix/King KT74
Honeywell Bendix/King MST70B
ACSS NXT-700
L-3 NGT9000 Series
600-00299-000 Page 57 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

Trig TT31/22
Rockwell Collins TDR94/TDR94D
Avidyne AXP340/322
Bendix King KXP80
Becker BXT65XX
Lightning L3 WX500
Avidyne TWX670 (“Native” format)
Datalink Garmin GDL-69/69A***
Avidyne MLB100
WSI AV-300/350
(No Longer Supported)
Heads-up Technologies XMD076
Autopilot Avidyne DFC90
Bendix King KFC400
Bendix King KCP320
Bendix King KFC325
Bendix King KFC300
Bendix King KFC225
Bendix King KFC200
Bendix King KFC250
Bendix King KFC275
Bendix King KFC150
Bendix King KAP150
Bendix King KAP140
Bendix King KAP100
Century I
Century II
Century III
Century IV
Century 21
Century 31/41
Century 2000
Century Triden
Century AK 1081 GPSS Converter
600-00299-000 Page 58 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

Collins APC-65 Series
Collins FGC-65
Collins FYD-65
STec 20
STec 30
STec 40
STec 50
STec 55
STec 55X
STec 60 PSS
STec 60-1
STec 60-2
STec 65
STec ST901 GPSS Converter
Miscellaneous Garmin GAD42 Interface Adapter
EGPWS Bendix King MK V, MK VII, MKV-A, MK VI,
MK VIII, MK XXII, MK XXI,
KGP560, KGP860
DME Bendix King KN 61
Bendix King KN 62/62A
Bendix King KN 63
Bendix King KN 64
Bendix King KN65
Bendix King KDI 572
Bendix King KDI 574
Bendix King KDM706
Collins DME 40
Collins DME 42
Collins TCR 451
Narco DME 890
Narco IDME 891
ARC (Cessna) RTA-476A
Nav Indicator Garmin GI 102/A
Garmin GI 106/A
Bendix King KI 202
600-00299-000 Page 59 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

Bendix King KI 203
Bendix King KI 204
Bendix King KI 206
Bendix King KI 208
Bendix King KI 208A
Bendix King KI 209
Bendix King KI 209A
Bendix King KI 525A
Bendix King KPI 552/B
Bendix King KPI 553/A/B
Century NSD 360A
Century NSD 1000
Collins 331A-6P
Collins 331A-9G
Collins PN-101
Mid Continent MD 222-402/-406
Mid Continent MD 200-20X/-30X
STec ST 180
Sperry RD444
Sperry RD 550A
Sperry RD 650
RMI Bendix King KI 229
Bendix King KNI 582
Bendix King KDA 692
External GPS Annunciator Mid Continent MD41-Series
Staco Switch 992561
Vivisun 95-40-( )
Vivisun 95-45-( )
Remote TAWS Annunciator Garmin 013-0079-XX
Mid Continent MD41-10XX
Audio Panel Avidyne AMX240
Apollo (Garmin) SL10
Apollo (Garmin) SL15
Garmin GMA 340
600-00299-000 Page 60 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

Garmin GMA 347
PS Engineering 6000
PS Engineering 7000
PS Engineering 8000/8000BT
Bendix King KMA 24/24H
Bendix King KMA 26
Bendix King KMA 28
406 ELT Artex ME406
Ameri-King AD 451-()
Ack E-04
Narco Not specified
Pointer 3000
Kannad Not specified
Radar Bendix King RDR 2000 *
Bendix/King RDR 2100 **** RDR2060 ****
Bendix/King RDS-8X *****
UAT Avidyne Skytrax100 (formerly MLB100)
Avidyne SkyTrax100B* / SkyTrax200
Freeflight Systems FDL-978-RX**
Garmin GDL 88**
*IFD Software version 10.2 or higher
**IFD Software version 10.2.1 or higher
*** Compatibility with P/N 011-00986-00 or 011-00987-00 only pre software 10.2.3.1.
With software 10.2.3.1 or higher P/N 011-03177-X0 will function
**** IFD Software version 10.2.4.1 or higher
***** IFD Software version 10.3.0.2 or higher
Table 42 IFD5XX/IFD4XX/ATLAS Compatible Equipment
600-00299-000 Page 61 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
2.5 Pre-Installation Checklist

Prior to beginning installation of the IFD5XX/IFD4XX/ATLAS, complete the following pre-
installation checklist. This checklist will help in determining installation requirements. If the
Installation Items below are not complete, additional installation approval may be required.
Installation Item Reference IFDXXX ATLAS Complete
Is the aircraft on the Avidyne STC Avidyne Documents
Approved Model List?   □
AVIFD-318 or AVIFD-583
Is IFD replacing an existing If yes, TAWS enablement is
GPS/NAV/COM or TAWS system used for required   □
Part 91/135 TAWS compliance?
Can the IFD5XX/IFD4XX tray be installed If No, additional
per the data in this manual? installation approval is  N/A □
required.
Navigation(s) Antenna Installed Section 3.5
  □
(N/A for IFD510/545/410)
Communication Antenna Installed Section 3.4
  □
(N/A for IFD510/545/410)
Is the IFD, or remote annunciator lights, Section 5.1 or 5.2
installed within the Pilot’s Field of View?   □
Does the aircraft have an approved GPS Section 3.3.5
antenna installed on the aircraft? Or, can the   □
GPS antenna be installed per this manual?
Does the aircraft have a previously Section 2.1.2.2
approved Marker Beacon System installed
in the aircraft? (Not needed for VFR   □
installations)
Does the aircraft have a second NAV or Section 2.1.2.2
COMM installed? Not needed for VFR   □
Installations.
Does the aircraft have a sufficient electrical Section 1.5
power for the IFD installation?   □
Does the installation location comply with Appendix A:
the Environmental Testing of the IFD unit? Environmental   □
Qualification Form
Does the Airplane Flight Manual If no, additional installation
Supplement adequately cover the approval is required.
installation? (Reference: Avidyne   □
Document 600-00298-XXX,
or 600-00346-000)
Table 43 Pre-Installation Checklist
600-00299-000 Page 62 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
3. Antenna Installation
This section describes the installation of the GPS, NAV, and Glideslope antennas on
unpressurized, metallic fuselage airplanes. The installer is responsible to ensure the
structural aspects of the installation meet all regulatory requirements and are adequate for
the aircraft type. Antenna installations on airplanes with composite or pressurized fuselages,
and aircraft with certification basis of Amendment 23-45 or later, are beyond the scope of this
manual and a separate installation approval is required.
3.1 Antenna Bonding

All antennas should be well bonded to the aircraft. Reference AC 43.13-2b paragraph 307 for
additional information.
3.2 Antenna Environmental Qualifications

Verify the antenna is appropriately qualified to be installed on the aircraft. Reference the
antenna manufacturer’s RTCA DO-160(x) qualification form.
3.3 GPS Antenna

The GPS Antenna should be installed using practices acceptable to the antenna and aircraft
manufacturers. Regulatory guidance for antenna installations can be found in AC 20-138( )
Chapter 12, AC 43.13-2B Chapter 3, and AC 43.13-1B Chapter 4. Also reference Appendix C
in this manual.
The GPS antenna listed in Table 39 can be installed on unpressurized metal airplanes with a
certification basis of Amendment 23-43, or earlier, using the data below. All other GPS
Antenna installations are beyond the scope of this manual and a separate installation
approval is required.
The Avidyne GPS antenna, Avidyne Part Number 200-00282-000, can be installed as shown
in Figure C - 6 through Figure C - 10. The GPS Antenna must be installed using the following
guidelines to be in compliance with the STC.
GPS Antenna Location:
• Fuselage skin must be 2024-T3 aluminum (or equivalent)
• Fuselage skin thicknesses beyond the range provided in
Table 44 below are outside the scope of this installation
• Selected antenna location may not be within one full bay of
other cutouts, skin joints, or load introduction points
• Doubler installation on, or adjacent to, primary or fatigue
critical structure, as defined by the aircraft manufacturer or
regulatory guidance, requires separate approval
• Evaluate the installation per AC43.13-2B, Chapter 3,
paragraph 303(b) for gaps due to fuselage curvature. If a
saddle is required, fabrication should be per AC 43.13-1B,
and should completely fill the curvature gaps, and should
not be riveted to the fuselage skin. The only purpose of the
saddle is to act as a tapered shim and is not intended to
transfer load into the skin
Doubler Fabrication:
600-00299-000 Page 63 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
• Doubler material is to be 2024-T3 clad aluminum per AMS

QQ-A-250/5
• Form the doubler to match the fuselage curvature
• Etch, alodine, and prime the doubler per the guidance
provided in AC43.13-1B
• Drill holes and install rivets per AC43.13-1B
o It is acceptable to slightly vary the rivet and row
spacing to accommodate existing frames and
stringers provided 2D edge distance and 4D
minimum rivet spacing is maintained and no rivet is
installed within 0.75” of the antenna mounting holes
o Rivet type is dependent on the type of rivets in the
adjacent fuselage structure. If the adjacent rivets in
the structure around the bay selected for the doubler
installation are protruding head type, install
MS20470AD rivets in the outer row of the doubler.
If the adjacent rivets are countersunk or dimpled,
install either MS20426AD or NAS1097AD rivets per
the table below. Reference Table 148 for rivet type
and doubler thickness appropriate for the aircraft's
skin thickness.
Fuselage Thickness Doubler Thickness Doubler Drawing
0.016-0.025" 0.020"
See Figure C - 9 in
Appendix C.
0.032-0.050 0.032"
Table 44 Doubler Thickness
3.3.1 GPS Antenna Location

The following recommendations should be followed when choosing an installation location
for the GPS antenna. Prior to installing the GPS antenna, it is recommended to temporarily
mount the GPS antenna in the desired location and functional ground test the GPS system.
• The antenna must be mounted on the exterior upper fuselage of the
aircraft
• The GPS antenna should be mounted more than 2 feet from any
transmitting antenna.
• The GPS antenna should be mounted in a location that minimizes
the effects of shadowing by the aircraft structure.
• The GPS antenna should be installed more than 6 inches from any
other antenna, including another GPS antenna.
• The GPS antenna should be installed in a location that allows the
antenna to be level in normal cruise flight.
600-00299-000 Page 64 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
• For multiple GPS installations, the antennas should not be mounted

in a straight line from front to rear of the aircraft along the
longitudinal axis on the aircraft to prevent simultaneous antenna
damage from lightning strikes.
• Antennas should be installed 3” or more from the windshield.
3.3.1.1 Aircraft Lightning Zone Approved Locations
If installing an Avidyne GPS Antenna (Avidyne Part Number 200-00282-000), the GPS
antenna is qualified to be installed in aircraft lightning zone 2A as defined by SAE ARP5414A
and RTCA DO-160G.
Procedure:
1. Determine the keep out areas, zone 1A and 1B
2. No Installation Areas of Zone 1A and 1B and for these
aircraft are 1.3 meters each.
3. Measure 2.6 meters from the aircraft nose to begin zone
2A on the aircraft.
600-00299-000 Page 65 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure 2 Large Aircraft Lightning Zone Map
Note: Locating the GPS antenna in the correct aircraft lightning

zone is the responsibility of the installing agency. If a
System Equipment DER is necessary, the Aircraft
Electronics Association is a good source of information.
The telephone number is +1 (816) 347-8400.
600-00299-000 Page 66 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
If installing an Avidyne GPS Antenna (Avidyne Part Number 200-00282-000), the GPS
antenna is qualified to be installed in aircraft lightning zone 2A as defined by SAE ARP5414A
and RTCA DO-160G. The No Installation Area can be determined using Figure 3 . The
distance found by using Figure 3 defines a zone immediately aft of the nose of the aircraft, or
propeller in the case of single engine propeller driven aircraft, where the GPS antenna should
not be installed. Aircraft locations aft of the No Installation Area are acceptable to install the
GPS antenna. Figure 4 below shows an example of the No Installation Area.
Figure 3 Distance to Aircraft Lightning Zone 2A
Procedure:
4. Determine the Maximum Cruising Speed (Vno) for the
aircraft. Note: Indicated Airspeed in knots (KIAS) must
be used in the table.
5. Locate the Airspeed for the aircraft on the Horizontal
Axis of the table. Draw a vertical line from the Airspeed
to the No Installation Area.
6. Draw a horizontal line from the No Installation Area,
found in Step 2, to the Vertical Axis on the chart.
7. Determine the Distance (in feet) to Aircraft Lightning
Zone 2A for the aircraft on the Vertical Axis.
Example:
For example, if an aircraft shown in Figure 4 has a Vno of
175 KIAS, the No Installation Area will be 7.2 feet. This
is shown on Figure 3 with a dotted line and Figure 4
with a shaded area.
600-00299-000 Page 67 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Aircraft with a Vno greater than 210 KIAS may install the
GPS antenna 8.6 feet aft of the nose of the aircraft
(excluding propeller).
Figure 4 Small Aircraft No-Installation Area
3.3.2 GPS Antenna Bonding

The GPS Antenna should have ≤ 2.5 milliohm resistance to the aircraft fuselage.
3.3.3 GPS Antenna Cable

The GPS Antenna Cable must be RG-142B, RG-400, or an equivalent 50Ω double shielded
coaxial cable. The GPS antenna cable loss should not be greater than 6.5dB or less than 1.5 dB.
Each connector on the GPS coaxial cable will add an additional 0.2 dB loss to the cable.
The GPS antenna cable should not be routed with high power wires or transmitting antenna
cables.
If dual GPS Systems are installed on the aircraft, the GPS coaxial cables should be routed in
such a manner to provide maximum separation between the two GPS coaxial cables.
3.3.4 GPS Coaxial Cable Connector

The connectors on the GPS coaxial cable should be assembled per the connector
manufacturer’s assembly instructions.
600-00299-000 Page 68 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
3.3.5 Approved GPS Antennas
Model Number Description Supplier
CI-428-200 GPS WAAS Antenna Cobham (Comant)
CI-2580-200 VHF/GPS WAAS Antenna Cobham (Comant)
CI-2728-410 VHF/GPS/XM Antenna Cobham (Comant)
GA-35 GPS/WAAS Antenna Garmin
GA-56A GPS/WAAS Antenna Garmin
GA-56W GPS/WAAS Antenna Garmin
GA-57 WAAS/XM Antenna Garmin
A33 (AT575-9UW) GPS/WAAS Antenna Garmin /AeroAntenna
A34 GPS/WAAS Antenna Garmin /AeroAntenna

AV-801 GPS/WAAS Antenna RAMI
AT575-93AVW-TNCF- AeroAntenna
GPS/WAAS Antenna
000-RG-27-NM Technology
Table 45 Approved GPS Antennas for SBAS Operation
The IFD can be interfaced to all TSO-C190 antennas and the approved antennas listed in the
table above. If connected to an approved WAAS Antenna, the IFD is approved for TSO-
C146d Gamma 3 operation.
The IFD5XX/4XX/ATLAS can be interfaced to non-WAAS antennas but the system will not
be approved for any type of WAAS operations. In this case, the Antenna Type selection as
described in Section 7.5.12 must be selected as “Non-WAAS”. This will result in the FMS
functionality of the IFD inhibiting selection of any WAAS (SBAS) approach in the database.
Installing a new GPS antenna listed in Table 45 requires additional structural approval
beyond the scope of this manual.
3.3.6 GPS Interference

After installing the IFD System, the GPS antenna must be tested to ensure no interference is
present. The GPS Antenna System is subject to interference from VHF COM transceiver,
Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) antenna, or Direction Finder (DF) receiver which can
radiate harmonics that can potentially interfere with the GPS antenna.
If a VHF Communication transceiver is found to be the problem, installing a 1.57542 GHz
notch filter may help to reduce the problem.
600-00299-000 Page 69 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
3.3.7 Ground Plane

The GPS Antenna should be mounted on a minimum of 8 x 8 inch metal surface or ground
plane.
3.3.8 Dual IFD Installations

If the aircraft has dual IFD, the aircraft is permitted to have a non-WAAS system and a
WAAS system installed, however, if the two antennas are not of the same type (i.e. dual non-
WAAS or dual WAAS installation), then FMS-related data (flight plans, waypoints, routes,
etc) will not be shared between IFD units.
3.3.9 Anti-Ice Protection

If the aircraft is approved for flight into known icing, verify the GPS antenna is installed in
location that is not susceptible to ice buildup or complies with FAA AC 20-138( ) paragraph
13-2.
600-00299-000 Page 70 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
3.4 VHF Communication Antenna

Note: This section is N/A for the IFD510/545/410.
The VHF communication antenna should be installed using this manual, FAA AC 43.13-( ),
AC 20-67B and the antenna manufacturer’s guidance.
The antennas should be installed to allow maximum separation between antennas. If
possible, one antenna should be installed on the top of the aircraft, and the other on the
bottom of the aircraft.
3.4.1 Antenna Environmental Qualifications

Verify the antenna is appropriately qualified to be installed on the aircraft. Reference the
antenna manufacturer’s RTCA DO-160(x) qualification form.
3.4.2 VHF Communication Cable

The antenna cable should be RG-142B, RG-400, or an equivalent 50Ω coaxial cable.
3.4.3 VHF Coaxial Cable Connector

The connectors on the VHF communication coaxial cable should be assembled per the
connector manufacturer’s assembly instructions.
3.4.4 Voltage Standing Wave Ratio

The VSWR should not exceed 2:1 over the VHF communication radio frequency range. A
VSWR over 2:1 may result in loss in transmitting power up to 50%.
3.4.5 VHF Antenna

The VHF Communication Antenna should meet one of the following Technical Standard
Orders (TSO): TSO-C37( ), TSO-C38( ), TSO-C169( ).
3.4.6 Antenna Ground Plane

The VHF Communication Antenna should be mounted on a minimum of 18 x 18 inch metal
surface or ground plane.
3.5 Navigation Antennas

3.5.1 VOR/LOC Antenna

The NAV Antenna should be a standard 50Ω horizontally polarized antenna. The VOR/LOC
antenna should be installed using the manufacturer’s installation instructions and FAA AC
43.13-( ).
The VOR/LOC Antenna should meet Technical Standard Order (TSO): TSO-C36 ( ), TSO-C40
( ).
3.5.2 Navigation Coaxial Cable

The antenna cable should be made of RG-142B, RG-400, or an equivalent 50Ω coaxial cable.
600-00299-000 Page 71 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
3.5.3 Navigation Coaxial Cable Connector

The connectors on the VHF navigation coaxial cable should be assembled per the connector
manufacturer’s assembly instructions.
3.5.4 Diplexer
The IFD requires separate Glideslope and Navigation antenna inputs. A diplexer will be
required if a single navigation coax delivers both VHF navigation and Glideslope navigation
signals to the IFD location, such as if a combined Nav/Glideslope antenna is used, or a
Nav/Glideslope diplexer is installed to combine signals at the antenna location. The diplexer
should be installed per the manufacturer’s installation manual.
The Diplexer should be located in a position on the aircraft to minimize the amount of coaxial
cable required.
3.6 Glideslope Antenna

The Glideslope Antenna should be standard 50Ω horizontally polarized antenna. The
Glideslope antenna should be installed using the manufacturer’s installation instructions and
FAA AC 43.13-( ). The IFD has separate VOR/LOC and Glideslope antenna inputs. See
Diplexer text in Section 3.5.4.
3.6.1 Glideslope
The Glideslope Antenna should also be installed with a clear line of sight. The Glideslope
Antenna should meet Technical Standard Order (TSO): TSO-C34( ).
600-00299-000 Page 72 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
4. Electrical Installation
The electrical wiring should be installed in accordance with FAA AC 43.13-1B Chapter 11,
sections 8 through 13 and in accordance with this manual. The following section will describe
requirements for the electrical wiring when installing the IFD.
4.1 Wire Type

MIL-C-27500 and MIL-W-22759 wire is recommended. Select the appropriate wire type and
size for the aircraft type and installation location per FAA AC 43.13-1B.
4.2 Wire and Connector Identification

Wires and connectors should be marked per FAA AC 43.13-1B.
4.3 Wire Routing

All wires and wire bundles must be routed and secured in such a way to eliminate risk of
mechanical damage and minimize exposure to heat and fluids. Also, consider the following
when installing wire harnesses in the aircraft:
• In dual GPS installations, route wire harnesses separately to prevent dual GPS
failures
• Do not route harness near high power electrical lines
• Equipment should be installed with separation between redundant systems to
prevent loss of navigation due to a single event
4.4 Shield Grounds

All shield grounds should be grounded using the ground block on the IFD5XX/IFD4XX tray
backplate, or the ground screw on the Atlas chassis. Shield grounds should be as short as
possible (shorter than 3.0”, if possible)
Shield grounds on non-Avidyne equipment should be grounded per the manufacturer’s
installation instructions. In the absence of any installation data, the shield wires can be
connected to the connecter backshell or aircraft ground.
4.5 Wire Harness Overbraid

Copper overbraid is not required on the IFD wire harness. However, in the following cases,
copper overbraid is required.
4.5.1 Existing Equipment

If interfacing to any existing avionics equipment with copper overbraid over the wire
harness, it must be installed on all new wiring to that existing piece of equipment. The
copper overbraid must meet the specification in Section 4.5.3.
4.5.2 Severe Lightning Transient Environment

Aircraft Installations where the aircraft actual transient level is higher than the IFD
equipment transient design level must install copper overbraid on the entire IFD wire
600-00299-000 Page 73 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
harness. This does not include the antenna coaxial cables. The copper overbraid must be
installed per Section 4.5.3.
The Approved Model List for the STC will indicate if an aircraft is required to install wire
harness overbraid on the IFD wiring. Note: Overbraid is not required on VFR only
installations as defined in Section 2.1.1.
4.5.3 Copper Overbraid Installation

The copper overbraid must be a minimum 90% optical coverage per ASTM-B-33. The
overbraid must be grounded at both ends. If the aircraft wiring passes through wire
disconnects or bulkheads, the overbraid should be continued on each segment.
The wire harness overbraid should also be installed per FAA AC 43.13-1B Chapter 11-189.
4.6 IFD Connectors

The following special tools may be needed during installation of the IFD:
Connector Connector Contact Part Crimp Tool Die/ Extraction Insertion
Number Part number Numbers Positioner Tool Tool
P1001 M24308/4- 268( ) M39029/58-360 M22520/02-01 M22520/2-09 M81969-1-04 M81969/1-04
(ORG/BLU/BLK)
P1002 M24308/2-3( ) M39029/63-368 M22520/02-01 M22520/2-08 M81969/1-02 M81969/1-02

(ORG/BLU/GRY)
P1006 M24308/4- 266( ) M39029/58-360 M22520/02-01 M22520/2-09 M81969-1-04 M81969/1-04

(ORG/BLU/BLK)
P1050 M24308/4- 268( ) M39029/58-360 M22520/02-01 M22520/2-09 M81969-1-04 M81969/1-04

(ORG/BLU/BLK)
Ground 583861-7 5-583853-4 91535-1 91073-1

Block (TE Connectivity) (TE Connectivity) (TE Connectivity) (TE Connectivity)
IFD4XX/5XX
only
Table 46 D-Sub Connector Tools
NOTE: The P1050 is available on the IFD5XX and Atlas Series only.
NOTE: For Atlas (700-00194-XXX) only – The P1050 connector is keyed blocking pins 19, 20,
32, 33, 46 and 47 for connector orientation purposes.
NOTE: Interconnect diagrams in Appendix D show these pins used as grounds.

For Atlas (700-00194-XXX) Installations DO NOT USE.
600-00299-000 Page 74 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
4.7 Byteflight Digital Data Bus Consideration – Dual IFD Installations

Dual IFD installations use a Byteflight digital Databus protocol when connected via RS-232
Channel 3 and configured for CrossSync. The following must be considered for replacement
and new installations.
4.7.1 Databus Wiring - Replacement Installations

For installations that are replacing two previously connected GNS4XX/5XX systems, the
Byteflight digital Databus is capable of using the pre-existing wiring between the two pre-
existing trays with no additional wiring or modifications required. All bus termination is
built into the IFD units. However, the existing wire length on the CrossSync connection must
not exceed 8 feet in length on IFD RS-232 Channel 3 on P1001. Installations with longer
installation lengths between IFD units must use Byteflight cable. The ByteFlight wire is
available from Avidyne, reference Table 40.
Installations with significant amount of Byteflight data interruptions should consider
installing Byteflight cable.
4.7.2 Databus Wiring – New Installations

For all new installations of dual IFDs (not replacing pre-existing GNS4XX/5XX systems), the
recommended wiring for the RS-485 data protocol is shielded twisted- pair cable with an
approximate characteristic impedance of 100-120 Ohms. The wire material must meet 14 CFR
23.1359 (c).
4.8 Circuit Protection

Circuit Breakers must be installed in a location easily accessible to the pilot and must be
resettable trip free devices. The Circuit Breaker must be clearly identified and visible under
all lighting conditions. Circuit breaker size is identified in installation data shown in
Appendix D: Electrical Interface Drawings. Note that 14v aircraft may be required to replace
the installed circuit breaker and power wiring to accommodate the IFD.
4.9 Power Distribution

Note: The references in the below images to the COM block are N/A for the
IFD510/545/410
Aircraft installing one IFD should connect the power and grounds as shown in Figure 5.
Single Avionics Bus
Avionics Bus
IFD COM
Aircraft Ground
Figure 5 IFD Power Distribution
600-00299-000 Page 75 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Aircraft with a maximum certified gross takeoff weight less than 6000 pounds must connect
the dual IFD as shown in Figure 6.
Preferred Alternate
Avionics Bus 1 Avionics Bus 2 Avionics Bus
IFD COM IFD COM IFD COM IFD COM
Aircraft Ground Aircraft Ground Aircraft Ground Aircraft Ground
Figure 6 Dual IFD Power Distribution (Aircraft <6000 lbs)
Aircraft with a maximum certified gross takeoff weight greater than 6000 pounds must install
the dual IFD as shown in Figure 7.
Preferred Alternate
Avionics Bus 1 Avionics Bus 2 Avionics Bus Main Bus
IFD COM IFD COM IFD COM IFD COM
Figure 7 Dual IFD Power Distribution (Aircraft >6000 lbs)
If installing a 3rd party NAV and/or COM and IFD, connect the IFD as shown in Figure 8.
Preferred Alternate
Avionics Bus 1 Avionics Bus 2 Main Bus Avionics Bus
IFD COM Other COM/NAV IFD COM Other COM/NAV
Figure 8 Dual NAV/COM Aircraft Bus Installation (Aircraft >6000 lbs)
600-00299-000 Page 76 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
The installer is responsible for preservation of multiple power busses on the aircraft in
accordance with manufacturer's original design and the requirements of 14 CFR Part 23. This
includes maintaining electrical power to essential equipment.
4.10 Electrical Load Analysis

Prior to installing the IFD, an electrical load analysis (ELA) must be performed. The aircraft’s
electrical load should be less than 80% of the total generator output following the IFD
installation, reference Section 1.5 for IFD power requirements. Also reference FAA AC 43.13-
2B Paragraph 208 for more information on performing an aircraft electrical load analysis.
The purpose of the ELA is to show compliance to 14 CFR §23.1351 and §23.1353 (h).
4.11 Low Power Behaviors

The IFD can accept input power ranging from 9VDC to 33VDC but has the following low
power behaviors.
Functions are restored if the IFD input voltage rises 1VDC above threshold voltage for 1
second.
Input Voltage Level Behavior
19.9VDC 16W VHF radio output power reduces to 10W *
≥ 18VDC High power USB charging (dedicated charging port
drawing 2.1A).
< 18VDC USB port drops from High power USB charging to Low
power USB charging (dedicated charging port drawing
1.0A).
12.75VDC USB port is turned off (no charging available).
11.5VDC Bezel and LCD display dimmed down to 25% and a yellow
“Low Volts” CAS message is presented.
10.9VDC VHF radio output power reduces to 6W *
10.0VDC VHF radio output power reduces to 4W *
9VDC Start a 60 second power down sequence and a red “Low
Volts Off in <x> sec” CAS message is presented. With 5
seconds to go until power down, the full power down
message is overlaid in the middle of the display.
*N/A for IFD510/545/410
Table 47 IFD Low Power Behavior
600-00299-000 Page 77 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
5. Mechanical Installation
This section will describe the physical mounting of the IFD in the aircraft.
Aircraft installing the IFD for VFR use only, as defined in Section 2.1.1, can install the IFD
unit in any location easily accessible to the pilot. However, the IFD installation must not
introduce any new hazards. All other installations must follow the guidance below.
5.1 Equipment Location – New Installations

If the IFD is used for IFR navigation, course deviation information and navigation
annunciation must be installed in the Pilot’s Field of View (FOV). The FAA has provided
clarification regarding the intent of TSO-C146 and acceptable source annunciation location,
navigation annunciation, and FOV requirements on similar products in the past. Therefore,
the installation data as follows must be followed to maintain compliance with the STC.
Otherwise, additional installation approval will be required.
Aircraft requiring two pilots must have this annunciation at each pilot station or
unobstructed view of the IFD display. The IFD should be located in a position easily reached
by both pilots.
5.1.1 Determining the Field of View

The navigation source selection (“GPS” or “VLOC”) field of view is approximately ±30° or
13.856" horizontally from the center of the attitude indicator, or centerline of the pilot's
seat/yoke. The navigation annunciation field of view is approximately ±35° or 16.805"
horizontally from the center of the attitude indicator. Both of these angles and distances are
determined with the pilot seated at a minimum of 24" from the instrument panel. For aircraft
without a basic instrument 'T' or an offset control yoke/control, use the center of the pilot's
seat as the primary view centerline.
The vertical field of view will be from the top of the instrument panel to the portion of the
instrument panel that is immediately below the basic 'T' instruments, reference Figure 9.
Note, if the existing type certified HSI/CDI/PFD is lower than the basic 'T', use that as the
lower limit.
Figure 9 below indicates the acceptable field of view for the IFD5XX/4XX. If the
IFD5XX/4XX can be installed in this area, remote navigation annunciation is not required. If
the IFD5XX/4XX cannot be installed within the acceptable field of view, the installation must
have navigation annunciations installed per Section 5.1.2.
Note: The dimensions shown in Figure 9 and Figure 10 for the IFD5XX also apply to the
IFD4XX.
NOTE: Atlas units mounted in center console positions will fall outside of the required field
of view for annunciations. Panel mounted annunciators are required in the prescribed field of
view.
600-00299-000 Page 78 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure 9 Field of View
5.1.2 Navigation Annunciation

The navigation annunciations listed in Table 48 must be installed in the Pilot's Field of view.
This may be accomplished in several ways. The following are acceptable:
• Use Navigation Annunciation on an existing Primary Flight
Display or Horizontal Situation Indicator located in the
Pilot's primary field of view. CDI/HSI indicators with
navigation annunciation is acceptable (e.g. GI 106, MD200-
306, or similar). The CDI/HSI must be located within the
primary field of view.
• If the IFD5XX/4XX is located within the acceptable field of
view, as shown in Figure 9, external annunciation is not
needed
• Install external annunciation lights in the acceptable field of
view, as shown in Figure 10.
600-00299-000 Page 79 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
The IFD should have the following annunciation within the Pilot's Field of View when
installing an external annunciator:
Navigation Annunciation Type

VLOC Annunciate‡
GPS Annunciate‡
OBS Annunciate (optional)
Waypoint Annunciate
Terminal Annunciate
Approach Annunciate
Message Annunciate
LOI, INTEG, or INTG Annunciate
Table 48 Navigation Annunciation
‡ Must be located ±30° or 13.856", see Section 5.1.1

The navigation annunciators should be readable under all lighting conditions. The
annunciators must be able to be tested prior to flight. The field of view in Figure 9 is based on
±35° from the Instrument "T" centerline at 24" aft of the panel.
Figure 10 Navigation Annunciation Field of View
600-00299-000 Page 80 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
5.1.3 Course Deviation Indicator

The course deviation information must be located in the Pilot's Primary Field of view if the
IFD is used for IFR navigation. Installation of a CDI/HSI requires a separate installation
approval.
5.1.4 Instrument Panel Cutout

The IFD5XX and IFD4XX tray is designed to be installed on the backside of the instrument
panel. The instrument panel requires either a 6.320" x 4.600" or 6.320" x 2.70" hole for the
IFD5XX or IFD4XX respectively. If the instrument panel in the aircraft is considered primary
structure, additional installation approval will be required for the instrument panel cutout.
The installer is responsible to ensure the structural aspects of this installation meet the
requirements of AC 43.13-2B, Chapter 11, Paragraph 1104(a).
5.1.5 Requirements for Tray Installation

The Avidyne Tray must be installed in the aircraft as described below in order to satisfy the
structural requirements for the STC. Deviations to these requirements will require separate
approval.
1. Rear Tray Support (Instrument Panel)
a. The existing instrument panel must be fabricated from 2024-
T3 aluminum with a minimum thickness of 0.050" (Note:
equivalent or stronger is acceptable). The tray brackets must
be fabricated from 3/4" x 3/4" x 1/16" 2024-T3 aluminum
angle for mounting the tray, as shown in Figure C - 1 and
Figure C - 2.
b. If new components are fabricated, the fabrication methods
must follow the requirements of FAA Advisory Circular
43.13-1B, Chapter 4 for general airframe fabrication criteria,
including hole tolerances, edge distances, rivet spacing, and
corrosion protection, and Advisory Circular 43.13-2B
Chapters 2 and 11 for structural adequacy.
2. Forward Tray Support
a. The Avidyne Tray must have forward support brackets,
reference Figure C - 1 or Figure C - 2. The forward support
brace must be 0.032” 5052-H32 aluminum. (Note: equivalent
or stronger is acceptable)
b. If new forward support brackets are fabricated, the
fabrication methods must follow the requirements of either
Figure C - 1 or Figure C - 2, FAA Advisory Circular 43.13-
1B, Chapter 4 for general airframe fabrication criteria,
including hole tolerances, edge distances, rivet spacing, and
corrosion protection, and Advisory Circular 43.13-2B,
Chapters 2 and 11 for structural adequacy.
The IFD5XX tray should be installed using six #6-32 100o flat head screws and self-locking
nuts. The IFD4XX tray should be installed using four #6-32 100o flat head screws and self-
locking nuts.
600-00299-000 Page 81 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
5.2 Equipment Location - Replacement Unit

If the IFD is being installed as replacement unit on a previously approved IFR installation,
the existing installation location is acceptable and does not require any changes.
5.3 Angle of Regard

The IFD5XX/4XX should be mounted in a location where the viewing angle of the display
does not exceed the following angles: Note: the reference plane for these measurements is the
unit itself:
• From the Left: 45°
• From the Right: 45°
• From the Top: 35°
• From the Bottom: 15°
The Atlas should be mounted in a location where the viewing angle of the display does not
exceed the following angles:
• From the Left: 45°
• From the Right: 45°
• From the Top: 15°
• From the Bottom: 35°
5.4 Unit Installation/Removal

The IFD5XX/4XX should be installed using 3/32-inch hex drive tool. The hex drive is
inserted into the hole in the front bezel.
The Atlas should be installed in an existing dzus rail console or rack using an appropriately
sized flat blade tool. The 4 dzus fasteners engage or release with a quarter turn.
5.5 Internal Cooling

The IFDXXX units have several internal fans and heat sinks as part of their basic design. The
IFDXXX units have intake and exhaust vents on the left and right sides of the chassis with cut
outs in the tray to facilitate venting. The left and right sides of the front bezel have intake
louvers to help pull ambient cockpit air through the unit. The IFDXXX will benefit from
keeping these vents clear of all obstructions.
The Atlas units have intake and exhaust vents on the top and bottom of the chassis and a few
louvers on the back of the head unit.
While not necessary, if installation flexibility permits, the units will benefit from these intake
and exhaust vents remaining as clear as feasible. In some cases failure to do so can cause an
over-temp condition.
5.6 External Cooling

The IFD does not require external cooling; however, additional cooling may prolong product
life. A 5/8” diameter air fitting is provided in the rear of the IFD mounting tray, if forced air
cooling is installed.
600-00299-000 Page 82 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD installations in a tightly packed avionics stack should consider installing an electric
avionics cooling fan. As a minimum, plan to leave space for clear intake and exhaust venting
when able. If a fan is installed, ensure the intake air flow to the fan is not located near the
exhaust of other fans or near other hot equipment.
In the event the system feels excessively hot or if an Overtemp Caution Advisory System
message is presented on the display, there are some diagnostic tools provided in the IFD to
assist in finding more optimal cooling installations. In Maintenance Mode, select the “Status”
tab along the bottom edge of the display and then press the “Info” Line Select Key as needed
until “Temps” is displayed. Note the hottest source(s) on that page and supply that
information to Avidyne Technical Support to include both the source and the associated
temperature for follow-on guidance. If a Red CAS message is displayed at an time with the
warning, “UNIT OVERTEMP UNIT UNRELIABLE” the IFD must return to Avidyne for
servicing.
The metal bezel of the IFD is intentionally designed to radiate heat away from the internal
components and out of the unit. This can have the effect of a bezel that may be warm to the
touch. This is considered normal. Note that the rubber bezel buttons will not conduct this
heat and should not be warm. This condition will be more noticeable on hot days or during
long ground runs.
5.7 Electrical Bonding

The electrical bonding between the IFD5XX/IFD4XX tray or the Atlas rear ground screws
and aircraft ground should be ≤ 10 milliohm.
5.8 Aircraft Considerations

Installing wires or antennas on a pressurized aircraft, composite aircraft, or with an aircraft
certification basis of Amendment 23-45 or later is beyond the scope of this manual and
requires additional installation approval, unless the aircraft model is listed on the STC AML.
5.9 Weight and Balance

After installing the IFD, the aircraft’s weight and balance must be updated after installation is
complete.
For those installations where an IFD5XX/4XX is replacing a GNS530/430 (any variant), since
the IFD is within 5% of the weight of the removed GNS530/430 (less than 1 pound
difference), no new weight and balance must actually be performed according to AC 43.13-1B
Change 1 Acceptable Methods, Techniques, and Practices Aircraft Inspection and Repair
(Chapter 10) and AC 120-27E Aircraft Weight and Balance Control.
5.10 Compass Safe Distance

The IFD should be installed 12” or more away from the aircraft’s magnetic compass. Perform
an aircraft compass swing/calibration after completing the IFD installation.
Note: The 12” minimum distance is a TSO-driven value that is designed to ensure the unit
will have no impact on the aircraft compass. If an installation is made where this distance is
less than 12”, then a compass swing/calibration must be accomplished after completing the
IFD installation.
600-00299-000 Page 83 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6. System Installation
The following section will describe interfacing the IFD to various other avionics and aircraft
equipment.
6.1 Pin Function List

The following Section Lists the Pin function for each connector.
6.1.1 P1001 Main Connector

Pin Description Signal Type
1 VLOC Annunciate Output
2 GPS Annunciate Output
3 Waypoint Annunciate Output
4 Terminal Annunciate Output
5 Approach Annunciate Output
6 Message Annunciate Output
7 OBS Annunciate Output
8 Weight on Wheels (WOW) Output Output
9 Integrity Annunciate Output
10 Annunciate D Output
11 Annunciate E Output
12 Reserved Output
13 GPS Select Output
14 ILS/GPS Annunciate (Approach) Output
15 Aircraft Power 2 Input
16 Time Mark Out Output
17 Main Lateral Superflag Output
18 Main Vertical Superflag Output
21 Main +Left Output
22 Main +Right (1.65V COM) Output
23 Main Lat +Flag Output
24 Main Lat -Flag (GND) -
25 Main +To (1.65V Common) Output
600-00299-000 Page 84 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

26 Main +From Output
27 Main +Up (1.65V Common) Output
28 Main +Down Output
29 Main Vertical +Flag Output
30 Main Vertical -Flag (GND) -
31 Main OBS Rotor C Output
32 Main OBS Rotor H(GND) -
33 Main OBS Stator D Input
34 Main OBS Stator E (2.5V Common OBS) Output
35 Main OBS Stator F Input
36 Main OBS Stator G (2.5V Common OBS) Output
37 Audio 1 HI (Alert audio) Output
38 Audio 1 LO (Alert audio) Output
39 LTG Bus HI Input
40 LTG Bus LO (GND) Input
41 GPS RS232 Out 3 Output
42 GPS RS232 In 3 Input
43 Main OBI Clock Output
44 Main OBI Data Output
45 Main OBI Sync Output
46 GPS Arinc-429 Out 1A Output
47 GPS Arinc-429 Out 1B Output
48 GPS Arinc-429 In 1 A Input
49 GPS Arinc-429 In 1 B Input
50 GPS Arinc-429 In 2 A Input
51 GPS Arinc-429 In 2 B Input
52 Audio 2 HI Output
53 Audio 2 LO Output
600-00299-000 Page 85 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

60 Altitude Common (GND) -
61 Altitude C4 Input
64 Altitude B4 Input
67 Altitude A4 Input
70 Altitude D4 / Weight on Wheels Input (Helicopter use) Input
71 OBS Mode Select Input
73 CDI Source Select Input
74 COM Remote Recall Forward Input
75 COM Remote Recall Reverse Input
76 LTG BUS 2 HI Input
77 Aircraft GND -
78 Aircraft GND -
Table 49 P1001 Pin Description
For fixed-wing aircraft, the IFD5XX/4XX and Atlas use GPS velocity and AGL altitude to
determine In-Air/On-Ground state. The WOW transition output logic is on P1001 Pin 8
On-Ground = 30kts and below
In-Air = 50kts and above
600-00299-000 Page 86 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.1.2 P1002 Communication Connector

Note: This connector is not used in the IFD510/545/410
Pins Description Signal Type
1 Reserved -
2 Ethernet 1 TX+ Output
3 Ethernet 1 TX- Output
4 COM Microphone Key Input
5 Intercom Microphone Audio HI Input
6 COM Microphone Audio HI Input
7 COM Audio HI Output
8 Ethernet 1 RX+ Input
9 Ethernet 1 RX- Input
10 Synchro X Input
11 Aircraft Power Input
13 Synchro Reference Signal + Input
14 Transmit Interlock (Unused) Input
15 COM Remote Transfer Input
16 Reserved -
17 Intercom Microphone Audio LO Input
18 COM Microphone Audio LO Input
19 COM Audio LO Output
20 Reserved -
21 Aircraft GND -
22 Aircraft GND -
23 Synchro Y Input
24 Synchro Z Input
25 Synchro Reference Signal - Input
600-00299-000 Page 87 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.1.3 P1006 Navigation Connector

Note: This connector is not used in the IFD510/545/410
Pins Description Signal
1 VOR/LOC +To Output
2 VOR/LOC +From (VOR/LOC 2.5V Common) Output
3 VOR/LOC +Flag Output
4 VOR/LOC -Flag (VOR/LOC 2.5V Common) Output
5 VOR/LOC +Left Output
6 VOR/LOC +Right (VOR/LOC 2.5V Common) Output
7 Com Monitor Audio HI Output
8 VOR/LOC Composite Out Output
9 VOR OBS Rotor C Output
10 VOR OBS Rotor H (GND) -
11 VOR OBS Stator E/G (VOR/LOC 2.5V Common) Output
12 VOR OBS Stator F Input
13 VOR OBS Stator D Input
14 Parallel DME - 8MHz Output
15 VOR/LOC Superflag Output
16 VOR/ILS Audio HI Output
17 VOR/ILS Audio LO Output
18 Serial DME - Clock Output
19 Serial DME - Data Output
20 Ser DME-Chan REQ/PAR DME - 4MHz Input/output
21 Ser DME-RNAV Mode/PAR DME - 2MHz Input/output
22 DME Common Input
23** VOR/ILS Arinc-429 Out B Output
24** VOR/ILS Arinc-429 Out A Output
25 VOR OBI Clock Output
26 VOR OBI Sync Output
27 VOR OBI Data Output
28 VLOC Remote Transfer Input
29 ILS Energize Output
30 Glideslope +Flag Output
31 Glideslope +Down/-Flag (Glideslope 2.5V Common) Output
32 Glideslope +Up Output
33 Parallel DME - 1MHz Output
34 Com Monitor Audio LO Output
35 VOR/ILS Arinc-429 In B Input
36 VOR/ILS Arinc-429 In A Input
37 Parallel DME - 800KHz Output
38 Glideslope Superflag Output
600-00299-000 Page 88 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

41 Aircraft GND -
** GLAS Enable only
6.1.4 P1050 Additional I/O Connector

Please note: This connector is not available on the IFD4XX.
1 TAWS Inhibit IN Input
2 TAWS Audio Inhibit IN Input
3 HTAWS Reduced Protection Mode Input
4 HTAWS Aural Suppression Input
5 Spare Input 2 Input
6 Spare Input 1 Input
7 Reserved -
8 Reserved -
9 Terrain Not Available Annunciate Output
10 Terrain Warning Annunciate Output
11 Terrain Caution Annunciate Output
12 TAWS Inhibit Annunciate Output
13 HTAWS Reduced Protection Annunciate Output
14 Spare Annunciate 1 Output
15 TAWS Audio Active Out Output
16 Reserved -
17-21* Ground -
22-39* NO CONNECT -
40 ARINC 453 RX+ Input
41 ARINC 453 RX - Input
42 GPS ARINC-429 Out 2A Output
43 GPS ARINC-429 Out 2B Output
44 VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT 3A** Output
45 VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT 3B** Output
46-59* NO CONNECT -
60 RS232 Out 5 Output
61 RS232 IN 5 Input
62 RS232 Out 6 Output
63 RS232 IN 6 Input
600-00299-000 Page 89 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

64 Ground -
65-76 NO CONNECT -
77 RS170 Video IN Input
78 Ground Input
** GLAS Enable only
*Note: Atlas only - P1050 connector is keyed blocking pins 19, 20, 32, 33, 46 and 47 for connector orientation purposes.
6.1.5 Altitude Gray Code

Altitude Gray code input is connected on the following pins:
Description Connector Pin Signal Type
Altitude D4 P1001 70 Input
Altitude A1 P1001 69 Input
Altitude B1 P1001 66 Input
Altitude C1 P1001 63 Input
Altitude Common P1001 60 Input
Table 53 Altitude Gray Code Description
NOTE: Some transponders and altitude encoders do not have internal

isolation diodes to prevent the unit from pulling the encoder lines to
ground when the unit is off. These units will require the installation of a
diode into harness for each encoder line.
6.1.6 Heading Input

The IFD can accept a 3-wire ARINC 407 Synchro heading input on the following connectors
and pins:
Synchro X P1002 10 Input
Synchro Reference Signal + P1002 13
(26VAC 400 Hz) Input
Synchro Y P1002 23 Input
Synchro Z P1002 24 Input
Synchro Reference Signal - (GND) P1002 25 Input
Table 54 Synchro Heading Input
600-00299-000 Page 90 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.1.7 Main Course Deviation Indicator Output

The main indicator displays both lateral and vertical deviations, TO/From, and Flag
indications from the NAV and GPS receivers.
6.1.7.1 Lateral/Vertical Deviations
The lateral and vertical deviations are on the following connector and pins:

Main +Left P1001 21 Output
Main +Right P1001 22 Output
Main +Up P1001 27 Output
Main +Down P1001 28 Output
Table 55 Main Course Deviation Output
6.1.7.2 TO/FROM Indication Flag
The To/From Flag indication flags are on the following connector and pins:

Main +To P1001 25 Output
Main +From P1001 26 Output
Table 56 Main TO/From Flag Output
6.1.7.3 Navigation Flags
The Navigation Flags is on the following connector and pins:

Main Lateral +Flag P1001 23 Output
Main Lateral -Flag P1001 24 Output
Main Vertical +Flag P1001 29 Output
Main Vertical -Flag P1001 30 Output
Table 57 Main Navigation Flag Output
600-00299-000 Page 91 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.1.7.4 Navigation Superflags
The Navigation Superflags is on the following connector and pins:

Main Lateral Super Flag P1001 17 Output
Main Vertical Super Flag P1001 18 Output
Table 58 Main Navigation Superflag Output
Superflag outputs system voltage when valid and <.25 VDC when not valid. This output is
capable of driving 500mA at 28 VDC or 250mA at 14 VDC. Power is from P1006 pin 44
6.1.7.5 OBS
The OBS is on the following connector and pins:

Main OBS Rotor C P1001 31 Output
Main OBS Rotor (Ground) P1001 32 Output
Main OBS Stator D P1001 33 Input
Main OBS Stator E P1001 34 Output
Main OBS Stator F P1001 35 Input
Main OBS Stator G P1001 36 Output
Table 59 Main OBS Output
600-00299-000 Page 92 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.1.7.6 Annunciators Electrical Output

VLOC Annunciate P1001 1 Output
GPS Annunciate P1001 2 Output
Waypoint Annunciate P1001 3 Output
Terminal Annunciate P1001 4 Output
Approach Annunciate P1001 5 Output
Message Annunciate P1001 6 Output
OBS Annunciate P1001 7 Output
Integrity Annunciate P1001 9 Output
LNAV GPS Select P1001 13 Output
ILS/GPS Approach P1001 14 Output
Table 60 Annunciator Output
All outputs sink up to 500 mA when activated.

Some legacy autopilots require a “delayed ILS” discrete input. This function is used to
prevent an autopilot from engaging too quickly upon glideslope capture. The output
prevents the autopilot from an immediately pitch up or down to center the glideslope needle.
Rockwell Collins VIR-30/32/432/433 VHF navigation sensors have this discrete output. It is
incorporated to switch an external relay in the flight guidance system when an ILS frequency
is selected, otherwise it is an open.
When replacing one of the radios listed above, it is imperative to determine if the delayed ILS
output is being used with the installed autopilot.
To accomplish this function using an IFD or Atlas:
ILS/GPS Approach: P1001 Pin 14 will replace this existing output.
ILS Approach: P1006 Pin 29 for VHF approach sensor approach operations only (see
Table 51).
6.1.7.7 Switch Inputs

OBS Mode Select P1001 71 Input
CDI Source Select P1001 73 Input
Table 61 Switch Inputs
The inputs are considered active if voltage to ground <1.9V or resistance to ground <375 Ω.
These inputs are considered inactive if voltage to ground is 11-33 VDC.
600-00299-000 Page 93 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.1.7.8 Time Mark Out

Time Mark Out P1001 16 Output
Table 62 Time Mark Output
Outputs a 1ms ± 1µs wide pulse once every 1.0 Second ± 2 ms. Output sources 1 mA at >3.8 V
and sinking 1 mA at less than 0.4 V.
600-00299-000 Page 94 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.1.8 Serial Data

6.1.8.1 RS-232

RS-232 Output 1 P1001 56 Output
RS-232 Input 1 P1001 57 Input
RS-232 Output 3 * P1001 41 Output
RS-232 Input 3 * P1001 42 Input
RS-232 Output 5‡ P1050 60 Output
RS-232 Input 5‡ P1050 61 Input
RS-232 Output 6‡ P1050 62 Output
RS-232 Input 6‡ P1050 63 Input
Table 63 RS-232 Input / Output
*RS-232 Port 3 Output and Input should only be used for cross-synch of two IFDs. In single
IFD installations leave RS-232 Port 3 Output and Input set to Off.
‡ IFD5XX and Atlas Only
6.1.9 ARINC 429

GPS ARINC 429 OUT 1A P1001 46 Output
GPS ARINC 429 OUT 1B P1001 47 Output
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A P1001 48 Input
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B P1001 49 Input
GPS ARINC 429 IN 2 A P1001 50 Input
GPS ARINC 429 IN 2 B P1001 51 Input
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT A P1006 24 Output
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT B P1006 23 Output
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 IN A P1006 36 Input
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 IN B P1006 35 Input
GPS ARINC 429 OUT 2A* P1050* 42 Output
GPS ARINC 429 OUT 2B* P1050* 43 Output
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT 3A** P1050** 44 Output
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT 3B** P1050** 45 Output
Table 64 ARINC 429 Input / Output
* IFD5XX and Atlas only, ** GLAS Enabled only
600-00299-000 Page 95 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.1.9.1 GPS ARINC Output
The data output on the GPS ARINC out port depends on the configuration of the unit. Below
is a list of configurations and label outputs for each:
1. ARINC 429
2. GAMA 429
3. GAMA 429 Graphics
4. GAMA 429 Graphics w/Int
5. GAMA 429 Pro Line 21
6. GAMA 429 Sextant
7. GAMA 429 Bendix King
8. GAMA 429 Thales
9. GAMA 429 Non-Standard
10. ARINC 743A
11. ARINC 743A+
12. Becker BXT Ctl
**Note: Labels 102 (Selected Altitude), 117, 126, 322 and 327 are enabled or disabled via a
separate Mx setting
Label # Parameter Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

001 Distance to Go • • • • • • • • •
002 Time to Go • • • • • • • • •
012 Ground Speed • • • • • • • • •
031 Becker Xpdr Control •
057 User Range Error •
060 GPS System Information •
061 Pseudo Range •
062 Pseudo Range Fine •
063 Range Rate •
064 Delta Range •
065 SV Position X •
066 SV Position X Fine •
070 SV Position Y •
071 SV Position Y Fine •
072 SV Position Z •
073 SV Position Z Fine •
074 UTC Measurement Time •
074 Data Record Header • • • • • • • •
075 Active Waypoint From/To Data • • • • • • • •
076 MSL Altitude • • • •
100 Selected Course 1 • • • • • • • • •
101 HDOP • • • •
102 VDOP • • • •
102 Selected Altitude • • • • • • •
103 Track Angle • • • •
600-00299-000 Page 96 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
110 Latitude • • • •
111 Longitude • • • •
112 Ground Speed • • • •
113 Message Checksum • • • • • • • •
114 Desired Track • • • • • • • • •
115 Waypoint Bearing • • • • • • • • •
116 Cross Track Distance • • • • • • • • •
117 Vertical Deviation • • • • • • • •
120 Latitude, Fine • • • •
121 Horizontal Command • • • • • • • •
121 Longitude, Fine • • • •
125 Greenwich Mean Time • • • • • • • • • • • •
126 Vertical Deviation (VNAV) • • • • • • • •
130 HIL • • • •
133 VIL • • • •
136 VFOM • • • •
140 UTC Time of Fix Fine • • • •
147 Magnetic Variation • • • • • • • •
150 UTC Time of Fix From GPS • • • •
165 Vertical Velocity • • • •
166 North-South Velocity • • • •
173 Pseudo Localizer Deviation •
174 Pseudo Glideslope Deviation •
174 East-West Velocity • • • •
203 Pressure Altitude • • • • • • •
221 Horizontal Command •
247 Horizontal Figure of Merit (HFOM) • • • •
251 Distance to Go • • • • • • • • •
252 Time to Go • • • • • • • • •
260 Date • • • • • • • • • • •
261 GPS Discrete Word 1 • • • • • • • •
273 Operational Mode , Number of • • • •
Satellites Tracked
275 LRN Status Word • • • • • • • •
300 Station Declination, Type and Class • • • • • • • •
303 Waypoint Header • • • • • • • •
304 Waypoint ID #1 - #3 • • • • • • • •
305 Waypoint ID #4 - #6 • • • • • • • •
306 Waypoint Latitude • • • • • • • •
307 Waypoint Longitude • • • • • • • •
310 Present position Latitude • • • • • • • • •
311 Present position Longitude • • • • • • • • •
312 Ground Speed • • • • • • • • •
313 Track Angle • • • • • • • • •
314 True Heading • • • • • • • • •
315 Wind Speed • • • • • • • • •
316 Wind Angle • • • • • • • • •
320 Magnetic Heading • • • • • • • • •
600-00299-000 Page 97 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
321 Drift Angle • • • • • • • • •

322 Flight Path Angle (VNAV) • • • • • • • •
326 Lateral Scale Factor • • • • • • • •
327 Vertical Scale Factor • • • • • • •
330 Conic Arc Inbound Course • • •
331 Conic Arc Radius • • •
332 Conic Arc Course Change Angle • • •
333 Airport Runway Azimuth • • •
334 Airport Runway Length • • •
335 Holding Pattern Azimuth • • •
340 Procedure Turn Azimuth • • •
350 Diagnostic •
351 Distance to Destination • • • • • • • •
352 Estimated Time to Destination • • • • • • • •
353 Software Version •
354 Configuration Data •
370 WGS-84 Altitude • • • •
371 Specific Equipment ID • • • • • • • •
377 Equipment Hex ID Code • • • • • • • • • • • •
Table 65 GPS ARINC Output
6.1.9.2 VHF ARINC Output

Applies To: IFD 440, IFD 540, IFD 550, Atlas Only
Label Number Parameter Name

034G VOR/ILS Frequency
035G DME Frequency
100G Selected Course # 1
173 Localizer Deviation
174 Glideslope Deviation
222 VOR Omni bearing
371G Specific Equipment
377 Equipment Hex ID Code
Table 66 VHF ARINC Output
6.1.9.3 Onboard Radar ARINC Output
When configured, a Radar ARINC 429 channel shall transmit the following data:
270 Radar Mode, Tilt, and Gain
271 Roll-Trim, Range
273 Vertical Profile
600-00299-000 Page 98 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
275 Display Mode

324 Pitch angle (Degrees), Stabilization Not Supported
325 Roll Angle (Degrees), Stabilization Not Supported
Table 67 Radar ARINC Output
6.1.10 ARINC 453

ARINC 453 RX + P1050 40 Input
ARINC 453 RX - P1050 41 Input
Table 68 ARINC 453 Input
6.1.11 RS170 Video

RS170 Video In High P1050 77 Input
RS170 Video In Low P1050 78 Input
Table 69 RS170 Video Input
6.1.12 Com/VOR/ILS Audio Electrical Characteristics

Note: This section is N/A for IFD510/545/410
6.1.12.1 Com Microphone Key

COM MIC Key P1002 4 Input
Table 70 VHF Communication Microphone Key
This input is active if either the voltage to ground <1.9V or the resistance to ground is <375Ω.
This input is considered inactive if the voltage to ground is 11-33 VDC.
Activating the COM MIC Key will cause the transmitter to transmit the audio on the COM
MIC Audio HI.
6.1.12.2 Com Microphone Audio, INTERCOM Microphone Audio

COM MIC Audio HI P1002 6 Input
600-00299-000 Page 99 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
COM MIC Audio LO P1002 18 Input

INTERCOM MIC HI P1002 5 Input
INTERCOM MIC LO P1002 17 Input
Table 71 VHF Communication Audio
520Ω input impedance, supply 9V via 620Ω.
6.1.12.3 Com Audio, VOR/ILS Audio

Com Audio HI P1002 7 Output
Com Audio LO P1002 19 Output
VOR/ILS Audio HI P1006 16 Output
VOR/ILS Audio LO P1006 17 Output
Table 72 VHF Communication and Navigation Audio Output
Each supply 65mW into 150Ω . They are balanced outputs and LO output must be connected.
6.1.12.4 Discrete Inputs

Transmit Interlock (Unused) P1002 14 Input
Com Remote Transfer P1002 15 Input
VLOC Remote Transfer P1006 28 Input
Com Remote Recall, Forward P1001 74 Input
Com Remote Recall, Reverse P1001 75 Input
Table 73 VHF Communication and Navigation Switch Inputs
This input is active if either the voltage to ground <1.9V or the resistance to ground is <375Ω.
This input is considered inactive if the voltage to ground is 11-33 VDC.
COM Remote Transfer and VLOC Remote Transfer are momentary inputs. Momentarily
depressing the VLOC or Com Remote transfer button toggles the active and #1 standby
frequencies. Momentarily depressing the COM Remote Recall button inserts the next
frequency in the Com preset list into the #1 standby slot.
6.1.12.5 Standby Com Monitor

Com Monitor Audio HI P1006 7 Output
Com Monitor Audio LO P1006 34 Output
Table 74 Standby Communication Output
600-00299-000 Page 100 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
This optional signal use can be used with audio panels that have a means of selecting the #1
standby com audio (e.g. Avidyne AMX240).
6.1.13 VOR/ILS Indicator Electrical Characteristics

Note: This section is N/A for IFD510/545/410.
6.1.13.1 Superflag

VOR/LOC Superflag P1006 15 Output
Glideslope Superflag P1006 38 Output
Table 75 Navigation Superflag Output
The output supplies not less than 500 mA on a 28 volt system and 250 mA on a 14 volt system
with the output voltage at (Aircraft voltage – 3VDC) when the flag is to be out of view. The
output voltage with respect to ground is less than 3 VDC when the flag is to be in view.
Power is from P1006 Pin 44
6.1.13.2 RMI/OBI Electrical Characteristics

Main OBI Clock P1001 43 Output
Main OBI Sync P1001 45 Output
Main OBI Data P1001 44 Output
Table 76 P1001 OBI Output

VOR OBI Clock P1006 25 Output
VOR OBI Sync P1006 26 Output
VOR OBI Data P1006 27 Output
Table 77 P1006 OBI Output
The output is active low.
6.1.14 DME Tuning

Note: This section is N/A for IFD510/545/410.
The IFD can channel a DME based on the tuned VLOC frequency. The IFD can be connected
to a DME via 2x5, BCD, Slip parallel, or King Serial DME channeling format.
6.1.14.1 Serial/Parallel Tuning

NAV PAR DME – 8MHz P1006 14 Output
SER DME – CHAN REQ/PAR DME – 4MHz P1006 20 Output*
600-00299-000 Page 101 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

SER DME – RNAV MODE/PAR DME – 2MHz P1006 21 Output*
NAV PAR DME – 1MHz P1006 33 Output
NAV PAR DME – 800 kHz P1006 37 Output
NAV DME COMMON P1006 22 Input
Table 78 DME Serial/Parallel Output
* Used for 2x5 parallel DME tuning.
NAV DME Common must be pulled low for the IFD to channel the DME.
DME is active if the voltage to ground is <1.9 V or the resistance to ground is
<375 Ω. Output is not more than 1.0V while sinking 20 mA.
6.1.14.2 King Serial DME Tuning
Signal
Description Connector Pin
Type
NAV Serial DME – DATA P1006 19 Output
NAV Serial DME – Clock P1006 18 Output*
Serial DME – CHAN REQ/PAR DME – P1006 20
4MHz Output*
Serial DME – RNAV Mode/PAR DME – P1006 21
2MHz Output
NAV DME Common P1006 22 Output
Table 79 DME Serial Tuning
* Output high is >8V when driving a 360Ω and < 10mV for a low.
NAV DME Common must be pulled low for the IFD to channel the DME. DME is active
if the voltage to ground is <1.9 V or the resistance to ground is <375 Ω.
6.2 Bezel Lighting

The IFD can be connected to any of the following avionics lighting sources: 5/14/28VDC or 5
VAC. Lighting bus inputs are not differential. Lighting bus low must be tied to ground. This
dimming circuit is not compatible with circuits that vary to low side and keeps the lighting
high side at bus voltage. Dimming controls are described in Section 7.5.7.
6.3 Traffic System

The IFD can be connected to Traffic Systems either by RS232 or ARINC 429. The IFD
supports the following Traffic Systems:
600-00299-000 Page 102 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Manufacturer Model Data Format Notes

Avidyne TSA6XX, TAS6XXA, RS232 or RS-232
Corporation 9900BX ARINC 429 preferred
Skytrax100 (formerly
Avidyne RS232 or RS-232
MLB100) (Navworx 200-
Corporation ARINC 429 preferred
0011-()-())
Avidyne RS232 or RS-232
Skytrax100B/SkyTrax200
Corporation ARINC 429 preferred
L3 Comm SKY497, SKY899 ARINC 429
Bendix/King KTA-870, KMH880 ARINC 429
Garmin GTS800/820/850 ARINC 429
Table 80 Traffic Systems
NOTE: These Traffic receiving devices are mutually exclusive. Multiple devices should not be
installed/configured on a single unit. For those installations with a single IFD and more than one type
of traffic source (e.g., “TAS600” and a TIS-B “SkyTrax100”) in the aircraft, the display priority is
TAS6XX/TCAD, Skywatch, Other ARINC429 Traffic sensor, SkyTrax100. Traffic from a lower priority
source will not be displayed unless the higher priority source is switched off or failed.
6.4 Lightning Detection System

The IFD can be connected to Lightning Detection Systems via RS232. The IFD supports the
following Lightning Detection Systems:
TWX670 RS232 “Native”

Avidyne Corporation
format
WX500 must
set both the
L3 Communications WX500 RS232 232 Input and
232 Output
on the IFD.
Table 81 Lightning Detection System
600-00299-000 Page 103 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.5 Datalink Weather

The IFD can be connected to Datalink Weather Systems via RS232. The IFD supports the
following Datalink Weather Systems.
Data
Manufacturer Model Notes
Format
IFD with
SkyTrax100(formerly MLB100)
RS232 s/w 10.1.0 or
[Navworx 200-0011-()-()]
later
IFD with
SkyTrax100(formerly MLB100)
Avidyne Corporation RS232 s/w 10.1.0 or
[Navworx 200-0011-()-()]
later
IFD with
Skytrax 100B /SkyTrax200 RS232 s/w 10.1.0 or
later
IFD with
Freeflight Systems FDL-978-RX RS232 s/w 10.1.0 or
later
IFD with
Heads-up
XMD-076 RS232 s/w 10.2.3.1
Technologies
or later
GDL69/69A Garmin
Software
P/N 011-00986-00 or 011-00987-
version 4.01
00 only Pre-Software 10.2.3.1
Garmin RS232 or later for
With Software 10.2.3.1 or later
first
P/N 011-03177-X0 will also
generation
work
GDL’s
GDL 88 RS232
Table 82 Weather Datalink
600-00299-000 Page 104 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.6 Audio Panels

The IFD can be connected to various Audio Panels via analog connections. The IFD supports
the following Audio Panels:

Avidyne AMX240 Analog Audio
SL10/ SL10MS/ SL10M/

Garmin SL10S/ SL15/ SL15M/ Analog Audio
GMA340/ GMA347
KMA24/ KMA24H-70/71 Analog Audio
Honeywell (Bendix/King)
KMA26/ KMA28
PMA6000/ PMA 7000 Analog Audio
PS Engineering
Series/ PMA 8000 Series
Table 83 Audio Panels
6.7 GAD 42
The IFD can be connected to the Garmin GAD42 Interface Adapter.
If the IFD is replacing a GNS530/W or GNS430/W that had previously been connected to a
GAD42, then no action is required since the configuration is already saved in the GAD42.
If this is a new installation of an IFD (i.e. not replacing an existing GNS-530/W or GNS-
430/W) or if the GAD42 had to be replaced for service, then the GAD42 must be configured
via a manual strapping method as described in Garmin P/N 190-00159-00 GAD42
Installation Manual, Section 5.1.
600-00299-000 Page 105 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.8 Air Data System Sources

The IFD can be connected to either Uncorrected or Baro-corrected Altitude Sources. The IFD
can be connected to the following Air Data Systems:
Aspen EFD1000 ARINC 429 Low Speed
Avidyne Entegra PFD ARINC 429 Low Speed
Garmin G500/600 ARINC 429 Low Speed
B&D 90004-003 ARINC 429 Low Speed
Honeywell (Bendix/King) KDC281/481 ARINC 429 Low Speed
Insight TAS 1000 RS232
Shadin ADC-2000 RS232
Table 84 Air Data Systems
6.8.1.1 Uncorrected Pressure Altitude Sources
The IFD can accept uncorrected altitude from multiple sources in the following formats:
ARINC 429, RS232, or a Gray Code altitude encoder. If multiple altitude sources are
connected, the IFD will use the altitude sources in this order (highest first):
1. ARINC 429 ADC
2. ARINC 429 EFIS
3. ARINC 429 Traffic Advisory System
4. RS232 FADC
5. RS-232 Altitude Encoder
6. Parallel Altitude Encoder (Gray Code)
6.8.1.2 Baro-corrected Altitude Sources
The IFD can accept baro-corrected altitude from multiple sources. The IFD can accept
Altitude information from altitude Air Data Systems in the following formats: ARINC 429 or
RS232. If multiple altitude sources are connected to the IFD, the IFD will use the altitude
sources in this order (highest first):
1. ARINC 429 INS/IRU
2. ARINC 429 EFIS
3. ARINC from Transponder
4. RS232 FADC
600-00299-000 Page 106 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.8.1.3 Other Air Data Sources
The IFD can be connected to Air Data Systems that transmit the following labels via ARINC
429 if all the following is true:
• The Air Data Computer provides the following labels:
203 – Pressure Altitude
204 - Barometric- Corrected Altitude
210 – True Airspeed
211 – Total Air Temperature
213 – Static Air Temperature
• The Air Data source is TSO approved and has a separate installation approval
• All wiring must be installed per the Air Data Computer’s installation data
600-00299-000 Page 107 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.9 Heading System Sources

The IFD can accept Heading data from multiple sources. The IFD can accept heading
information from Heading Systems in the following formats: ARINC 429 or RS232. If
multiple heading sources are connected to the IFD, the IFD will use the heading sources in
this order (highest first):
1. ARINC 429 INS/IRU
2. ARINC 429 EFIS
3. ARINC 429 from GAD42
4. ARINC 429 from EHSI
5. ARINC 429 from GTX 33/330
6. ARINC 429 Traffic Advisory System
7. Synchro Heading (N/A for IFD510/545/410)
8. RS232 FADC
9. RS232 Lightning Detection System (The WX500 can only be used as a heading source
if it is configured for a Synchro output.)
The IFD5XX/Atlas can be connected to the following IRU/AHRS systems:
Collins AHS-85E ARINC 429 High Speed
Table 85 IRU/AHRS Systems
The Avidyne IFD can accept heading information via ARINC 429 from other IRU/AHRS
sources if the following labels are provided:
• 314 - True Heading
• 320 - Magnetic Heading
IRU/AHRS not listed in the table above can still be approved if the following conditions are
met:
• The IRU/AHRS provides ARINC 429 labels 314 and/or 320.
• The IRU/AHRS installation is previously FAA approved.
• The IFD must be installed per Section 4.5.1.
• The IFD must pass the ground test in Section 7.6.16 before returning aircraft to
service
600-00299-000 Page 108 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.10 Multifunction Displays

The IFD can be connected to Multifunction Display Systems via RS232 or ARINC 429. The
IFD supports the following Multifunction Display Systems:
• Aviation No Alt format
for MX20 version 5.5
and earlier
Garmin MX20 RS232
• Aviation format for
MX20 version 5.6 and
later.
1. Aviation format for all
Garmin GMX200 RS232
GMX200 versions
• Use GAMA format 2,
low speed
Avidyne
EX500/EX600/EX5000 ARINC 429 • MFD software P/N 530-
Corporation
00193-( ) or later is
required
• GAMA output may also
Avidyne be used. However, flight
FlightMax FSD Series RS232
Corporation plans with an Arc will
be displayed as a gap.
Table 86 Multifunction Display
6.11 Forward Looking Terrain Alerting

This section will describe the external interfaces for the FLTA interface. Note: The IFD with
software prior to release 10.3.0.2 does not contain TSO-C151()-compliant TAWS functionality
and may not be used to satisfy the 14 CFR 91.223 TAWS requirement on those airplanes
where it applies. If using FLTA to satisfy the TAWS requirement in 14 CFR 91.223 the IFD
must have both release 10.3.0.2 and the TAWS enablement option. The TAWS enablement
is a paid enablement option. FLTA does provide aural alerting to the pilot of projected
terrain (ground and obstacle) conflicts. FLTA also has the ability to command the various
TAWS remote annunciators to light up as appropriate. Section 7.5.4 has instructions for
turning FLTA on or off.
6.11.1 Audio
Pin Name Connector Pin I/O
Audio 1 HI P1001 37 Output
Audio 1 LO P1001 38 Output
Audio 2 HI P1001 52 Output
Audio 2 LO P1001 53 Output
Table 87 Terrain Awareness Audio Output
The audio output 1 is a low impedance output. 100mW at 500-ohm.

The audio output 2 has an output impedance of 240-ohm and is capable of driving 100mW
into a 500-ohm load.
600-00299-000 Page 109 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.11.2 Annunciators
Pin Name Connector Pin I/O
Terrain not available P1050 9 Output
annunciate
Terrain Warning Annunciate P1050 10 Output
Terrain Caution Annunciate P1050 11 Output
TAWS Inhibit Annunciate P1050 12 Output
Table 88 Terrain Awareness Annunciator Output
6.12 TAWS/EGPWS Output

The IFD does not accept any data for use or display from any externally connected TAWS or
EGPWS system.
NOTE: Use of an externally attached TAWS/EGPWS system will disable the systems built-in
TAWS capability.
The IFD is capable of sending position data to the following EGPWS systems:
Honeywell KGP560, KGP860 Serial GPS position output only
Honeywell MK V, MK VI, MK VII, MK VIII, Serial GPS position output only
MKV-A, MK XXI, MK XXII
Table 89 TAWS/EGPWS Output
6.13 ADS-B Transponder/UAT Output

The IFD will transmit ADS-B GPS position data to the following compatible ADS-B capable
transponders/UAT. The ADS-B out transmitters listed in the Table below have been tested
with Avidyne IFD GPS receivers (GPS position source(s)) and have been found to be
compliant combinations to meet all ADS-B out requirements compliant with 14 CFR 91.217.
Avidyne AXP340 • ADS-B output requires a separate installation approval.
Trig TT31 See Avidyne AXP322/AXP340 AML STC SA00352BO
• For ADS-B out compliance, a squat switch is required for
automatically selecting the transponder air or ground
mode of operation. For aircraft without a squat switch,
connect the squat switch input of the transponder to P1001
pin 8 of one of the IFD. Set the transponder to accept an
active low when performing that squat switch setup.
• The IFD retransmits the Altitude data received from
external altitude devices to AXP340. This is a non-TSO
function of the IFD and must be tested and approved by
the installer prior to returning the aircraft to service. The
IFD will use the airdata source with the highest priority,
reference Section 6.8.1.1. Installers must ensure the airdata
600-00299-000 Page 110 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

source being used for transponder Mode C transmissions
complies with 14 CFR 91.217. After installation, the
transponder system must be tested per 14 CFR 91.411 to
verify the airdata retransmitted by IFD is operating
correctly prior to return to service.
The Hardware and Software Design Assurance for the
Altitude Retransmission is Level B and C respectively.
The IFD has a maximum internal latency of 340 mS for
retransmission the altitude data.
• See Appendix D for AXP340 interconnect.
Avidyne AXP322 • ADS-B output requires a separate installation approval.
Trig TT22 See Avidyne AXP322/AXP340 AML STC SA00352BO.
Bendix King KXP80 • For ADS-B out compliance, a squat switch is required for
pin 8 of one of the IFD. In either case, set the transponder
to “Avidyne” when performing the squat switch setup. See
section 7.5.13
external altitude devices to AXP322. This is a non-TSO
• See Appendix D for AXP322 interconnect.
• IFD must have software 10.1.0 or later
Garmin GTX330ES • The IFDXXX AML STCs IFDXXX SA00343BO &
IFD5XX/Atlas ST00411BO approves ADS-B out capability
for this ADS-B OUT transmitter and GNSS position sensor
combination to comply with 91.227.
600-00299-000 Page 111 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

external altitude devices to GTX330ES. This is a non-TSO
• See Appendix D for GTX330ES interconnect.
• IFD must have software 10.2 or later
Garmin GTX335 • The IFD AML STCs IFDXXX SA00343BO & IFD5XX/Atlas
GTX345 ST00411BO approves ADS-B out capability for this ADS-B
OUT transmitter and GNSS position sensor combination to
comply with 91.227.
external altitude devices to GTX3X5. This is a non-TSO
• See Appendix D for GTX3X5 interconnect.
Garmin GTX3000 • The IFD AML STCs IFDXXX SA00343BO &
IFD5XX/Atlas ST00411BO approves ADS-B out
capability for this ADS-B OUT transmitter and GNSS
600-00299-000 Page 112 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

position sensor combination to comply with 91.227.
• For ADS-B out compliance, a squat switch is required
for automatically selecting the transponder air or
ground mode of operation. For aircraft without a squat
switch, connect the squat switch input of the
transponder to P1001 pin 8 of one of the IFD. Set the
transponder to accept an active low when performing
that squat switch setup.
external altitude devices to GTX3000. This is a non-TSO
reference Section 6.8.1.1. Installers must ensure the
airdata source being used for transponder Mode C
transmissions complies with 14 CFR 91.217. After
installation, the transponder system must be tested per
14 CFR 91.411 to verify the airdata retransmitted by IFD
is operating correctly prior to return to service.
• The Hardware and Software Design Assurance for the
• The IFD has a maximum internal latency of 340 mS for
• See Appendix D for GTX3000 interconnect.
Becker BXT-65XX • The IFD AML STCs IFDXXX SA00343BO & IFD5XX/Atlas
ST00411BO approves ADS-B out capability for this ADS-B
comply with 91.227.
external altitude devices to BXT-65XX. This is a non-TSO
600-00299-000 Page 113 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

• See Appendix D for BXT655XX interconnect.
L-3 Avionics NGT9000R • ADS-B output requires a separate installation approval.
NGT9000R+ This system utilizes an internal position source for ADS-B out
compliance. See L3 STC.
NGT9000RD
NGT9000RD+ automatically selecting the transponder air or ground
pin 8 of the controlling IFD with software 10.0.0 or higher.
Set the transponder to accept an active low on ground
when performing that squat switch setup.
• The NGT9000XX needs a pressure altitude input
• The NGT9000XX must use its own internal GPS receiver
• See Appendix D for NGT9000 interconnect.
• IFD must have software 10.2.3.1 or later for the control
logic
ACSS NXT-700 • ADS-B output requires a separate installation approval.
L-3 Avionics This system utilizes an internal position source for ADS-B out
compliance. See L3 STC.
Bendix/King
pin 8 of the controlling IFD for IFD’s with software 10.0.0
or higher. Set the transponder to accept an active low on
ground when performing that squat switch setup.
• The NXT-700 needs a pressure altitude input
• The NXT-700 has its own internal GPS receiver
• See Appendix D for NXT-700 interconnect
• IFD must have software 10.2.3.1 or later for the control
logic
Bendix/King KT74 • The IFD AML STCs IFDXXX SA00343BO & IFD5XX/Atlas
comply with 91.227.
600-00299-000 Page 114 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

external altitude devices to KT74. This is a non-TSO
• See Appendix D for KT74 interconnect.
• IFD must have software 10.2.3.1 or later
Bendix/King MST-70B • The IFD AML STCs IFDXXX SA00343BO & IFD5XX/Atlas
comply with 91.227.
external altitude devices to MST-70B. This is a non-TSO
• See Appendix D for MST-70B interconnect.
Rockwell TDR94 • The IFD AML STCs IFDXXX SA00343BO & IFD5XX/Atlas
Collins TDR94D ST00411BO approves ADS-B out capability for this ADS-B
600-00299-000 Page 115 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

comply with 91.227.
external altitude devices to TDR94. This is a non-TSO
• See Appendix D for TDR94 interconnect.
• The TDR94 part number needs to be a -500 or higher for
ADS-B OUT to be approved.
Table 90 ADS-B Output
600-00299-000 Page 116 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.14 Autopilot
The IFD can be connected to various Autopilot Systems via analog or ARINC 429
connections. The IFD supports the following Autopilot Systems:
DFC90 Serial Avidyne and Aspen
Avidyne
PFDs
KAP100/140/150, Analog Deviation,
KFC150/200/250/275 Discrete
/300/325
KCP 320
Honeywell KFC225 Analog Deviation, Dual IFD installations

(Bendix/King) Discrete, ARINC require only the IFD
429 GPSS connected to the
autopilot be setup for
Prompt (See section
7.5.5)
KFC400 ARINC 429
I/II/III/IV, 21/31/41, Analog Deviation,

Century 2000, Trident Discrete
AK 1081 ARINC 429 GPSS
System 20/30/40/50/ Analog Deviation,

55/61/62/GPSS/65 Discrete
S-TEC System 55X Analog Deviation,
(Cobham) Discrete, ARINC
429 GPSS
ST-901 ARINC 429 GPSS
APS 65 ( ) Analog Deviation,

Collins Discrete
APS 3000 ARINC 429 Requires Software
10.2.2 or higher
Table 91 Autopilot Systems
6.15 Video Input

The IFD5XX and Atlas can be connected to the following RS-170 video sources:
Some cameras require
mod 21. Contact Avidyne
FAA Approved RS-170
Tech Support with make
Various and model of the camera
to determine if mod 21 is
required.
Table 92 Video Systems
600-00299-000 Page 117 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6.16 Radar Display and Control

The IFD can be connected to the following radar system:
Only the IFD5XX
RDR2000, and Atlas can
Honeywell RDR2060, ARINC 429 (out) control and display
(Bendix/King) RDR2100, ARINC 453 (in) radar. SW release
RDS-8X 10.2.4.1 or greater is
required.
Table 93 Radar Systems
600-00299-000 Page 118 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7. Configuration and Checkout

After completing installation, a complete installation checkout should be performed.
Complete the following sections to verify the installation is installed correctly. Prior to
configuring the IFD unit, the following checks should be performed.
7.1 Wiring Check

Verify wiring is properly installed and secured. Verify the wiring does not interfere with the
flight controls. Verify all wiring connected to IFD is connected correctly to the unit. Caution:
Failure to properly connect aircraft wiring to the IFD may result in damage to the IFD or to
the equipment connected to the IFD.
7.2 Mounting Check

Verify the IFD5XX/IFD4XX tray is securely installed to the airframe.
For Atlas units, verify all Dzus fasteners are fully latched and the Atlas is securely mounted
to the Dzus rails.
7.3 Chassis ID Setting

For dual IFD installations, it is imperative that the proper Chassis ID settings are established
for each IFD via dip switches located along the right side of the IFD outer chassis. Not doing
so will result in multiple error messages and degraded performance when two or more IFDs
are installed in an airplane.
Figure 11 IFD DIP Switches
At installation time, determine which IFD is to be designated as IFD #1 and which is to be

designated as IFD #2 (Note, there is no operational difference, This is a Databus address
assignment necessity). Set the side chassis ID dip switches per the table below:
600-00299-000 Page 119 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD Position Designation DIP switch selections

IFD #1 ↑ ↑ ↑ (up, up, up)
IFD #2 ↓ ↑ ↑ (down, up, up)
Table 94 DIP Switch Configuration
7.4 Unit Installation

Install IFD5XX/IFD4XX unit in the tray using the captive 3/32” Hex screw. Verify the
connectors are fully engaged prior to powering on the unit.
Install the Atlas in the Dzus rail using an appropriately sized flat blade tool after verifying
the connectors are latched.
7.5 Configuration
The IFD can be configured in the aircraft. This section will describe the procedures for
configuring the IFD.
Configuration consists of setting up communication protocols in Maintenance Mode,
designating specific types of equipment to be integrated and setting up system settings.
Configuration also consists of setting up User Options preferences in non-Maintenance Mode
via the SYS tab of the AUX page.
For new installations, use this section to configure the IFD for the specific airplane.
For replacement installations in which the IFD5XX/4XX is replacing a GNS 530/W or GNS
430/W, use Appendix F: Configuration Setup of this manual to first record the configuration
of the GNS530/W or GNS430/W that is being replaced by the IFD and then using that
recorded data, use the IFD Maintenance Mode pages as defined in this section and Appendix
F: Configuration Setup to properly set up and record configurations.
7.5.1 Maintenance Mode

The Maintenance Mode can be accessed by using the following procedures (on the ground
only):
1. Power on the IFD
2. Acknowledge all start up screens by pressing “Enter”
3. Press Proceed Line Select Key (LSK) followed by the Confirm LSK on the database
acknowledgement screen (if shown)
4. Select the “AUX” function key to display the Auxiliary Page. Press on the right side
of the “AUX” Function key until the “SYS” tab is shown
5. Select “Status/Software” LSK by pressing associated button until “Update
Databases” appears. (If shown)
6. Select “Update Databases” LSK by pressing the associated button. Press the
“Confirm” LSK after it appears. The screen will blank for several seconds before
coming up in Maintenance Mode
600-00299-000 Page 120 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Please note: Screen Page numbers shown below may not match unit.
7.5.2 Password PIN Page

7.5.2.1 Enabling or ignoring the password protection feature
A new feature with release 10.2.4.1 or greater is the ability to protect the configuration pages
in maintenance mode with a PIN number. On page 1 of the config tab, you will see
“Password Protection PIN” as shown in the picture below. Entering a 4-digit PIN on this
page IS NOT REQUIRED. If you do not want to protect the configuration settings do not
enter a PIN and simply move on to the remaining configuration pages. If you do enter a PIN
make sure that you save it because once the configuration pages are set up, they cannot be
changed without first entering the PIN number.
7.5.2.2 Password protection PIN Page
If you have chosen to enter a PIN on page 1 of the Config tab you will see the PIN number in
the Enter PIN text box and directly below you will see “Current PIN: followed by the PIN
number entered. See the picture below. Once the PIN is entered continue configuring the
remaining pages and after exiting maintenance mode the configurations cannot be changed
without first entering the PIN.
7.5.2.3 Forgotten PIN

If you are making changes to the Config pages that are PIN protected and have not entered
the correct PIN prior to making the changes you will see the title of the Config page and
directly underneath the title in yellow lettering “PASSWORD-PROTECTED” see the picture
below. If you see this none of the changes you make will be retained. If you have forgotten
the PIN or do not know the PIN contact Avidyne Technical Support at
[email protected] and a .dsf file will be sent to you to clear the PIN.
600-00299-000 Page 121 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
600-00299-000 Page 122 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.3 ARINC 429 Port Configuration

The ARINC 429 can be selected individually for each ARINC 429 Transmit and Receive Port.
Each Transmit and Receive Port will have a “Speed” selection and “Data” selection.
Figure 12 IFD4XX ARINC 429 Configuration Page
Note: Shown is the IFD4XX ARINC 429 Config Page. The IFD5XX
and Atlas Config Page has an OUT 1 and OUT 2.
IFD5XX and Atlas have OUT 2 with 5 settings - Off, ARINC 743A,
ARINC 743A+, Onboard Radar, and Becker BXT Ctl
The “Speed” Selection will have the following options:

Selection Description
Low Standard low-speed ARINC 429 (nominally 12.5 Kb per second)
High High-speed ARINC 429 (nominally 100Kb per second)
Table 95 ARINC 429 Speed Selection
600-00299-000 Page 123 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
The “Data” will have the following INPUT options:

Off No device connected to this ARINC 429 input
Airdata Altitude, temperature, and speed information from the
following Air Data Systems:
B&D 2600, 2601, 2800, 90004-003, Bendix/King KAD 280/480,
Shadin ADC 2000
Airdata/AHRS Heading, altitude, temperature, and speed information from an
Air Data/AHRS system.
EFIS Selected course, heading, and joystick waypoint information
from a EFIS system.
Certain versions of the Collins and Honeywell EFIS may be
compatible with this format.
EFIS/Airdata Selected course, heading, joystick waypoint, altitude,
temperature, and speed information.
Flight Control Selected course information from the following Flight Control
systems:
Bendix/King KFC400
Garmin GAD 42 Selected course, heading, and true airspeed data from Garmin
GAD 42.
Garmin GDL 88 Garmin GDL 88 Traffic from the GDL 88/GTX 345
Traffic
This ARINC 429 speed should be set to the high speed.
Garmin GDL 88 Garmin GDL 88 with a Garmin GTS 800/820/825 or a L-3
Traffic W/TCAS SKY497/SKY 899 System
Unsupported, reserved for future use
Garmin GDL 88 Garmin GDL 88 with a Avidyne TAS6XX or Ryan 9900BX
Traffic W/TCAD System
Garmin GDU Selected course, heading, altitude, temperature and speed
information from the following systems:
Garmin GDU (G500/G600/GI-275)
Garmin GTX 330 Garmin GTX330 (No TIS)
Garmin GTX 330 Garmin GTX 330 w/TIS
w/Traffic
Honeywell EFIS Selected course, heading, and joystick waypoint information
from the following EFIS systems:
600-00299-000 Page 124 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Aspen EFD1000 (If connected to an ACU1, set the ARINC 429
speed to low speed. If connected to an ACU2 and using ADF,
RADALT or Remote OAT data set the ARINC 429 speed to high
speed, otherwise low speed.)
Avidyne EXP5000*
INS/IRU Heading information from the following Inertial systems:
Bendix/King KAH 460
Collins AHC 85
Honeywell Laseref
Litef LTR 81
Litton LTN 90-100, LTN 91, LTN 92
RADAR Graphics Joystick waypoint information from a RADAR graphics unit
Radar Altimeter Rockwell Collins ALT 1000/4000
Garmin GRA 55/5500
FreeFlight 4000/4500
Honeywell RT 300
BK KRA-10A
Sandel EHSI Selected course and heading information from the following
EHSI systems:
Sandel SN 3308
Sandel SN 3500
Avidyne EXP5000*
Traffic Advisory Traffic information from the following traffic advisory systems:
Bendix/King KTA-870, KMH880
Garmin GTS 800/820/850
Garmin GDL 88
Avidyne TAS6XX (but RS-232 is preferred)
Ryan 9900BX (but RS-232 is preferred)
L3 Communications SKY497 SkyWatch
L3 Communications SKY899 SkyWatch HP
MLB 100 Traffic Avidyne SkyTrax100/SkyTrax200/MLB100 or Freeflight FDL-
978-RX Traffic (But RS232 is preferred)
Becker BXT Becker BXT 65XX Transponder Display
This ARINC 429 speed should be set to the low speed.
600-00299-000 Page 125 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Thales EFIS Used when connected to a Thales FlytX system
Table 96 ARINC 429 Input Selection
*Honeywell EFIS selection is preferred as it has more label information
Note: Only ARINC 429 Traffic is shared between IFDs on the

CrossSync line, all other ARINC 429 devices may be wired to
both IFDs in dual IFD installations since ARINC 429 data is
generally not shared between IFDs via the CrossSync line.
The “Data” will have the following OUTPUT options:

Off No device(s) connected to ARINC 429 output
ARINC 429 Standard ARINC 429 output (non-GAMA)
GAMA 429 ARINC data as define by the General Aviation Manufacturers’
Association (GAMA) General Aviation Subset, 2nd Edition. The
output data includes navigation, flight plan information to the
following systems:
Garmin GAD 42 Interface Adapter
Collins EFIS 84 (select “Non-WAAS” on the IFD)
Bendix/King EFS 40/50 with update SW15/01 (GPS vertical
guidance provided on EFIS)
Certain other versions of Collins EFIS may also be compatible with
this format.
GAMA 429 ARINC 429 data as defined by the GAMA General Aviation Subset,
2nd Edition. The output data includes navigation, flight plan and
Bendix King
GPS vertical guidance information to the following systems:
Bendix/King EFS 40/50 without SW15/01 update (GPS vertical
guidance provided on EFIS)
Graphics 2nd Edition including GAMA Graphics Protocol ‘A’. This format
outputs intersection symbols as generic waypoint symbols. The
output data includes navigation and flight plan information
(including graphical representation of the flight plan procedures) to
the following systems:
Graphics w/Int 2nd Edition including GAMA Graphics Protocol ‘A’. The output
data includes navigation and flight plan information (including
graphical representations of flight plan procedures) to the
600-00299-000 Page 126 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
following systems:
Sandel SN3308
Sandel SN3500
Aspen EFD1000 (see note below)
Avidyne EX500
Avidyne EX600
Avidyne EX5000
Note: When integrating an Aspen EFD1000 with a dual IFD
installation, ensure the “CRS SDI” field in the Aspen setup pages
(page 18) is set to Nav 1/2 and not Common.
GAMA 429 Pro ARINC 429 data as defined by the GAMA General Aviation Subset,
Line 21 2nd Edition.
Sextant 2nd Edition
GAMA 429 Non- ARINC 429 data that is not necessarily conforming to the GAMA
standard General Aviation Subset, 2nd Edition.
GAMA 429 Thales GAMA 429 Customized for Thales
ARINC 743A ARINC 473A-5 Navigation Block Data
ARINC 743A+ ARINC 473A-5 Navigation Block + Measurement Block
Onboard Radar Honeywell RDR2000
Becker BXT Ctl Becker BXT 65XX Transponder Control
Table 97 ARINC 429 Output Selection
SDI
Note: It is important in dual IFD installations that the corresponding SDI selection be made
properly. That typically means selecting LNAV 1 or LNAV 2.
Common Rx: Accepts all 429 inputs
Tx: Generates all 429 outputs with SDI = 0
LNAV 1 Number 1 (Pilot) long-range navigator
RX: Accepts 429 inputs with SDI = 0 or 1.
TX: Generates all 429 outputs with SDI = 1.
LNAV 2 Number 2 (Copilot) long-range navigator
RX: Accepts 429 inputs with SDI = 0 or 2.
TX: Generates all 429 outputs with SDI = 2.
Table 98 SDI Selection
600-00299-000 Page 127 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
VNAV
Disable Labels ARINC 429 labels associated with GPS-based vertical guidance
(labels 117G and 327G) are not transmitted in the output data
stream.
Note: If replacing an existing GNS-530 and the VNAV field was
not present on the 530, then select “Disable” on the IFD.
Enable Labels ARINC 429 labels associated with GPS-based vertical guidance
(labels 117G and 327G) are transmitted in the output data stream.
ARINC 429 vertical:
Sandel SN3500
Aspen EFD1000
Other systems may also use these labels.
Table 99 VNAV Selection
600-00299-000 Page 128 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.4 RS-232 Port Configuration

The RS-232 Configuration Page allows the configuration Inputs and Outputs to match that of
the equipment installed in the aircraft.
Figure 13 RS-232 IFD5XX Configuration Page
Note: Shown is an IFD5XX/Atlas Main RS232 Config Page. The

IFD4XX only has 4 inputs and outputs
Note: For s/w 10.2.0 and earlier, if you configure Skytrax WX,
Capstone Wx, MLB Wx, or WX500 on any input channel,
the same numbered output channel cannot be configured
with any of the following; ADS-B (Avi), ADSB, ADS-B+
(G), GDL 88, Aviation, Avtn no alt, HW EGWS, MapMX.
Note: RS232 Input 3 and Output 3 should only be used for

CrossSync functionality. In single IFD installations
configure RS232 Input 3 and Output 3 to Off.
600-00299-000 Page 129 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
The following selections can be made on the RS-232 Input.

Channel Inputs
Off No device(s) connected to input of this channel
Arnav/ei-fuel Serial fuel flow information from the following units:
ARNAV FC-10, FT-10
Electronics International FP-5L
AXP322 Select for Avidyne AXP322 Remote Transponder
CrossSync Allows synchronization of flights plans, user waypoints, alerts and
cross-side data (e.g. RS-232 Datalink, traffic, lightning, etc) between
IFD units. Remote tuning of cross side radio is also (optionally)
available. Transponder controls are not cross synced.
Note: This is only an option for CHNL 3.
GDL 691 Serial data input for in-flight access to weather and messaging from
the following units:
Garmin GDL69/69A P/N 011-00986-00 or 011-00987-00 only (Garmin
software version 4.01 or later) pre Avidyne software 10.2.3.1.
With software 10.2.3.1 and later P/N 011- 03177-X0 will also work
XMD0761 Serial weather data information from the Heads-up XMD-076
XMD076 AUX1 Read-only serial weather data information from the Heads-up XMD-
076 to be used when a different device is controlling the Heads-up
device.
Skytrax Wx1 Serial weather data only information from the Avidyne
Skytrax100/SkyTrax200/MLB100 or Freeflight FDL-978-RX
SkyTrax Trfc2 Serial traffic data only information from the Avidyne
Skytrax100/MLB100 or Freeflight FDL-978-RX
SkyTrax Trfc+Wx1,2 Serial traffic and weather data information from the Avidyne
Capstone Wx1 Garmin GTX 345 and other 3rd party compatible ADS-B weather
devices transmitting at 38400 baud.
Capstone Trfc2 Garmin GTX 335/345 and other 3rd party compatible ADS-B traffic
devices transmitting at 38400 baud.
Capstone Trfc+Wx1,2 Garmin GTX 345 and other 3rd party compatible ADS-B traffic and
weather devices transmitting at 38400 baud.
Capstone HS Wx1 Serial weather data information from any High Speed Capstone
compliant ADS-B device transmitting at 115200 baud.
Capstone HS Trfc2 Serial traffic data information from any High Speed Capstone
compliant ADS-B traffic device at 115200 baud.
Capstone HS Serial traffic and weather data information from any High Speed
Trfc+Wx1,2 Capstone compliant ADS-B traffic device at 115200 baud.
MLB100 Wx1 Serial weather data only for existing MLB100 installs.
Freeflight1,2 Serial Freeflight transponder control protocol along with High Speed
Capstone ADS-B traffic and weather data information from a
Freeflight Ranger device.
600-00299-000 Page 130 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
NGT9000R Serial transponder control protocol to control an L3 NGT9000R
remote mount transponder.
Icarus-alt Serial altitude data from the following units:
Icarus Instruments 3000
Sandia SAE5-35
Garmin GTX 327 Transponder
Trans-Cal Industries IA-RS-232-X, SSD120
ACK Technologies A-30 (Mod 8 and above)
Ryan TCAD2 Traffic information from a Ryan 9900B, 9900BX, or TAS6XX Series
System.
Shadin-adc Serial airdata information from the following units:
Shadin ADC 200, 200+, 2000
Shadin-alt Serial altitude data from the following units:
Shadin 8800T, 9000T, 9200T
Shadin-fadc Shadin 9628XX-X Fuel/Air Data Computer
Insight TAS 1000 Air Data Computer
Shadin-Fuel Serial fuel flow information from the following units:

Shadin 91053XP and 91053XT-D “Digiflo-L” Digital Fuel
Management Systems
Shadin 91204XX(38)D and 91204XT-D “Miniflo-L” Digital Fuel
Management Systems
JP Instrument EDM-700 or EDM-760 Engine Monitor
Other JPI systems (e.g. JPI FS-450) can use this setting but see the
specific format guidance from JPI for the Garmin GNS series.
WX-500 Serial lightning data information from the L3 Communications WX-
500 Stormscope
TWX Serial lightning data information from the Avidyne TWX670 in
“Native” format
Vhf Ctrl Reserved for future VHF remote control
Table 100 RS-232 Input Selection
1 Theseweather receiving devices are mutually exclusive. Only one source can be
displayed at one time. The current display priority is:
GDL-69
XMD076
XMD076 Aux
Capstone HS Wx
Capstone HS Trfc+Wx
MLB100 Wx
Capstone Wx
Capstone Trfc+Wx
Freeflight
2 These Traffic receiving devices are mutually exclusive. Multiple devices should not be
installed/configured on a single unit.
600-00299-000 Page 131 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Channel Outputs
Off No device(s) connected to output of this channel
ADS-B (Avi)3 Serial position data to the following units:
Trig TT31 (V 3.1 or later)
Avidyne AXP340
ADS-B+ (G) Garmin GTX 330 Low Speed 9,600 Baud
ADS-B+ (G2) Garmin GTX 335/GTX345/GDL 88 High Speed 38,400 Baud
Aviation3 Serial position, altitude, velocity, and navigation data to the
following units:
Argus 3000, 5000, or 7000 Moving Map
Avidyne FSD Series
Garmin MX20 (V5.6 or later), GMX200
Garmin GPSMAP 195, GPSMAP 295 or GPS III Pilot
Garmin GPSMAP 196, GPSMAP 296, and GPSMAP 396
Garmin GPSMAP 496, and GPSMAP 696
Garmin Aera 796/795
Garmin GTX 327 Transponder
JP Instruments EDM-700 or EDM-760 Engine Monitor
Shadin 91204XM Digital Fuel Management System
Shadin 91053XP Digital Fuel Management System
Shadin 9628XX-X Fuel/Air Data Computer
Stormscope Series II (with NAVAID) Moving Map
Aviation no Alt3 Serial position, velocity, and navigation data to the following units:
Garmin MX20 (V5.5 or earlier)
Horizon DDMP
Insight TAS 1000 Air Data Computer
AXP322 Select for Avidyne AXP322 Remote Transponder
CrossSync Allows synchronization of flights plans, user waypoints, alerts and
cross-side data (e.g. RS-232 Datalink, traffic, lightning, etc) between
IFD units. Remote tuning of cross side radio is also (optionally)
available. Transponder controls are not cross synced.
Note: This is only an option for CHNL 3.
GDL 691 Serial data output to a Garmin GDL69/69A P/N 011-00986-00 or
011-00987-00 only (Garmin software version 4.01 or later)
XMD0761 Serial weather control
SkyTrax Trfc2 Serial traffic and weather control information to the Avidyne
SkyTrax Trfc+Wx1,2 Serial traffic and weather control information to the Avidyne
Capstone Trfc2 Garmin GTX 335/345 and other 3rd party compatible ADS-B traffic
devices
Capstone Trfc+Wx1,2 Garmin GTX 345 and other 3rd party compatible ADS-B traffic and
600-00299-000 Page 132 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
weather devices.
Capstone HS Trfc2 Serial traffic control information y High Speed Capstone compliant
ADS-B traffic device at 115200 baud.
Capstone HS Serial traffic and weather control information to High Speed
Trfc+Wx1,2 Capstone compliant ADS-B traffic device at 115200 baud.
MLB100 Wx1 Serial weather data only for existing MLB100 installs.
HW EGPWS3 Serial communication to a Bendix/King KGP 560 EGPWS
Freeflight1,2 Serial Freeflight transponder control protocol along with High
Speed Capstone ADS-B traffic and weather data information from a
Freeflight Ranger device.
NGT9000R Serial transponder control protocol to control an L3 NGT9000R
remote mount transponder.
MapMX3 Serial position, altitude, velocity, and navigation data to the
following units:
Garmin MX20 (V5.7 or later), GMX 200
Ryan TCAD2 Traffic information and control to a Ryan 9900B, 9900BX, or
TAS6XXA Series System.
WX-500 Serial communication to L3 Communications WX500 Stormscope
TWX Serial communication to the Avidyne TWX670
Vhf Ctrl Reserved for future VHF remote control
Raw-GPS Reserved
Table 101 RS-232 Output Selection
1 Theseweather receiving devices are mutually exclusive. Only one source can be
displayed at one time. The current display priority is:
GDL-69
XMD076
XMD076 Aux
Capstone HS Wx
Capstone HS Trfc+Wx
MLB100 Wx
Capstone Wx
Capstone Trfc+Wx
Freeflight
2 These traffic receiving devices are mutually exclusive. Multiple devices should not be
installed/configured on a single unit.
3 Thefollowing RS232 Output protocols may be configured on two or more RS232 ports:
Aviation, Aviation No Altitude, ADS-B (avi), HW EGPWS, and MapMx.
600-00299-000 Page 133 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.5 Main System Configuration

This is a general page for miscellaneous configurations.
Figure 14 Main System Configuration Page
The Main System Configuration Page (Page 3 of 15) allows the configuration of the following
Airframe Options and GPS Parameters on the IFD.
Fuel Type Selections:
Avgas The aircraft is using Aviation gas (5.967 lbs/gal)
Jet A The aircraft is using Jet A or Jet A-1 fuel (6.843 lbs/gal)
Jet B The aircraft is using Jet B (JP-4) fuel (6.467 lbs/gal)
Table 102 Aircraft Fuel Type
GPS Select Selections:

Auto In GPS mode on the IFD, the GPS Select discrete will not be active (open) in a
GPS approach, and no messages will annunciate on the IFD and no pilot
action is required. This setting allows the pilot to use the GPS  VLOC
Capture option on the User Options part of the Setup tab on the AUX page.
Prompt In dual IFD installations, only the IFD connected to a KFC225 autopilot
should be setup for prompt. In GPS mode, the user will be prompted to
enable the approach in KFC225 equipped aircraft When Prompt is selected,
and a GPS approach mode is active, a CAS message will prompt the pilot to
“Enable A/P Approach” on the FPL tab. At that point, the pilot may then
enter APR mode on the autopilot. This setting will also ignore the GPS 
VLOC Capture option on the User Options part of the Setup tab on the AUX
page.
Table 103 GPS Sequencing
600-00299-000 Page 134 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Airframe Selections: 2
Fixed Wing For Fixed Wing installations
Helicopter For Helicopter installations
High Speed For Jet installations
Canard For Fixed Wing installations (ownship symbol has a canard)
Table 104 Airframe Selection
Multi-Engine Selections:
Disabled For non-twin engine installations. Fuel pages show single value for
total fuel quantity and fuel flow
Enabled For twin engine installations. Fuel pages show separate values for
fuel quantity and fuel flow, one per engine
Table 105 Multi-Engine Selection
Tail Number:
Tail number is a text field and is used for various purposes (i.e. Jeppesen data subscription,
transponder function and optional IFD feature validation such as 16 Watt VHF, GLAS, SAR,
Radar etc.). Note if the tail number is not entered to match the paid option features installed at
the factory or through the use of coupons or if the tail number should change for any reason
doing subsequent software upgrades in the field will result in turning off those options. If the tail
number of the aircraft is changed please contact Avidyne Technical Support at
[email protected] and a file to restore the options can be emailed to you.
External TAWS Selections:

Yes Select if an external EGPWS or TAWS device (e.g. KGP 560) is
connected to the IFD or if you want to turn off the FLTA. It will
disable FLTA and TA functionality as well as aural alerts in the IFD
No Select when no external EGPWS or TAWS device is connected to
the IFD, thereby enabling all enabled IFD terrain alerting functions.
Table 106 External TAWS Selection
WOW Input (Helo)

Yes When set to “Yes” and the Airframe Selection is set to “Helicopter”
Pin 70 on P1001 is used as a discrete input to control the in-air or
on-ground state of the IFD. Logic state required is “low when on
Remote data collection units can be configured to collect system information over the WiF
600-00299-000 Page 135 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
ground”
No Select “No” when WOW discrete input is unavailable.
Table 107 Weight on Wheels
Checklist
Enabled Select Enabled to allow the user editable checklists to be
displayed/accessible.
Disabled Default setting
Table 108 Checklist Setting
TIS-B Annunciation
Enabled Select Enabled for installations in U.S.
Disabled Outside US airspace
Table 109 TIS-B Annunciations
Joystick Input
Enabled Enables joystick input commands. Controls the automatic creation
of user waypoints using external EFIS input. This setting shall be
disabled when interfacing to the Proline 21 installations.
Table 110 Joystick Input
Appr Roll Steer

Enabled Default setting
Disabled Invalidates GPSS Roll Steering output during FMS approaches.
Should be disabled for autopilots that fly GPSS during approach
mode to force the autopilots to switch to Left/Right deviation data.
Table 111 Roll Steering Setting
Nav Radio Active

Disabled When there is no nav antenna connected to the IFD
Table 112 Nav Radio Active Setting
600-00299-000 Page 136 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Charts
Disabled Electronic charts capability is inhbited. The Map subsystem will
not show a Charts tab, the Map tab will not show chart extent
boxes, the FMS will not show chart icons. This setting is useful if
the charts subscription has expired and there is no intent to update
it. If enabled in that situation, the IFD will display a cautionary
message at power up saying that the charts have expired.
Table 113 Charts Setting
BEW, MTOW, MLW

Aircraft Basic Empty Weight, Maximum Takeoff Weight, Maximum Landing Weight. All of
these settings are numeric fields and are used to drive the Weight Calculator in the IFD.
Rotating the inner knob changes the value by 10 pounds for each click. Values can range from
0 to 50000 pounds.
RF Legs
Enabled Enables the FMS to allow the selection of instrument procedures
containing Radius-To-Fix (RF) legs, display those legs on the map,
and provide guidance for active RF legs.
This option should only be enabled if the aircraft is properly
equipped (see AFMS).
Table 114 RF Legs Setting
Enroute VNAV
Enabled Default setting. Enables the “VNAV” function in the FMS to
provide linear vertical deviations in descent during enroute and
terminal navigation modes. Requires a baro-corrected altitude
input.
This option should only be enabled if the aircraft is properly
equipped (see AFMS).
Msg 126 Vertical Deviation and Msg 322 Flight Path Angle are
transmitted on GPS ARINC Output see Table 65
NOTE: VNAV integration to primary instruments or flight control
systems requires separate approval if not specifically identified in
this document
Disabled Prevents the “VNAV” function in the FMS from providing vertical
deviations during enroute and terminal navigation modes.
600-00299-000 Page 137 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Table 115 Enroute VNAV Setting
Note: It is imperative that only one source of terrain cautions and warnings be enabled
on the airplane so as to avoid the potential for conflicting information to be
presented to the pilot. If a TAWS system is installed but the IFD's internal TA and
FLTA functions are to be used for terrain avoidance, the TAWS system must be
fully disabled. If a separate TAWS system is to be used the caution and warning
indications generated by the TAWS system can be displayed on a remote third
party annunciator and the IFD's TA and FLTA displays and audio must be
inhibited.
Note: The IFD system supports Honeywell EGPWS systems with a remote third party
annunciator only. All other external TAWS/EGPWS systems must be disabled if
the internal TA and FLTA are to be operational on the IFD system.
600-00299-000 Page 138 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.6 Main Input Configuration

The Main Input Page displays information received from ARINC 429, RS-232, and other
electrical inputs. This page is helpful during troubleshooting of the IFD system. This is used
for verifying electrical interfaces during installation and troubleshooting.
Field Description
OAT Outside Air Temperature
SAT Static Air Temperature
TAT Total Air Temperature
IAS Indicated Airspeed
W SPD Wind Speed
HDG True Heading
W DIR Wind Direction
GPS SC GPS Selected Course
VLC SC VOR/LOC Selected Course (Not on IFD510/545/410)
CDI Status of the CDI Key (Not on IFD510/545/410)
B ALT Baro Corrected Altitude
D ALT Density Altitude
P ALT Pressure Altitude
Latitude and longitude of a joystick waypoint sent by an
JOYSTICK WPT
EFIS or Radar indicator
Table 116 “Main Inputs” Page Fields
600-00299-000 Page 139 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.7 Main Lighting Configuration

The source of the lighting for the IFD can be the bezel photocell sensor or the dimming bus.
28VDC, 14VDC, 5VDC and 5VAC dimming buses are all supported and are automatically
detected by the IFD.
Figure 15 Main Lighting Configuration Page
Photo Response Time

Sets the speed at which the brightness changes when photocell is selected as the lighting
source. Both the Bezel and Display fields have a range of 1 to 5, and the factory default is 3.
Photo Slope
The Photo Slope sets the sensitivity of the display/bezel to changes in the input when the
dimming source is the IFD photocell. This field has a range of 15 to 100, and the factory
default is 80.
Photo Minimum
The Photo Minimum sets the minimum brightness when the dimming source is the photocell.
Both the Bezel and Display fields have a range of 1 to 50, and the factory default is 1.
Photo Maximum
The Photo Maximum sets the maximum brightness when the dimming source is the
photocell. Both the Bezel and Display fields have a range of 50 to 100, and the factory
default is 100.
dimBus Transition %
The dimBus Transition % sets the threshold where the aircraft dimming bus takes over from
the photocell. Below this threshold, the aircraft dimmer controls the IFD lighting. Both the
Bezel and Display fields have a range of 0 to 100, and the factory default is 10.
600-00299-000 Page 140 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Note: If it is not desired to hand brightness control over to the dimming bus from the
photocell at any point, set dimBus Transition % to 0 (zero). Doing so will prevent the
scenario where, in increasingly darker environments (e.g. flying past sunset into dark night),
the display automatically dims and dims and dims and then suddenly jumps to bright.
dimBus Slope
The dimBus Slope sets the sensitivity of the display/bezel to the aircraft dimmer. Both the
Bezel and Display fields have a range of 15 to 100, and the factory default is 60.
Note: Previous to Release 10.1.1.0, a dimBus slope value of 100 on the AviCurve resulted in a
maximum brightness value of 21%. In Release 10.1.1.0 and later, a slope value of 100 will
result in 100% maximum brightness.
dimBus Minimum
The dimBus Minimum sets the minimum brightness when the aircraft dimmer is the
dimming source. Both the Bezel and Display fields have a range of 1 to 50, and the factory
default is 1.
dimBus Maximum
The dimBus Maximum sets the maximum brightness when the aircraft dimmer is the
dimming source. Both the Bezel and Display fields have a range of 50 to 100, and the factory
default is 100.
dimBus Curve
The dimBus Curve sets the aircraft dimming bus to either a Proportional Curve or AviCurve
on the IFD.
The Proportional Curve tracks the aircraft lighting bus as follows: Maximum night lighting at
maximum aircraft lighting bus voltage, Minimum night lighting at minimum aircraft lighting
bus voltage (linear in-between).
The AviCurve tracks the aircraft dimming bus as follows:
600-00299-000 Page 141 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure 16 Lighting Curve – AviCurve
Figure 17 Lighting Curve - Proportional Curve
600-00299-000 Page 142 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Field Selection
Bezel Value displayed represents the current % brightness of the
bezel backlighting
Display Value displayed represents the current % brightness of the
display backlighting
Mx Input Photocell – Maintenance Mode will use this method if
selected. This is the default setting. This setting uses the
Photocell on the IFD bezel or display.
dimBus – Maintenance Mode will use this method if
selected. This setting uses the aircraft lighting buss to
control the lightning of the bezel or display.
Table 117 Lighting Bus Configuration
Dimming Bus Calibration

The section will calibrate the IFD to the aircraft avionics lighting bus.
dimBus Type DC – select this option if the dimming bus is a DC bus.
AC – select this option if the dimming bus is an AC bus.
The IFD needs to know the bus type in order to alter
internal configuration as well as properly perform the
calibration.
dimBus Max Voltage Sets the maximum aircraft dimming bus voltage. Range is
0 – 28V.
dimBus Min Voltage Sets the minimum aircraft dimming bus voltage. Range is
0 – 28V.
Table 118 Dimming Bus Calibration
To calibrate the dimming bus:

1. Select desired dimBus Type;
2. Select the dimBus Max Voltage field;
3. Push the right bezel knob;
4. Set the dimming bus to the maximum value (e.g. full clockwise position on dimming
rheostat);
5. Push the right bezel knob to store;
Repeat the process for the minimum value (use full counter-clockwise position of rheostat)
600-00299-000 Page 143 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.8 Main Discrete I/O

This page will test the Main Discrete outputs on the IFD.
Figure 18 Main Discrete I/O Configuration Page
Selection Verify That
RMT CDI On is displayed when a remote CDI source select switch is pressed.
RMT OBS On is displayed when a remote OBS switch is pressed.
TER INHB On is displayed when a remote TERRAIN INHIBIT switch is pressed.
RMT RCL On is displayed when the COM REMOTE RECALL switch is pressed.
AUD INHB On is displayed when the audio inhibit discrete input is asserted.
Table 119 External Switch State
APR The APR annunciator is on or off as selected on this page.

GPS The GPS source select annunciator is on or off as selected on this page.
INTEG The INTEG annunciator is on or off as selected on this page.
MSG The MSG annunciator is on or off as selected on this page.
OBS The OBS annunciator is on or off as selected on this page.
TERM The TERM annunciator is on or off as selected on this page.
600-00299-000 Page 144 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
VLOC The VLOC source select annunciator is on or off as selected on this page.
WPT The WPT annunciator is on or off as selected on this page.
The ILS/GPS APR output is on or off as selected on this page (NOTE: This
ILS/GPS
output is connected to the autopilot ILS ENGAGE input, not to an
APR
annunciation, and therefore this is for bench testing purposes only).
The GPS SELECT output is on or off as selected on this page (NOTE: This
GPS
output is connected to the autopilot GPS SELECT input, not to an
SELECT
annunciation, and therefore this is for bench testing purposes only).
TER CAUT The TER CAUT annunciator is on or off as selected on this page.
TER INHB The TER INHB annunciator is on or off as selected on this page.
TER N/A The TER N/A annunciator is on or off as selected on this page.
TER
The TER WARN annunciator is on or off as selected on this page.
WARN
The Reduced Protection annunciator is on or off as selected on this page.
RP MODE Applicable only when HTAWS is enabled (TAWS and HELO options both
enabled).
Table 120 Discrete Toggles
7.5.9 Main CDI/OBS Config Page

This page will test the Main CDI/OBS output on the IFD.
600-00299-000 Page 145 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure 19 Main CDI/OBS Configuration Page
The following parameters can be tested:

CDI (LAT/VERT)
Max Left The remote CDI will be off-scale full deflection to the left/up
Full Left The remote CDI will be deflected to the left/up
Center The remote CDI will be centered
Full Right The remote CDI will be deflected to the right/down
Max Right The remote CDI will be off-scale full deflection to the right/down
Table 121 Main CDI Test Page
NAV Flag (LAT/VERT)*

Hidden The lateral and vertical flag on the external indicator is hidden
In view The lateral and vertical flag on the external indicator is in view
*This function will only test the low level flags, and does not support the testing of Super Flags
Table 122 Main CDI Flag Test Page
TO-FROM
FROM The FROM flag on the external indicator is in view
600-00299-000 Page 146 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Hidden The TO/FROM flag on the external indicator is hidden
TO The TO flag on the external indicator is in view
Table 123 Main CDI Flag Test Page
Selected Course
This section will calibrate the external CDI/HSI to the IFD.
1. Select 150° on the CDI/HSI;*
2. Verify the Selected Course is displayed on the IFD and press the ENTR button on the
IFD.
3. After calibrating, verify 30° increments on the CDI/HSI are properly displayed on
the IFD ± 2°.
* In order to do the OBS calibration on a KI208A or KI209A, you have to toggle to the
"Main Discrete I/O" page, and turn "ON" the GPS discrete toggle. Then turn to the
Main CDI/OBS config page (without toggling back to the Discrete I/O page) and
calibrate the OBS by dialing 150 degrees on the indicator.
600-00299-000 Page 147 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Ignore Options
Ignore SEL CRS Yes/No – Nav Source knob used in OBS. Yes = ignore analog or
for GPS 429 selected course. OBS mode then uses the Nav Source knob to
dial the course.
Ignore SEL CRS Yes/No – Yes = Lateral navigation flag displays VOR validity,
for VLOC deviation data for VOR is always centered. No = deviation and
(N/A for flag data is based on OBS selection.
IFD510/545/410
Table 124 Ignore Options Selection
CDI Selection
GPS The GPS is the navigation source. The GPS annunciator will also be
active. This is the setting for IFD510/545/410
VLOC The VLOC is the navigation source. The VLOC annunciator will
(N/A for also be active.
IFD510/545/410)
GPS Only The VLOC selection on the IFD Nav Source knob has been
(N/A for disabled. Therefore, GPS and OBS are the only two available
IFD510/545/410)
choices via the IFD Nav Source knob
Table 125 CDI Source Selection
OBI Source
Always GPS The MAIN Serial OBI output will always be selected to GPS.
Track CDI The MAIN Serial OBI will track the Nav Source knob selection.
Table 126 OBI Source Selection
V-Flag State
Declutter The vertical deviation bar will be in parked in the maximum UP
position when the vertical flag is removed, except in the following
cases:
• VLOC is selected on the Nav Source knob and an ILS
frequency is tuned (N/A for IFD510/545/410)
• GPS is selected on the Nav Source knob and valid GPS
approach is active (precision GPS with vertical guidance)
Normal The vertical deviation bar will be in the center position when
vertical navigation is invalid and the vertical flag will be present.
Table 127 V-Flag State
600-00299-000 Page 148 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.10 VOR/LOC/GS CDI

Note: This page is not applicable for the IFD510/545/410.
This will test the operation of the VOR/LOC/GS output from the IFD on the P1006 connector
to an external CDI/HSI display.
Figure 20 CDI Test Page
Note: This page currently will only test low level flags and does not support the testing of
super flags
CDI (LAT/VERT)
Max Left The external CDI will be off-scale full deflection to the left/up
Full Left The external CDI will be deflected to the left/up
Center The external CDI will be centered
Full Right The external CDI will be deflected to the right/down
Max Right The external CDI will be off-scale full deflection to the right/down
Table 128 Navigation CDI Test Page
NAV Flag (LAT/VERT)

Table 129 Navigation Flag Test Page
600-00299-000 Page 149 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
SPR Flag (LAT/VRT Super Flag)

Table 130 NAV Superflag Test Page
TO-FROM
FROM The FROM flag on the external indicator is in view
Hidden The TO/FROM flag on the external indicator is hidden
TO The TO flag on the external indicator is in view
Table 131 Navigation TO/FROM Page
Selected Course
This section will calibrate the external CDI/HSI to the IFD.
1. Select 150° on the CDI/HSI;*
2. Verify the Selected Course is displayed on the IFD and press the ENTR button on the
IFD;
3. After calibrating, verify 30° increments on the CDI/HSI are properly displayed on
the IFD ± 2°.
* In order to do the OBS calibration on a KI208A or KI209A, you have to toggle to the
“Main Discrete I/O” page and turn on the GPS discrete toggle. Then turn to the Main
CDI/OBS config page (without toggling back to the Discrete I/O page) and calibrate
the OBS by dialing 150 degrees on the indicator
DME Channel Mode
This configuration allows you to set the format for the DME tuning data output.
UNINSTALLED No DME installed/configured
King Serial King Serial DME tuning
Parallel 2x5 2 of 5 parallel DME tuning
Parallel BCD Shifted BCD (Binary Coded Decimal) parallel DME tuning
Parallel Slip Slip-code parallel DME tuning
Narco 890/891 2 of 5 parallel DME tuning, compatible with the following DME
units:
Narco DME 890
Narco DME 891
ARC (Cessna) RTA-476A
Table 132 DME Channel Mode
600-00299-000 Page 150 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.11 VOR/LOC/GS ARINC 429 Configuration

This page will configure the ARINC 429 for the VOR/LOC/GS output.
Figure 21 VOR/LOC ARINC 429 Configuration Page
The following parameters can be configured.

Speed:
Low Standard Low-speed ARINC 429
High High-speed ARINC 429
Table 133 VOR/LOC/GS ARINC 429 Speed Configuration
Format:
Selection RX/TX Description
OFF RX No data will be processed from an external device
Proline VHF RX Processes VOR, LOC, G/S, and frequency information from a
remote Pro Line 21 radio. Required to be paired with the
Proline VHF/GPS TX option
VHF 429 TX Standard VOR, Localizer, Glideslope, and Frequency
information
VHF/GPS 429 TX Standard VOR, Localizer, Glideslope, Frequency information
as well as Pseudo Localizer and Pseudo Glideslope during
GPS approach with CDI set to GPS.
Proline VHF/GPS TX Pass-through of Pro Line 21 radio data as well as pseudo
LOC and G/S during GPS approach with CDI set to GPS.
VHF Thales TX Standard VOR, Localizer, Glideslope, Frequency information
as well as Transponder and Diagnostic data
Table 134 VOR/LOC/GS ARINC429 Format Selection
600-00299-000 Page 151 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
SDI:
Common RX: Accepts all 429 inputs
TX: Generates all 429 outputs with SDI =0
VOR/ILS 1 Number 1 (Pilot) VOR/ILS Receiver
RX: Accepts 429 inputs with SDI = 0 or 1
TX: Generates all 429 outputs with SDI = 1
VOR/ILS 2 Number 2 (Copilot) VOR/ILS Receiver
RX: Accepts 429 inputs with SDI = 0 or 2
TX: Generates all 429 outputs with SDI = 2
Table 135 VOR/LOC/GS SDI Selection
DME Mode:
Directed Freq 1 If the IFD is connected to a single-channel or multi-channel
ARINC429 DME, Direct Freq 1 will channel Receiver 1.
Directed Freq 2 If the IFD is connected to a multi-channel ARINC429 DME, Direct
Freq 2 will channel Receiver 2
Table 136 DME Mode Selection
7.5.12 Com Setup

Enable Custom Squelch

No Default squelch values will be used
Yes The custom squelch value entered will be used for COM squelch
Table 137 Enable Custom Squelch Setting
Custom Squelch Level

Custom squelch level is a numeric field ranging from 50% to 80%. Rotate the inner knob to
adjust the numeric value by 1% with each click.
600-00299-000 Page 152 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.13 GPS Setup

This page will configure the GPS Receiver for the antenna offset on the aircraft and designate
if the IFD will use the WAAS functionality of the system.
Figure 22 GPS Antenna Setup
Measure the distance from the ground to the top of the GPS antenna to nearest tenth of a foot,
as shown in the image below, and enter the value into the IFD (to the nearest 1/10th foot).
Figure 23 GPS Height
Antenna Type
WAAS The GPS antenna connected to the IFD is approved for use in SBAS
operations.
Non-WAAS The GPS antenna connected to the IFD is not approved for use in
SBAS operations
Table 138 Antenna Type Setting
600-00299-000 Page 153 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Excluded SV 1, 2, 3, 4
These fields are used to prevent the GPS from using the specified satellites, by SV number.
Rotate the inner knob to change the satellite number. Set all fields to zero to prevent the GPS
from excluding any satellites.
600-00299-000 Page 154 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.14 Main ARINC 429 Port 3 Configuration

This page will configure a GLAS enabled IFD to transmit a pseudo VOR/ILS output to the
flight displays and autopilot on ARINC 429 port 3. Only configure this setting if high speed
VOR/ILS ARINC out is specified on the drawing.
Figure 24 ARINC 429 Port 3 Setup
Set the ARINC 429 speed to high and select Proline VHF/GPS in the Out 3 section.
7.5.15 GPS Legacy Avionics System (GLAS)
Description:
GLAS (GPS Legacy Avionics System) is a paid for software unlock that enables legacy
avionics that are “pre-WAAS” to fly GPS approaches with vertical guidance via the
existing EFIS A429 short range navigation (SRN)/VLOC input channel utilizing Avidyne
proprietary software.
During GPS Approach operations, the IFD or Atlas communicates the selected GPS
approach guidance on a dedicated ARINC 429 VLOC output channel. The result is
displayed and coupled flight guidance information for GPS approaches utilizing the EFIS
FGS SRN input channel(s).
With the GLAS option configured, the A429 VLOC TX/RX ports on P1006 are high speed
/ low speed configurable. The IFD P1050 connector also supports a dedicated GLAS
A429 out channel where dual channeling is required.
600-00299-000 Page 155 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
The A429 GLAS settings in the IFD/Atlas will not work if GLAS enablement is not
unlocked.
Approach Capabilities:
With the appropriately rated TSO-C190 GPS antenna installed and the IFD/Atlas
configured correctly, GPS approach capabilities include the following:
LNAV: Lateral Guidance only. Standard GPS precision 0.3NM deflection
LNAV+V: Lateral Navigation w/ Advisory Vertical Guidance
LNAV/VNAV: Lateral and Vertical Navigation
LP: Localizer Performance (no vertical guidance)
LP+V: Localizer Performance w/ Advisory Vertical Guidance
LPV: Localizer Precision with Vertical Guidance.
Configuration:
There are two GLAS configuration options: Of these two, Proline VHF/GPS is only used
when the IFD/Atlas on-board radio is not installed (IFD510/545).
VHF/GPS 429
When using the VHF/GPS 429 configuration, the IFD uses its internal VHF
navigation sensor data up until a GPS approach is active. At this point
“pseudo-ILS” data based on GPS deviations replaces the VLOC data.
Proline VHF/GPS
In situations where the IFD onboard VHF navigation is not installed
(FMS+VCom or FMS only), or when the VHF navigation is not being utilized
and turned off from the maintenance mode, the IFD can be inserted in the
middle of the communication chain between the aircraft’s existing VHF
navigation sensor and the EFIS/FGS systems for the purpose of overriding the
existing VHF nav data.
For this application the existing A429 VLOC data is interrupted. The
information from the existing SRN sensor is then passed through the IFD for
management. @@@
600-00299-000 Page 156 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.16 GDL Configuration Pages

This page allows the configuration of the Garmin GDL 69/69A. This page is always
displayed in Maintenance Mode. The GDL 69/69A must be activated prior to configuring the
IFD, reference the GDL installation manual for setup and configuration information.
Figure 25 GDL Configuration Page
GDL Selection Page
This page selects the attenuation and the type of GDL receiver connected to the IFD.
Attenuation This parameter sets the attenuation GDL 69/69A. Reference the
Garmin GDL69/69A installation manual for more information.
Model This parameter sets the model to either GDL 69 (weather only) or
GDL 69A (weather and audio) models.
Table 139 GDL Selection Page
Note Compatibility with P/N 011-00986-00 or 011-00987-00 only pre software 10.2.3.1. With
software 10.2.3.1 or higher P/N 011-03177-X0 will also function
Note: If the GDL69/69A is connected to any other display in the aircraft, this attenuation
setting must be set to match them.
600-00299-000 Page 157 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.17 Remote XPDR Configuration

This page will configure the Avidyne AXP322 Remote transponder. Reference the AXP322
installation manual as needed. The transponder must be configured to operate.
Please note; it may take up to 3 minutes to update the transponder

configuration after changing a parameter below.
A dual AXP322 transponder installation will require that this function is
performed on both transponders
Hex Code Enter the aircraft's Mode S Address issued by the registration
authority. This code must be entered as a hexadecimal value.
A/C Width Enter the aircraft's width in meters
A/C Length Enter the aircraft's length in meters
GPS Lin. Offset Enter the distance from the front of the aircraft to the GPS antenna
in meters
1090 MHz Enter "Yes" if the aircraft is equipped with 1090 MHz ADS-B In
Receiver receiver
UAT Receiver Enter "Yes" if the aircraft is equipped with UAT ADS-B In receiver
Squat Input For ADS-B out compliance, a squat switch is required for
600-00299-000 Page 158 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
automatically transitioning the transponder to air/alt/ground
modes of operation.
For aircraft without a squat switch, connect the squat switch input
of the transponder to P1001 pin 8 of one of the IFD5XX/IFD4XX
and set the transponder to “Avidyne”.
If using an external squat switch, set this field to “Active Low+” or
“Active High+” based on the polarity requirements of the external
squat switch.
A/C Class Enter the aircraft category
A/C Speed Enter the aircraft speed
GPS Lat. Offset Enter the lateral distance in meters for the GPS antenna
Certification VFR installations, aircraft with a non-WAAS antenna (reference
Section 7.5.12), or unapproved ADS-B out installations must set this
field to "uncertified". All other installations reference the Avidyne
AXP322 installation manual for certification level.
Table 140 Remote XPDR Configuration Selections
600-00299-000 Page 159 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.18 Voice Call Outs Configuration

The IFD has the capability to generate an aural alert (a.k.a. “voice call out”) at certain AGL
altitudes when approaching an airport. This page allows enabling or disabling of alerts at
each of those altitudes. When the TAWS option is enabled, the 500ft callout cannot be
disabled. The IFD will only generate these aural alerts when either the F500 or TAWS option
is enabled.
NOTE: If the IFD is configured for use with an external TAWS, this setting will not be shown
and the altitude callouts will be inhibited as if the setting was “Off”.
600-00299-000 Page 160 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.19 Wireless Portables

This page is used to configure the operation of the IFD with respect to wireless portable
devices.
Capstone
Enabled If the IFD has the PORTS option enabled and the IFD is not
hardwired to an ADS-B In device*, and any CrossSync connected
IFD is not hardwired to an ADS-B In device*, then the IFD can be
configured to receive ADS-B data from a wireless portable device
such as a Stratus 3.
If all of the above conditions are true, then setting the Capstone
configuration on this page to Enabled will enable the configuration
to allow the IFD to receive ADS-B In data from the wireless device.
Note that receipt of ADS-B data from the portable device must also
be enabled via the flight mode setup pages. Finally, like all Wi-Fi
connected devices, the Pilot will be required to “allow” the portable
device to connect to the IFD. See Pilot Guide for details.
* No RS-232 ports and no ARINC-429 ports are configured for an
ADS-B In device
Disabled Default configuration
Table 141 Wireless Portables Selections
7.5.20 WiFi Setup

All WiFi setup is accomplished via the Flight Mode setup pages. See Pilot Guide for details.
600-00299-000 Page 161 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.21 Bluetooth Setup

The IFD has built-in Bluetooth capability that allows pairing with a remote keyboard. The
keyboard can be used to easily enter waypoint identifiers, but it can also be used to change
pages, move cursor, and tune radios.
As with all Bluetooth devices, a keyboard must be paired with the IFD before use. This
pairing only needs to be done once and then that specific keyboard can be used every time
the IFD is powered up. This page is used to establish the pairing.
After power up, the IFD goes through a process to initialize the Bluetooth interface. During
that time, this page will show “Initializing…” and the aircraft will move across the screen
from left to right, as illustrated below.
Figure 26 Bluetooth Setup Page – Initializing
Press the button on the back of the keyboard to make it discoverable. Then, press the "Start
Scan" LSK on the IFD.
600-00299-000 Page 162 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure 27 Bluetooth Setup Page – Start Scan LSK
After a while, the IFD will discover the keyboard and it will appear on the list of devices
shown on the screen. At that point, press the "Stop Scan" LSK.
Figure 28 Bluetooth Setup Page – Keyboard discovered
After "Stop Scan" has been pressed, turn the right outer knob to move the cursor to the
desired device. Press the "Pair Device" LSK and wait for a numeric pairing code to appear.
600-00299-000 Page 163 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure 29 Bluetooth Setup Page – Pair Device LSK
Figure 30 Bluetooth Setup Page – Pairing Code
On the keyboard, enter the numeric code followed by the keyboard’s ENTR key. If pairing
was successful, the selected device in the list will be shown in green.
600-00299-000 Page 164 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure 31 Bluetooth Setup Page – Pairing Successful
If the device is not shown in green or if the device name disappears from the display, restart
the pairing process with pressing the button on the back of the keyboard. If repeated
attempts to pair are unsuccessful, contact Avidyne Technical Support.
600-00299-000 Page 165 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.22 IRU Calibration, IFD545, IFD550, Atlas

In order to calibrate the IFD550, IFD545 or Atlas you must access the IRU Calibration page.
This page can be found by:
1. Entering maintenance mode.
2. Accessing the Config tab by pressing the right side of the AUX key.
3. Turn the outer right knob until you see the IRU Calibration page (see picture below).
Figure 32 IRU Calibration Page
IFD550, IFD545, Atlas IRU require minimal calibration. The adjustment parameters
available and their impact on the system behavior are discussed below.
Ensure that the calibration is performed with the aircraft on flat level surface and engines off.
In order to adjust each of the parameters, you will press the right knob until the cursor
advances to the value to be set. Use the inner knob to adjust the value. The small blue over
brown window on the right side of the page will show suggested value changes to make
when calibrating the IRU. For example in the picture above it is suggested to add +1.0 ̊change
to the Pitch: New Offset Value.
Once all settings have been adjusted as desired, press the "Save Offsets" LSK to save the
values you have configured.
7.5.22.1 Setting TAS:
Press the right knob until the cursor advances and the TAS field is selected. Turn the right
knob to change the value until it represents the cruise airspeed of the aircraft in knots. Look
in the POH and set the TAS value to the 75% power at 6,000 ft. value.
NOTE: Setting of the TAS value is mandatory.
7.5.22.2 Adjusting Pitch Roll and Yaw
Your installation may not require the setting of pitch, roll, and yaw values. These values need
only be set if the installation orientation of the IFD545/IFD550/Atlas is not aligned with the
lateral, vertical or longitudinal lines of the aircraft (see diagram below).
600-00299-000 Page 166 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure 33 Calibration Line Locations
7.5.22.2.1 Adjusting Pitch
For installations in which the IFD system is not at a right angle with respect to the horizontal
axis of the aircraft, the Pitch value will need to be adjusted. If the rear of the IFD (Faceplate
side) is pitched down with respect to the horizontal axis of the aircraft, you will need to enter
a negative number for the Pitch value. If the rear of the IFD (Faceplate side) is pitched up
with respect to the horizontal axis of the aircraft, you will need to enter a positive number for
Pitch.
7.5.22.2.2 Adjusting Roll
For installations in which the IFD system is not aligned with the lateral line of the aircraft, the
roll value needs to be adjusted. If the IFD is tilted toward the left wing of the Aircraft, you
will need to enter a negative number for the Roll value. If the IFD is tilted toward the right
wing of the Aircraft, you will need to enter a positive number for the Roll value.
7.5.22.2.3 Adjusting Yaw
For installations in which the IFD system is not parallel to the longitudinal line of the aircraft,
the yaw value will need to be adjusted. If the rear of IFD is skewed to the right of
longitudinal line, then you will need to enter a positive number for the Yaw value. If the IFD
is skewed to the left of longitudinal line, you will need to enter a negative number for the
Yaw value.
7.5.22.3 Post Calibration Check
For IFD545/IFD550
Once you have entered all calibration values as desired, boot the IFD into flight mode. Power
off the IFD for at least one minute. Turn the IFD back on after at least one minute and press
the SVS button to display the synvis screen. The display should accurately reflect the aircraft
600-00299-000 Page 167 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
orientation. If this is not the case, readjust the Pitch, Roll and Yaw settings as described above
in section 7.5.22 through 7.5.22.2.3.
For ATLAS:
Once you have entered all calibration values as desired boot the Atlas into flight mode.
Power off the Atlas for at least one minute. Turn the Atlas back on after at least one minute
powered off.
1. Reboot the Atlas into maintenance mode
2. Access the Config tab by pressing the right side of the AUX key.
3. Turn the outer right knob until you see the IRU Calibration page.
The IRU Calibration page should accurately reflect the aircraft orientation. If this is not the
case readjust the Pitch, Roll and Yaw settings as described above in section 7.5.22 through
7.5.22.2.3
600-00299-000 Page 168 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.23 RDR2000 Radar Configuration

7.5.23.1 Configuration Module Setup
7.5.23.1.1 Primary Radar Setup

1. Power on the primary IFD in Maintenance Mode and select the Config/Radar
Calibration page.
2. Press the “Radar” LSK, then place the radar into “Test”
3. Press the Diagnostics LSK to display the diagnostics page.
4. Press the Knob-Func LSK until “Gain” is selected
5. Turn the left inner knob counter-clockwise until ‘Gain Pot’ displays -31.0
6. Press the Knob-Func LSK until “Tilt” is selected
7. Turn the left inner knob clock-wise until the tilt setting is at its maximum value in the
“Tilt Setting” field.
8. Press the Diagnostics LSK to return to the standard radar page.
9. Adjust the left outer knob to select a range of 240 NM.
10. Press the “Diagnostics” LSK to return to the diagnostics page. Six Yellow faults shall
quickly flash several times and then “-none-” shall be displayed. This confirms that the
radar has been placed into calibration mode.
7.5.23.2 Antenna Clearance Check

Set the Knob-Func LSK back to ‘Gain’ then turn the left inner knob clockwise to obtain a
value between -26.5 and -28.0 in the “Gain Pot” field. This will initiate the antenna clearance
scan. The antenna will move to each of the extreme positions to determine that there is no
interference with the antenna movement and all scan motors are working properly.
7.5.23.3 Radar Stabilization (IFD545, IFD550, Atlas only) – Not Currently Supported
7.5.23.4 Calibrate Radar Pitch and Roll

1. Set the Knob-Func LSK to ‘Roll Trim’.
2. Rotate the left inner knob to adjust the “Roll Trim” setting to “0.000°”.
3. Level the aircraft.
4. Set the Knob-Func LSK to ‘Gain’ and rotate the left inner knob to obtain a value between
-11 and -12. This will allow adjustment of the “Pitch Angle”.
5. Set the “Pitch Angle” to 0.0° +/- 1.0 degrees as follows:
a. Set the Knob-Func LSK to ‘Tilt’.
b. To increment the value of the “Pitch Angle” use the left inner knob to select a
“Tilt Setting” between 5 and 10. When the “Tilt Setting” is between 5 and 10, the
value of the “Pitch Angle” field will slowly increase.
c. To decrement the value of the “Pitch Angle” use the left inner knob to select a
“Tilt Setting” between -5 and -10. When the “Tilt Setting” is between -5 and -10,
the value of the “Pitch Angle” field will slowly decrease.
d. When the desired setting is reached, quickly adjust the “Tilt Setting” to above 10
or below -10 to “lock in” the setting.
600-00299-000 Page 169 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
6. Set the Knob-Func LSK to ‘Gain’ and rotate the left inner knob to obtain a value between
-7 and -9. This will allow adjustment of the “Roll Angle”.
7. Set the “Roll Angle” to 0.0° +/- 1.0 degrees as follows:
a. Set the Knob-Func LSK to ‘Tilt’.
b. To increment the value of the “Roll Angle” use the left inner knob to select a “Tilt
Setting” between 5 and 10. When the “Tilt Setting” is between 5 and 10, the
value of the “Roll Angle” field will slowly increase.
c. To decrement the value of the “Roll Angle” use the left inner knob to select a
“Tilt Setting” between -5 and -10. When the “Tilt Setting” is between -5 and -10,
the value of the “Roll Angle” field will slowly decrease.
d. When the desired setting is reached, quickly adjust the “Tilt Setting” to above 10
or below -10 to “lock in” the setting.
8. To save the changes into the radar perform the following steps:
a. Set the Knob-Func LSK to ‘Gain’ and rotate the left outer knob to obtain a “Gain
Pot” setting between -4 and -5.
b. The “Faults” field shall display “Gyro Input”.
c. Set the Knob-Func LSK to ‘Tilt’ then change the “Tilt Setting” to its minimum
value. The “Faults” field shall flash indicating that the calibrations settings have
been saved. If the save procedure is successful, the “Gyro Input” fault will be
removed and the “Scan Angle” will cycle through the entire number range. A
“transmitter inhibit” fault shall be displayed in the “Faults” field.
600-00299-000 Page 170 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.24 Stormscope Test Page

The Maintenance Mode Stormscope Test page is accessible from the Maintenance Mode
Config Tab when one set of the RS232 ports has been configured as WX-500 and at least one
power cycle has been executed since configuration.
Stormscope Test page contains the following LSKs: Change Mode, Strikes Clear, Get Data
Change Mode LSK - Changes to the Stormscope test mode as shown in the LSK. The mode
selected will be returned by the WX-500 and will display within the strike display. Repeated
presses of the Change Mode LSK will step through each of the modes, cycling back to the
first mode in the list (Weather).
These are the Stormscope test modes:
• Weather - basically a fixed heading version of normal flight mode - will display real
lightning strikes if any are generated.
• Noise - similar to Weather mode but with the WX-500 sensitivity set to determine
where excess noise might be generated.
• Strike Test - a target displaying test strikes as generated by a WX-500 strike
generating test set.
• Demo - similar to Weather mode with the strikes generated internally by the WX-
500's Demo mode.
• Self-Test - executes the WX-500 internal Self-Test sequence which will return to
Weather mode after 10 seconds.
Strikes Clear LSK - Pressing this LSK will send a "clear strikes" command to the WX-500,
clearing its internal buffer of strikes.
Get Data LSK -Pressing the Get Data LSK will Download Data from the WX-500. The
Stormscope Downloadable Data page will display ASCII data as retrieved verbatim from the
Stormscope. Repeated presses of the Get Data LSK will step through each of the
Downloadable Data modes, cycling back to the first mode in the list (SW Version).
These are the Stormscope Downloadable Data modes:
• SW Version - displays the WX-500 Main SW Version / Main Boot SW Version / DSP
SW Version
• Config - displays the WX-500 configuration settings (Serial Jumpers, Hdg Valid Flag,
Flag Sense, Hdg Value, Inhibit Line and Antenna Mount).
• Environment - displays the WX-500 environmental parameters (voltages and
processor temp)
• Fault Log - displays the WX-500 fault log history of the last 20 faults.
600-00299-000 Page 171 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.25 GAD 42 Configuration

The IFD can be connected to the Garmin GAD42 Interface Adapter but there is no dedicated
GAD42 configuration page in the IFD.
If the IFD is replacing a GNS530/W or GNS430/W that had previously been connected to a
GAD42, then no action is required since the configuration is already saved in the GAD42.
If this is a new installation of an IFD (i.e. not replacing an existing GNS530/W or
GNS430/W) or if the GAD42 had to be replaced for service, then the GAD42 must be
configured via a manual strapping method as described in Garmin P/N 190-00159-00 GAD42
Installation Manual, Section 5.1.
If the IFD displays a “GAD 42 Needs Service” message, return the GAD 42 unit to the
manufacturer.
600-00299-000 Page 172 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.5.26 Other System Diagnostics Pages

The IFD provides other miscellaneous diagnostics pages some of which are shown here for
reference. Each page variant is accessed by pressing the L4 LSK labeled “Info” or turning the
lower right outer knob.
Figure 34 Hardware Version Page
Figure 35 Software Version Page
600-00299-000 Page 173 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure 36 Fan Status Page
Figure 37 IFD Temperature Status Page
The pages on the “Diag” tab are for Avidyne Service Center diagnostics purposes and are not
described in this manual.
600-00299-000 Page 174 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.6 Checkout
After configuring the IFD, the following post-installation tasks should be performed.
7.6.1 Database Check

Verify the Navigation, Chart, and Obstacle databases are up to date. If the databases need to
be updated, reference the IFD Pilot’s Guide or Section 10.1 for update procedures.
7.6.2 Airplane Flight Supplement Check

Complete and install the IFD Airplane Flight Manual Supplement in the aircraft’s Flight
Manual or Pilot’s Operating Manual.
7.6.3 Instructions for Continued Airworthiness

Complete and install the IFD Instruction for Continued Airworthiness in the aircraft
maintenance records.
7.6.4 Aircraft Weight and Balance

Update the Aircraft’s Weight and Balance in the aircraft records.
For those installations where an IFD5XX/4XX is replacing a similar equipped GNS530 or
GNS430 (a like variant) no weight and balance must actually be performed. If a GPS only
Garmin unit is being replaced with a full featured IFD5XX/4XX, the weight change is more
than one pound and a weight and balance must be prepared.
Since a full featured IFD5XX/4XX is within 5% of the weight of the removed GNS530/430
(less than 1 pound difference), no new weight and balance must actually be performed
according to AC 43.13-1B Change 1 Acceptable Methods, Techniques, and Practices Aircraft
Inspection and Repair (Chapter 10) and AC 120-27E Aircraft Weight and Balance Control.
7.6.5 Electrical Load Analysis

Verify the aircraft's electrical load is within limits, reference Section 4.10.
7.6.6 GPS Signal Acquisition

After installation, position the aircraft outside with clear unobstructed view of the sky. Verify
the IFD acquires and calculates a GPS position. Verify no interference from other aircraft
equipment is observed (e.g. TCAS, SATCOM, etc)
600-00299-000 Page 175 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.6.7 VHF COM Checkout

Note: This section is not applicable for IFD510/545/410.
7.6.7.1 VHF COM Interference
After installation, the VHF Communication should be tested. In 1 MHz increments between
118-136.000 MHz, transmit for 35 seconds on each frequency. Verify no interference between
VHF Comm and other aircraft systems.
Evaluate the GPS system on the following frequencies. The GPS system should not
experience complete signal loss on when transmitting on the VHF Comm.
25 kHz channels
• 121.150
• 121.175
• 121.200
• 131.250
• 131.275
• 131.300
8.33 kHz channels
• 121.185
• 121.190
• 130.285
• 131.290
•
7.6.7.2 VHF Antenna Checkout
Verify the VSWR is less than 2:1 through the entire frequency band. This can be verified using an
aviation navigation test set (e.g. IFR 4000 or similar test equipment). VSWR higher than 2:1 will
have reduced VHF Com performance. If >2:1 VSWR, verify in-flight performance is acceptable.
7.6.7.3 Receiver/Transmitter Operation
Test VHF Com’s ability to receive and transmit to another VHF Com station. Verify using a
low/middle/high frequency.
7.6.8 VOR/LOC/ GS Checkout

If installed, test the VOR/LOC/GS system using a local frequency or test set. Verify the OBS
(selected course) is functioning, CDI/HSI/PFD is indicting correctly, and NAV audio is received.
Also, verify no EMI on the VOR/LOC/GS system.
7.6.9 Autopilot
If the IFD can be coupled to an Autopilot system, verify the Autopilot is operating correctly with
the IFD as the navigation source.
600-00299-000 Page 176 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7.6.10 Magnetic Compass Swing

After installation and EMI checks are complete, perform a magnetic compass “swing” in
accordance with the aircraft maintenance manual for updating the heading correction card in
accordance with 14 CFR 23.1327 and 23.1547.
7.6.11 IFD Bezel and Display Lighting

Verify the Bezel and Display Lighting for the IFD can be set to an appropriate level for Day and
Night flight conditions. Likewise, verify any external HSI/CDIs can be properly adjusted for day
and night lighting conditions.
7.6.12 External Annunciators and Switches

If installed, verify external annunciators and switches are operating correctly. Verify the external
annunciator lighting can be adjusted for Day and Night flight conditions (Bright and Dim setting,
but never off). Verify all external switches are functioning correctly.
7.6.13 Placards
Verify all circuit breaker(s), switches, and limitation placards (if needed) are installed.
If required per Section 2.1.1, there must be a placard in clear view of the pilot that specifies
the kind of operations to which the operation of the airplane is limited or from which it is
prohibited under 14 CFR 23.1525. The limitation placard must be installed in a conspicuous
place in the Pilot's field of view. The placard text height must be a minimum of 0.10 inches in
contrasting color to the surrounding area. The text must be high-quality solid-color font of at
least 300 DPI (dots per inch). The placard must not be easily disfigured, erased, or obscured.
7.6.14 Self-test Page

For the duration that the notification of legal rights page is displayed during normal power
up on the ground, all remote annunciator lamps are lit up and the system generates a specific
set of electrical outputs for the purpose of self-test and troubleshooting. The table below
defines the outputs transmitted during this time.
Parameter Self-test Value

Course Deviation Half-scale left deviation, TO indication, flag stowed
Glideslope/Vertical Deviation Half-scale up deviation, flag stowed
Annunciators All on
Bearing to Waypoint (RMI) 135°
Selected Course (OBS) 150° when interfaced to an HSI with course pointer
Desired Track 150°
Distance To Go 10.0 NM
Time To Go 4 minutes
Active Waypoint “AVDYN”
Groundspeed 150 knots
Present Position N39°04.05’, W094°53.86’
Waypoint Alert Active
Phase of Flight Enroute
600-00299-000 Page 177 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Parameter Self-test Value

Message Alert Active
GPS Integrity Invalid
Roll Steering (if applicable) Flight Director commands 0° bank (level flight) for
5 seconds; commands increasing right bank at
1°/second for 5 seconds; commands 5° right bank
for 5 seconds; commands decreasing right bank at
1°/second for 5 seconds, until command is 0° bank
again. This cycle repeats continuously.
Table 142 Self-test Output
7.6.15 Dual IFD Configuration

If installing two IFD units, verify duplex communication between the two units. Reference
Section 3.3.8 and 7.3 for limitations and configuration.
7.6.16 Heading Interface Check

Verify the IFD is receiving heading information from an external source. This can be verified
on the Main Input Page in maintenance mode, reference Section 7.5.6. If power is removed
from the external heading source, the Main Input Page will display dashed lines for heading.
Note: If the IFD is connected to a Primary Flight Display, it must be turned off before
performing this check.
7.6.17 ADS-B Output

If the IFD is connected to ADS-B out transponder, verify the position information transmitted
is correct per 14 CFR 91.227. Also, if using the IFD for transponder Mode-C altitude
information, verify the transponder is using the correct altitude source from the IFD,
reference Section 6.12.
600-00299-000 Page 178 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
8. Flight Checks
The IFD must be flight tested to verify the installation is operating properly. The following
items should be tested in flight to verify the IFD function.
8.1 GPS Verification

Verify the following in flight:
• Verify the GPS reception during all phases of flight. (e.g., bank angles of up to 30
degrees and pitch angles associated with take-off, departures, landing and missed
approaches)
• Verify the following GPS/FMS operation:
• Hold at a designated waypoint
• Intercept and track to or from a waypoint on a selected course
• Waypoint sequencing
• Verify the overall operation of procedures or paths
• Selection of an approach
• Evaluate the display of navigation parameters on the flight instruments (PFD, HSI,
CDI) is correct
• Verify annunciation is correct and in the Pilot's field of view
8.2 VHF COM Flight Check
Verify in-flight the IFD VHF communication transceiver in the high, mid, and low frequency
ranges. Verify the VHF at least 50 nautical miles and at an appropriate altitude.
8.3 VOR Flight Checks
Verify in-flight the IFD VHF navigation receiver by tuning a local VOR station within 50
nautical miles. Verify the audio tone is heard and course deviation information and flag
information are correct.
8.4 ILS Flight Checks
Verify in-flight the IFD VHF navigation receiver by tuning an airport with an ILS. Verify the
NAV ID audio tone is heard and the course deviation and flag information are correct.
8.5 Autopilot Checks
Verify the IFD interface to the autopilot is correct. Reference the Autopilot Manual
installation/maintenance manual for test procedures. Verify the following functions:
• Evaluate the steering response while in Flight Director (FD) and when the
autopilot is coupled
• Execute several fly-by-turns with varying wind conditions for the FD and
autopilot
• Evaluate the autopilot's response to a GNSS fault (e.g., pulling the IFD
Circuit Breakers)
8.6 Sensors Verification

Verify the IFD interface to other aircraft sensors are operating correctly (e.g., Traffic,
Lightning, Weather, etc).
600-00299-000 Page 179 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
9. Glove Validation Procedures

Many types of gloves can be used with the IFD touch screen display. The key parameter for
the effectiveness of a glove with touch screen is the distance between the finger and the glass
and to a lesser extent, the type of material separating the skin from the glass. The thinner the
glove or the more compatible the material (e.g. leather, fine cotton, etc), the greater the
likelihood of success will be. Likewise, the more surface area that comes in contact with the
glass, the greater the success may be. Each glove must be qualified for compatibility with the
display and those glove calibration procedures (specific to the glove and the pilot
combination) are immediately below. If all verification steps are marked as a “Pass” then the
glove/pilot combination is considered to be a qualified pair.
Pilot Name
Description of Glove
Verification Step Circle one
Touch the standby frequency window
and verify a virtual keyboard is
displayed. Pass Fail
Type 121.7, press the "ENTER" button on

the virtual keyboard and confirm
121.700 is the displayed frequency in the
#1 Standby Com window. Pass Fail
Press each of the page tabs displayed on

the present page and verify the IFD
changes to the selected tab. Pass Fail
With the FMS FPL tab displayed, use

touch to type in a typical flight plan and
verify that all entries were recognized. Pass Fail
With the Map page and tab displayed,
attempt to pan the map. Pass Fail

attempt to pinch zoom (in or out) the
map to produce a range change. Pass Fail

attempt to graphically flight plan
("rubber band") and verify the intended
change was made. Pass Fail
Press the "Freq" function key on the

bezel and then double tap a frequency
from the list to place it into the #1
standby slot. Pass Fail
Table 143 Glove Validation Procedure
600-00299-000 Page 180 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
10. Software and Database Update Procedures
10.1 Data Updates

Periodic updates to navigation data, charts data, and obstacle data are all made through the
USB port on the front of each IFD. Updates must be performed in accordance with 14 CFR
Part 43, Appendix A (c) and FAA AC 20-153( ) paragraph 11.
The table below summarizes the databases update periods:
Database Update Comments & Source

Cycle
Chart Data 14 days Expiration watermark displayed after 14 days indefinitely
until data updated (Jeppesen) (N/A for IFD4XX)
Nav Data 28 days Airport, airway, navaid, airspace, and FMS data (Jeppesen)
Obstacle 56 days Displayed on map and used for TA and FLTA functions
Data (Jeppesen)
Terrain As required Displayed on map and used for TA and FLTA functions.
Data The IFD is shipped from the factory with this database
already loaded and updates are anticipated to be a rare
occurrence.
Table 144 Database Update Cycle
In the event the terrain data ever needs updating, this is also performed through the front
panel USB port.
Use one of the formatted fobs supplied by Avidyne (marked by the Avidyne logo printed on
one side). In the event one of those fobs are not available, either call Avidyne for a
replacement fob (a nominal fee will be charged) or purchase a replacement through other
means. Most USB drives that can be formatted using FAT32 will be acceptable.
To perform a data update, ensure the data to be updated is placed onto one of the acceptable
USB fobs. Carefully insert the USB fob into the IFD USB slot while power is turned off. When
the IFD is powered up it should start in maintenance mode. If the IFD does not start in
maintenance mode, select the “Setup” tab of the SYS page and then pick the “Update
Databases” LSK.
600-00299-000 Page 181 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure 38 Update Databases LSK
You will be prompted to “Confirm” or “Cancel”. Assuming you selected “Confirm”, you
should see a dialog box presented in the middle of the screen and all uploadable files on that
fob will be individually listed and check marks may be visible next to each file name.
Figure 39 Confirm and Cancel LSK
Use the “Select All”, “Un-select All” LSKs and the lower right IFD knob twist to scroll and
push to select as required to ensure check marks are associated with all the desired files to
upload to the IFD. Now press the “Proceed” LSK to begin the file upload.
600-00299-000 Page 182 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure 40 LSK Options
A progress bar will be presented to help provide an idea of how much longer the upload will
take.
Figure 41 Progress Bar
Typical upload times are:

• Worldwide Obstacles (1.5 MB) – 5 sec
• Eastern US Charts (100 MB) – 3 min
• US Charts (180 MB) – 5 ½ min
• Worldwide Charts (430 MB) – 13 min
• US Nav Data (8 MB) – 3 ½ min
• Europe Nav Data (10 MB) – 2 ½ min
• Australian Nav Data (1.5 MB) – 30 sec
• Worldwide Nav Data (15 MB) – 7 Min
600-00299-000 Page 183 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
For multiple IFD installations, the database uploads must be performed individually for each
IFD to be updated.
Due to some of the upload durations, Avidyne recommends creating a fob for each IFD to be
updated so that the updates can happen in parallel and not stacked serially, thereby
extending the overall time to accomplish a full update.
A clear indication is presented when the data uploads have been completed. Likewise, if the
USB fob was removed prior to finishing the data upload, an error message will be presented
and the entire process will need to be manually restarted once the fob is reinserted in the IFD.
Figure 42 Update Complete Indication
When you are all done press the “Done” LSK, which will restart the IFD into flight mode.
Remove the USB fob and perform a normal start up. It is highly recommended to verify the
data was updated from the “Setup” LSK of the SYSTEM tab on the AUX page.
If an IFD is in normal operating mode (not maintenance mode), the presence of a USB fob is
ignored.
10.2 Datalogs Download

There is extensive data-logging that is automatically done on all IFDs. These datalogs can be
accessed post-flight and used for a number of purposes.
There are five types of datalogs employed in the IFDs:
• System Log – This log provides an in-depth record of the
navigation state. From this log, you can re-create many aspects
of the FMS output and IFD state. It logs at a rate of
approximately 1Hz.
• Flight Log – This log provides a detailed record of your aircraft
state as measured by the various IFD sensors. It logs at a rate of
approximately 5Hz.
600-00299-000 Page 184 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
• Engine Log – This log provides details on fuel flow sensor data
(if configured). It logs at a rate of approximately ¼ Hz.
• Event Log – This log contains miscellaneous data such as all
alerts, keystrokes, flight plan data, system status and error
messages, etc. It is designed to be diagnostics log for Avidyne
Service Center technicians and not expected to be used by
owners/operators. It logs at an on-condition rate.
• Voltage Log – This log contains internal diagnostic data such as
the voltages and currents on sub-system boards, temperatures
and internal fan status. It logs at a rate of approximately 1Hz.
• Download Configuration Info - This log contains the system
configuration for the unit.
• GPS Log - This log contains detailed internal state data for the
GPS.
The “Download Logs” LSK is presented when “Software” is selected on the SYS tab and the
system is not in-air. When the “Download Logs” LSK is pressed, a pair of Confirm/Cancel
LSKs are presented. Selecting Confirm will launch the Maintenance Mode of the IFD. From
Maintenance Mode, press the right side of the AUX page function key to select the “Logs”
tab. Ensure a USB fob is inserted in the IFD front bezel USB port and then use a combination
of the left side LSKs and the bottom right IFD knob to select the desired combination of logs
and type of action to perform.
Figure 43 Datalogs Download Page
Pressing the “Proceed” LSK will immediately start downloading all logs listed in the center
of the page with green check marks adjacent to them. If only a subset of the logs are to be
downloaded, use the “Un-Select All” LSK to deselect all logs and then use the bottom right
IFD knob to highlight the desired log and push in to generated a green check mark.
The “Logs” LSK on that Maintenance Mode page provides two options for downloading this
data via dedicated LSKs. The first option (“Since Last”) downloads the data logged since the
last time a download was completed. Since the logs contain a large amount of data, the Since
Last option will be a quicker option in almost every case. The second option (“Full”) allows a
download of all data logs onto the USB fob. The Full option can take up to 45 minutes to an
hour to complete.
600-00299-000 Page 185 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Download times are highly dependent on the number and types of logs being downloaded
and how long it’s been since the last download and whether you are downloading Since Last
or Full. Times can range from a few seconds to more than 45 minutes. The more often logs
are downloaded, the shorter the download times will be.
In order to provide an indication of download progress, a progress bar will be presented with
both a symbolic aircraft indicating download in progress and a % complete estimate. The files
to be downloaded can have one of several states – “OK”, “In progress…”, “Pending”,
“Skipped”, “Active”, “Failed”.
When downloaded to the USB fob, the data logs will be saved in .csv files. This can be
imported into newer versions of Microsoft Excel into a table format. The data can then be
plotted or analyzed by several 3rd party tools. Note that files can easily contain 50MB or
more of data.
10.3 Software Update

The following procedures should be followed when performing optional or mandatory
software change to the IFD System:
1. Acquire the software image and associated loading procedure
from the manufacturer.
2. Verify the software part number configuration before and after
maintenance is performed on the airborne equipment using the
loading procedure instructions.
3. It is the responsibility of maintenance personnel to ensure the
identified part is recorded in the necessary maintenance logs.
4. It is the maintenance personnel’s responsibility to ensure that the
software part identification has been logged. When new
software is loaded into the unit, the correct software part
number should be verified according to the instructions
accompanying the software change before the unit is returned to
service. Hardware versions are identified on the data label by a
Rev number following the main part number.
Changes to software part number, version, and/or operational characteristics should be

reflected in the Operator’s Manual, Aircraft Flight Manual, Aircraft Flight Manual
Supplement, and/or any other appropriate document.
600-00299-000 Page 186 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
11. Periodic Maintenance

The IFD does not require any periodic or preventative maintenance. Maintenance on the IFD
is on condition.
11.1 Equipment Calibration

The IFD has no required servicing tasks.
11.2 VOR Checks

Every 30 days, verify the limits of the VOR per 14 CFR §91.171. Only required for IFR
operations. (N/A for IFD510/545/410)
11.3 Cleaning
The front display and bezel may require cleaning periodically, reference Section 13.
600-00299-000 Page 187 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
12. Factory Service Policies and Procedures
12.1 Technical Support

Avidyne’s website contains information that may assist the operator and installer with
questions or problems with their Avidyne IFD5XX/IFD4XX/ATLAS. Technical support
questions may be submitted, via the following:
• Email: [email protected]
• Fax: 321-751-8435
• Voice: 1-888-723-7592 Toll Free USA.
• Voice +1-321-751-8520 Option 3 Outside the USA
• Internet: www.Avidyne.com
• Dealer Knowledge Base*https://techsupport.avidyne.com/home/
* Caution, Verify with this document that all of the devices shown in the Dealer
Knowledge Base are FAA approved to interface with the IFDXXX or Atlas series
of navigators.
Please include the part number, revision number and serial number of the unit in all
correspondences. For problem reporting, please provide as many details associated with the
problem as possible.
An Avidyne Technical Support Representative will respond as soon as possible. Avidyne

business hours are: Monday through Friday: 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM Eastern Time
For After Hours AOG Technical Support, is available via the following:
AOG Support: 877-900-4AOG (4264)
12.2 General Service Procedures

Repair of the IFD/Atlas are performed at the authorized Part 145 service center located at the
Avidyne factory.
Prior to returning a unit for service, contact Avidyne at

http://dealers.avidyne.com/support/sb_rma_noauth.asp for USA RMA requests,
http://dealers.avidyne.com/support/sb_rma_noauth_intl.asp for RMA request from
outside the CONUS, [email protected] or 1-888-723-7592 to obtain a Return
Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number.
When calling or emailing for product-related help, please have the following information
available:
1. Customer Name/Account Information
2. IFD Serial Number. This number is displayed on the Software Status
page available on the SYS tab. See image below. Alternatively, the
number is printed on the TSO label of the IFD unit.
600-00299-000 Page 188 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
3. IFD Software Part Numbers: Press the “AUX” page function key and
then tab over to the “SYS” tab. Record the “Software Version” and the
“Flight Software Part Number”. Also make a note of any other yellow
text on that page.
4. Be prepared to download the aircraft flight logs and email/transmit
them to Avidyne Technical Support.
600-00299-000 Page 189 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
13. Bezel and Display Cleaning

If the IFD screen should become dirty due to fingerprints or dust, clean the screen using the
following materials and methods:
A clean, soft lint-free cloth such as 3M Ultra-Brite Cloth #2011 or similar.
A cleaning solution composed of a 1:1 ratio of de-ionized water and isopropyl alcohol (IPA).
Use caution, as it may be flammable. Always apply the cleaning solution directly on the
cloth. Never spray cleaner directly on the screen.
In general, isopropyl alcohol is a safe and effective cleaner. Methanol and most acidic
solutions can be toxic or damaging to glass coatings if misused.
Excessive or unnecessary cleaning should be avoided to prevent damage to the coated optical
filter surfaces. Never allow excess amounts of cleaning agents to dry if they have formed into
pools, streaks or droplets to help avoid spotting of the glass surface.
The use of any 3rd party screen protector, especially those that adhere directly to the IFD
display glass, is not endorsed by Avidyne due to the touch-screen nature of the display and
may void the warranty for any display related issue.
600-00299-000 Page 190 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Appendix A: Environmental Qualification Form

IFD540, IFD510, IFD440, IFD410
RTCA/DO-
Environmental Tests Test Category
160G Section
Temperature and Altitude 4.0
Low Temp 4.5.2 Equipment qualified to Category C1
High Temp 4.5.3 & 4.5.4 Equipment qualified to Category C1
In-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.5 Equipment qualified to Category W
Altitude 4.6.1 Equipment qualified to Category C1
Decompression 4.6.2 Equipment qualified to +55,000 Ft.
Overpressure 4.6.3 Equipment qualified to -15,000 Ft.
Temperature Variation 5 Equipment qualified to Category B
Humidity 6 Equipment qualified to Category A
Operational Shocks & Crash Safety 7 Equipment qualified to Category E
Equipment qualified to Category S,
Vibration 8
Curves B and M, Category U, Curve G
Explosive Atmosphere 9 Category X, no test performed
Waterproofness 10 Category X, no test performed
Fluids Susceptibility 11 Category X, no test performed
Sand and Dust 12 Category X, no test performed

Fungus Resistance 13 Category X, no test performed
Salt Spray 14 Category X, no test performed
Magnetic Effects 15 Equipment qualified to Class Z
Power Input 16 Equipment qualified to Category B
Voltage Spike 17 Equipment qualified to Category A
Audio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility 18 Equipment qualified to Category B
Induced Signal Susceptibility 19 Equipment qualified to Category ZC
Equipment qualified to Category W
Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20
(conducted)/WR (radiated)
Emission of Radio Frequency Energy 21 Equipment qualified to Category M
Category B4HZL4 (Power) and B3K4L4
Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility 22
(All other I/O)
Lightning Direct Effects 23 Category X, no test performed
Icing 24 Category X, no test performed
Electrostatic Discharge 25 Equipment qualified to Category A
Fire and Flammability 26 Category X, no test performed
Table 145 Environmental Qualification Form - IFD540/510/440/410
600-00299-000 Page 191 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD550, IFD545
(Low Temp and Vibration Categories Differ From Table 145)
RTCA/DO-
160G Section
Equipment qualified to Category X
(non-standard category)
Low Temp 4.5.2
Equipment tested to C1 with Ground
Survival Low limited to -40C
Vibration 8
Curves B and M

(All other I/O)
Table 146 Environmental Qualification Form - IFD550/545
600-00299-000 Page 192 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
ATLAS
RTCA/DO-
160G Section
Equipment qualified to Category X
(non-standard category)
Low Temp 4.5.1 & 4.5.2
Equipment tested to C1 with Ground
Survival Low limited to -40C
Vibration 8
Curves B and M, Category H, Curve R

(All other I/O)
Table 147 Environmental Qualification Form - Atlas
600-00299-000 Page 193 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Appendix B: STC Permission

Avidyne Corporation hereby grants to all National Aviation Authorities (FAA, CAA, JAA,
etc) approved installers the use of data from STC SA00343BO (Part 23 Aircraft) or STC
ST00411BO (Part 25 Aircraft) to install the Avidyne IFD5XX / ATLAS System. This also
includes any international validations of the STC (e.g. EASA, ANAC, etc). Copies of the STC
data are available on the Avidyne Dealer Website or upon request. The latest data revisions
are listed in Avidyne 700-00182-XXX/700-00179-XXX Master Document List, AVIFD-306 STC
SA00343BO (Part 23 Aircraft), or AVIFD-568 STC ST00411BO (Part 25 Aircraft)
Installers must abide by the conditions and limitations stated in both the STC and in the
Installation Manual in order to maintain compliance. The use of this data by itself does not
constitute installation approval.
600-00299-000 Page 194 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Appendix C: Mechanical Drawings
Figure C - 1 IFD5XX Tray Installation ...................................................................................................195

Figure C - 2 IFD4XX Tray Installation ...................................................................................................196
Figure C - 3 IFD5XX Instrument Panel Cutout .....................................................................................197
Figure C - 4 IFD4XX Instrument Panel Cutout .....................................................................................198
Figure C - 5 Atlas Physical Dimensions ................................................................................................199
Figure C - 6 Typical GPS Antenna Installation .....................................................................................200
Figure C - 7 AT-575 GPS Antenna Hole Pattern...................................................................................200
Figure C - 8 AV-801 GPS Antenna Hole Pattern ..................................................................................201
Figure C - 9 Typical GPS Antenna Doubler Installation .....................................................................202
Figure C - 10 Typical GPS Antenna Doubler .......................................................................................203
Figure C - 1 IFD5XX Tray Installation
600-00299-000 Page 195 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure C - 2 IFD4XX Tray Installation
600-00299-000 Page 196 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure C - 3 IFD5XX Instrument Panel Cutout
600-00299-000 Page 197 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure C - 4 IFD4XX Instrument Panel Cutout
600-00299-000 Page 198 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure C - 5 Atlas Physical Dimensions
600-00299-000 Page 199 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure C - 6 Typical GPS Antenna Installation
Forward
Figure C - 7 AT-575 GPS Antenna Hole Pattern
600-00299-000 Page 200 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure C - 8 AV-801 GPS Antenna Hole Pattern
600-00299-000 Page 201 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure C - 9 Typical GPS Antenna Doubler Installation
Fuselage Skin Adjacent Doubler Outer Rivet Inner Four

Thickness Structure ‡ Rivet Thickness Row in Doubler Rivet in
Type Doubler
0.016" - 0.025" Dimpled skin / 0.020" MS20426AD3 MS20426AD3
Countersunk (Double (Double
Rivets Dimple) Dimple)
0.016" - 0.025" Protruding Head 0.020" MS20470AD3 MS20426AD3
Rivets (Double
Dimple)
0.032" - 0.050" Countersunk 0.032" NAS1097AD4 NAS1097AD4
Skin / (Countersunk) (Countersunk)
Countersunk
Rivets
0.032" - 0.050" Protruding Head 0.032" MS20470AD4 NAS1097AD4
Rivets (Countersunk)
Table 148 Rivet/ Doubler Selection
‡
Rivet type is dependent on the type of rivets in the adjacent fuselage structure.
If the adjacent rivets in the structure around the bay selected for the doubler
installation are protruding head type, install MS20470AD rivets in the outer
row of the doubler. If the adjacent rivets are countersunk or dimpled, install
either MS20426AD or NAS1097AD rivets per the table above.
600-00299-000 Page 202 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure C - 10 Typical GPS Antenna Doubler
600-00299-000 Page 203 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Appendix D: Electrical Interface Drawings

Figure D - 1: Lighting, Power, and Antenna Interconnect ..................................................................207
Figure D - 2: Blind Altitude Encoders Interconnect ............................................................................210
Figure D - 3: RS-232 Serial Data Interconnect .......................................................................................211
Figure D - 4: EFIS Interconnect ...............................................................................................................213
Figure D - 5: Generic EFIS Interconnect ................................................................................................214
Figure D - 6: EHSI ARINC 429 Interconnect, Dual IFD5XX/4XX, Sandel SN3308 Interconnect ...215
Figure D - 8: ARINC 429/RS-232 Air Data/IRU/AHRS Interconnect .............................................217
Figure D - 9: Sandel SN3500 Interconnect .............................................................................................219
Figure D - 10: Traffic Advisory Interconnect ........................................................................................220
Figure D - 10: Traffic Advisory Interconnect ........................................................................................221
Figure D - 12: GTX 330 Interconnect ......................................................................................................223
Figure D - 13: Terrain and Weather Interconnect .................................................................................224
Figure D - 14: Weather Interconnect ......................................................................................................225
Figure D - 15: Audio Panel Interconnect ...............................................................................................226
Figure D - 16: VOR/ILS Indicator Interconnect ...................................................................................228
Figure D - 17: Main Indicator Interconnect ...........................................................................................229
Figure D - 18 Main Indicator KI209 Interconnect .................................................................................231
Figure D - 19: Main Indicator KI208A Interconnect .............................................................................232
Figure D - 20: Main Indicator MD200-20X/-30X Interconnect ...........................................................232
Figure D - 21: RMI/OBI Interconnect ....................................................................................................233
Figure D - 22: King Serial DME Tuning Interconnect, Panel Mount .................................................234
Figure D - 23: King Serial DME Tuning Interconnect, Remote Mount .............................................235
Figure D - 24: Parallel DME Tuning Interconnect ................................................................................236
Figure D - 25: Parallel DME Tuning Interconnect ................................................................................237
Figure D - 26: TAWS Interconnect..........................................................................................................238
Figure D - 27: Autopilot Interconnect ....................................................................................................239
Figure D - 28: Bendix/King Autopilot Interconnect ............................................................................240
Figure D - 29: Century Autopilot Interconnect.....................................................................................241
Figure D - 30: Century Autopilot Interconnect.....................................................................................242
Figure D - 31: S-Tec Autopilot Interconnect..........................................................................................243
Figure D - 32: Collins Autopilot Interconnect .......................................................................................245
Figure D - 33: Bendix King KFC400 Autopilot Interconnect ..............................................................246
Figure D - 34: External Navigation Source and GPS Annunciators Interconnect ............................247
600-00299-000 Page 204 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure D - 35: Switch Interconnect .........................................................................................................249

Figure D - 36: Garmin GAD 42 Interconnect ........................................................................................250
Figure D - 37: Garmin G600 Interconnect ..............................................................................................251
Figure D - 38: Avidyne Entegra Interconnect .......................................................................................252
Figure D - 39: Avidyne EX500/600/5000 Interconnect .......................................................................253
Figure D - 40: Aspen EFD1000 Interconnect (without ACU)..............................................................254
Figure D - 41: Aspen EFD1000 Interconnect (with ACU) ...................................................................255
Figure D - 42: Transponder Interconnect ..............................................................................................256
Figure D - 43: ELT Interconnect ..............................................................................................................257
Figure D - 44: Skytrax100B/200 (formerly MLB100) ADS-B IN Receiver Interconnect ..................258
Figure D - 45: RDR2000 Interconnect .....................................................................................................259
Figure D - 46: RDS Radars Interconnect ................................................................................................260
Figure D - 47: RDR2100/2060 Interconnect...........................................................................................261
Figure D - 48: MK VI and VIII EGPWS Interconnect ...........................................................................262
Figure D - 49: MK V, V-A, and VII EGPWS Interconnect ...................................................................263
Figure D - 52: GTX 330ES Interconnect ..................................................................................................267
Figure D - 53: Garmin GTX 3000 Interconnect......................................................................................268
Figure D - 54: Avidyne AXP322 Interconnect .......................................................................................269
Figure D - 55: Avidyne Dual AXP322 Interconnect .............................................................................270
Figure D - 56: NXT 700 MST70B Transponder Interconnect ..............................................................271
Figure D - 57: Becker BXT 65XX Interconnect .......................................................................................272
Figure D - 58: FreeFlight FDL 978RX Interconnect ..............................................................................273
Figure D - 59: GDL 88 Interconnect ........................................................................................................274
Figure D - 60: Avidyne AXP340 Interconnect .......................................................................................275
Figure D - 61: XMD076 Interconnect ......................................................................................................276
Figure D - 62: Single GDU700/1060 PFD Interconnect .......................................................................277
Figure D - 63: Dual GDU700/1060 PFD Interconnect .........................................................................278
Figure D - 64: Garmin G5 EHSI Interconnect .......................................................................................279
Figure D - 65: Garmin G5 EADI Interconnect ......................................................................................280
Figure D - 66: Garmin G5 EFIS Interconnect.........................................................................................281
Figure D - 67: NGT9000R Interconnect ..................................................................................................282
Figure D - 68: KT-74 Interconnect...........................................................................................................283
Figure D - 69: TDR-94 Interconnect ........................................................................................................284
600-00299-000 Page 205 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure D - 70: Garmin GI-275 Interconnect ...........................................................................................285
600-00299-000 Page 206 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD
P1001 2 3 11
AIRCRAFT POWER 1 19 22 AWG 18 AWG AIRCRAFT POWER

5A fo r 28VDC
AIRCRAFT POWER 1 20 22 AWG 7.5 for 14VDC
10 11
AIRCRAFT POWER 2 72 22 AWG 18 AWG AIRCRAFT POWER

5A fo r 28VDC
AIRCRAFT POWER 2 15 22 AWG 7.5 for 14VDC
AIRCRAFT GROUND 77 22 AWG 18 AWG
AIRCRAFT GROUND 78 22 AWG
LIGHTING BUS HI 39 22 AWG LIGHTING BUS HIGH

4
LIGHTING BUS LO 40 22 AWG LIGHTING BUS LOW
P1002 2 3 5 12
AIRCRAFT POWER 11 20 AWG 18 AWG 10A AIRCRAFT POWER

12
AIRCRAFT POWER 12 20 AWG
AIRCRAFT GROUND 21 20 AWG 18 AWG

12
12
AIRCRAFT GROUND 22 20 AWG
NAV FLAG
P1006 CIRCUIT BREAKER 2 3 6 12
AIRCRAFT POWER 44 22 AWG 2A AIRCRAFT POWER

12 AIRCRAFT GROUND 41 22 AWG
P1003
7
GPS ANTENNA GPS ANTENNA
P1004
12 COM ANTENNA COM ANTENNA 12
P1005
12 VOR/LOC ANTENNA
P1007
VOR
12 GLIDESLOPE ANTENNA G/S S NAV ANTENNA 12
DIPLEXER
9 12
Figure D - 1: Lighting, Power, and Antenna Interconnect
Page 1 of 3
600-00299-000 Page 207 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD #1 P1003
7
GPS ANTENNA 1
GPS ANTENNA
P1004
12 COM ANTENNA COM ANTENNA 1 12
P1005
12 VOR/LOC ANTENNA
P1007
12 GLIDESLOPE ANTENNA 8
G/S 1 VOR 1
DIPLEXER S NAV ANTENNA
G/S 2 12 VOR 2
IFD #2 P1007 12
12
GLIDESLOPE ANTENNA
P1005
12 VOR/LOC ANTENNA
P1003
7
GPS ANTENNA GPS ANTENNA 2
P1004
12 COM ANTENNA COM ANTENNA 2 12

Page 2 of 3
600-00299-000 Page 208 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
NOTES:
1. ALL WIRES TO BE 24 AWG OR GREATER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2
. IF AIRCRAFT HAS MULTIPLE POWER BUSSES, IT IS RECOMENDED THAT IFD/ATLAS
POWER CONNECTIONS BE CONNECTED AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4.
3
AIRCRAFT POWER INPUT TO THE IFD MAY BE 9-33 VDC.
4
. THE IFD SHOULD BE CONFIGURED FOR THE CORRECT LIGHTING BUS VOLTAGE POST-
INSTALLATION. NO DAMAGE WILL OCCUR IF THE UNIT IS CONFIGURED INCORRECTLY.
IN ADDITION, LIGHTING CAN BE SET TO AUTOMATICALLY COMPENSATE FOR AMBIENT
LIGHTING CONDITIONS USING ITS LIGHT SENSOR. A MANUAL LIGHTING CONTROL
OPTION IS ALSO AVAIABLE. REFER TO THE POST-INSTALLATION CONFIGURATION
PROCEDURE. LIGHTING BUS INPUTS ARE NOT DIFFERENTAL. LIGHTING BUS LOW
MUST BE TIED TO GROUND IN ALL CASES. FAILURE TO ADHERE TO THIS WILL RESULT
IN DAMAGE TO THE IFD/ATLAS..
5
. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WIRE GAUGE INTO P1002 PINS IS 20 AWG. top
6
THE AIRCRAFT POWER INPUT P1006-44 PROVIDES POWER FOR THE VOR/LOC
SUPERFLAG (P1006-15) AND GLIDESLOPE SUPERFLAG (P1006-38) OUTPUTS. NO POWER
CONNECTION IS REQUIRED ON P1006-44 IF THESE FLAG OUTPUTS ARE NOT USED.
7
. THE GPS ANTENNA COAXIAL CABLE MUST BE DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SHIELDED AND THE
LOSS (INCLUDING CONNECTORS) MUST BE GREATER THAN 1.5 dB AND LESS THAN 6.5
dB.
8
COMMANT CI1125 DIPLEXER, OR EQUIVALENT, SHOULD BE USED.
9
COMMANT CI507 DIPLEXER, OR EQUIVALENT, SHOULD BE USED.
10
ACFT PWR 1 IS INTERNALLY DIODE ISOLATED FROM ACFT PWR 2. ONLY ONE
POWER INPUT IS REQUIRED FOR NORMAL OPERATION.
11
FOR THE MAIN POWER INPUT, A 14VDC INSTALLATION REQUIRED TWO AIRCRAFT
POWER IPUTS AND TWO AIRCAFT GROUND CONNECTIONS BE USED FOR EACH MAIN
POWER INPUT USED. A 28VDC INSTALLATION REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF ONE POWER
AND GROUND CONNECTION, BUT TWO ARE RECOMMENDED.
12
NOT APPLICABLE FOR IFD 700-00179-X1X, 700-00182-X1X,-X3X

Page 3 of 3
600-00299-000 Page 209 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
ACK Technologies Trans-Cal Sandia Bendix/King Terra Encoding Altimeter

A-30 SSD-120 IA-RS232C-D SAE 5-35 KEA 130A KEA 346 AT 3000 Or Blind Encoder
IFD
P1001 DB15 DB15 DB15 (MALE) J4 P1 P1 P1
ALTITUDE D4 70 1 1 1 1 1 A - D4
ALTITUDE A1 69 2 2 2 2 2 B 2 A1
ALTITUDE A2 68 3 3 3 3 3 C 3 A2
ALTITUDE A4 67 4 4 4 4 4 M 4 A4
ALTITUDE B1 66 5 5 5 5 5 N 5 B1
ALTITUDE B2 65 9 9 9 9 9 P 9 B2
ALTITUDE B4 64 10 10 10 10 10 D 10 B4
ALTITUDE C1 63 11 11 11 11 11 L 11 C1
ALTITUDE C2 62 13 13 13 13 13 U 13 C2
ALTITUDE C4 61 12 12 12 12 12 V 12 C4
ALTITUDE COMMON 60 6 6 6 6 6 R 6 COMMON
3 3 3 3
NOTES:
2. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPLETE PINOUT AND

INTERCONNECT INFORMATION.
3.
3 THIS ENCODER MAY ALSO BE CONNECTED VIA RS-232.
Figure D - 2: Blind Altitude Encoders Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 210 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Altitude
Serializer/Encoder
IFD
P1001
GPS RS-232 IN 2 59 RS-232 OUT HI

RS-232 OUT LO
} CON FIG JUMPER

(RESOLUTION)
} CON FIG JUMPER

(OUT PUT FORMAT)
9 8
RS-232 Receiver
GPS RS-232 OUT 1 56 RS-232 IN HI

RS-232 IN LO
6 4
Fuel/Air Data
GPS RS-232 IN 1 57 RS-232 OUT HI

RS-232 OUT LO
P1001 IFD540/440
CrossSync RS-232 OUT 3 41 42 CrossSync RS-232 IN 3

CrossSync RS-232 IN 3 42 41 CrossSync RS-232 OUT 3
11 5
10
PX
PORTABLE RS-232 DEVICE
GPS RS-232 OUT 4 54 X

RS-232 IN
GPS RS-232 IN 4 55 X
RS-232 OUT
Figure D - 3: RS-232 Serial Data Interconnect
Page 1 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 211 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
NOTES:
2. AT IFD UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR

BACKSHELL OR USE CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD
GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE.
3. REFER TO SECTION 7 FOR RS-232 CHANNEL SETTINGS
REFER TO THE GTX 327 TRANSPONDER INSTALLATION MANUAL, 190-00187-02, FOR

4 COMPLETE INFORMATION.
IF TWO OR MORE IFD SERIES UNITS ARE INSTALLED, THE RS-232 LINE ON
P1001-41 AND P1001-42 MAY BE CROSS-CONNECTED TO CROSSFILL
5 FLIGHT PLANS AND USER WAYPOINTS. TO CROSSFILL FLIGHT PLANS, IT IS
REQUIRED THAT BOTH UNITS HAVE IDENTICAL DATABASE CYCLE DATES AND
MAY BE REQUIRED THAT THEY HAVE IDENTICAL VERSIONS OF THE MAIN
SOFTWARE. REFERENCE SECTION 4 FOR WIRING INFORMATION.
MAPMX (MAIN SOFTWARE VERSION 3.10 AND LATER) IS THE PREFERRED

6 COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL FOR THE MX20/GMX200. OTHER INPUT PORTS ON MX20/
GMX200 MAY BE USED INSTEAD OF THE PORT SHOWN. REFER TO APPROPRIATE
MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION DOCUMENTATION.

INTERCONNECT INFORMATION. PINOUTS OF OTHER MANUFACTURER’S UNITS SHOWN
HERE ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
IF USING THE SERIAL PORT SOFTWARE METHOD TO CONFIGURE THE OUTPUT OF THE
8 ENCODER, ENSURE THAT THE “TRIMBLE/GARMIN 9600 BPS” FORMAT IS SELECTED.
9 MOD LEVEL 8 (OR HIGHER) IS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT RS-232 INTERFACE. ENSURE

THAT JUMPERS ARE SET FOR “TRIMBLE/GARMIN 9600 BPS” AND “10 FOOT RESOLUTION.”
THE IFD STC DOES NOT PROVIDE INSTALLATION APPROVAL OF

10 ANY PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICES. ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION APPROVAL
IS REQUIRED FOR THESE DEVICES.
11 IN SINGLE IFD INSTALLATIONS LEAVE P1001-41 AND P1001-42 OPEN THESE PINS MAY
ONLY BE USED FOR CROSS SYNC OF TWO IFDS IN A DUAL IFD INSTALLATION.
12. IFD4XX SHOWN. IFD5XX AND ATLAS HAVE TWO ADDITIONAL RS-232 PORTS IN AND OUT
ON CONNECTOR P1050 PINS 60, 61, 62, AND 63.
Figure D - 3: RS-232 Serial Data Interconnect
Page 2 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 212 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Collins Bendix/King ARINC 429 EFIS

EFIS-84 EFS 40/50 DISPLAY #1
IFD #1 DPU-84 SG 465
P1001 P1 P4652A P4652B
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A 48 47 LNAV TRANSMITTER A

GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B 49 4 20 LNAV TRANSMITTER B
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 142 67 LRN/LNAV 1 RECEIVER A

GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 138 53 LRN/LNAV 1 RECEIVER B
122 64 LRN/LNAV 2 RECEIVER A

P1006 126 63 LRN/LNAV 2 RECEIVER B
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT A 24 125 16 NAV 1 RECEIVER A

6 VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT B 23 129 29 NAV 1 RECEIVER B
38 NAV 2 RECEIVER A
25 NAV 2 RECEIVER B
Collins Bendix/King ARINC 429 EFIS

EFIS-84 EFS 40/50 DISPLAY #2
IFD #2 DPU-84 SG 465
P1001 P1 P4652A P4652B
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A 48 47 LNAV TRANSMITTER A

GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B 49 4 20 LNAV TRANSMITTER B
142 67 LRN/LNAV 1 RECEIVER A

138 53 LRN/LNAV 1 RECEIVER B
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 122 64 LRN/LNAV 2 RECEIVER A

GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 126 63 LRN/LNAV 2 RECEIVER B
16 NAV 1 RECEIVER A
P1006 29 NAV 1 RECEIVER B
125 NAV 2 RECEIVER A

6 VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT A
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT B
24
23 129
38
25 NAV 2 RECEIVER B
NOTES:
2. AT IFD UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR BACKSHELL OR USE

CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE. THE
SHIELD LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS
TO AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS SHORT A CONDUCTOR AS IS PRACTICAL.
3. IF THE GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 PORT (P1001-48 AND -49) IS ALREADY USED FOR ANOTHER
PURPOSE, THE GPS ARINC 429 IN 2 PORT (P1001-50 AND -51) MAY BE CONNECTED
INSTEAD.
4 THE DEPICTED COLLINS EFIS-84 INTERFACE DOES NOT SUPPORT SELECTION OF THE
GPS COURSE VIA THE EFIS CONTROL PANEL, A GAD 42 IS REQUIRED FOR GPS
SELECTED COURSE.

INTERCONNECT INFORMATION. PINOUTS OF OTHER MANUFACTURER’S UNITS SHOWN
HERE ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
66. NOT APPLICABLE FOR IFD 700-00179-X1X, 700-00182-X1X,-X3X
Figure D - 4: EFIS Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 213 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
ARINC 429 EFIS

DISPLAY #1
IFD #1
P1001
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A 48 LNAV TRANSMITTER A
4 GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B 49 LNAV TRANSMITTER B
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 LRN/LNAV 1 RECEIVER A

GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 LRN/LNAV 1 RECEIVER B
LRN/LNAV 2 RECEIVER A
P1006 LRN/LNAV 2 RECEIVER B
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT A 24 NAV 1 RECEIVER A

5 VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT B 23 NAV 1 RECEIVER B
NAV 2 RECEIVER A
NAV 2 RECEIVER B
ARINC 429 EFIS

DISPLAY #2
IFD #2
P1001
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A 48 LNAV TRANSMITTER A
4 GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B 49 LNAV TRANSMITTER B
LRN/LNAV 1 RECEIVER A
LRN/LNAV 1 RECEIVER B
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 LRN/LNAV 2 RECEIVER A

GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 LRN/LNAV 2 RECEIVER B
NAV 1 RECEIVER A
P1006 NAV 1 RECEIVER B
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT A 24 NAV 2 RECEIVER A

5 VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT B 23 NAV 2 RECEIVER B
NOTES:
2. WIRE HARNESS OVERBRAID IS NOT SHOWN BUT MAY BE REQUIRED.
3. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPLETE PINOUT AND INTERCONNECT INFORMATION.
4 IF ARINC 429 PORT 1 IS NOT AVAILABLE, USE ANOTHER AVAILABLE PORT.
5 NOT APPLICABLE FOR IFD 700-00179-X1X, 700-00182-X1X,-X3X
Figure D - 5: Generic EFIS Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 214 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Sandel ARINC 429 EHSI

SN3308 DISPLAY #1 4
IFD #1 N/C
P1 P2 P3
P1006 10 33 NAV ½ RELAY SENSE 5
VO R/ILS 1 (RELAXED)
VO R/ILS ARI NC 429 OUT A 24 9 429-2 RX-A
12 VO R/ILS ARI NC 429 OUT B 23 27 429-2 RX-B
VO R/ILS 2 (ENERGI ZED)
AI RCRAFT POWER 5 VHF NAV 2 SWITCHING RELAY
P1001
21 GPS 2 SWITCHING RELAY
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A 48 11 429-1 TX-A
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B 49 29 429-1 TX-B
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 10 429-1 RX-A

GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 28 429-1 RX-B
ILS/GPS APPROACH 14 27 ILS 1 ENERGI ZE

26 429-3 RX-A
MAIN +TO 25 7 429-3 RX-B
MAIN +FROM 26
MAIN +LEFT 21 3 CDI SO URCE CONTROL 5

MAIN +RIGHT 22
12 RCVR ½ 5
MAIN LATERAL +FLAG 23
MAIN LATERAL -FLAG 24 17 +TO (FLAG)
35 +FROM (FLAG)
MAIN +UP 27
MAIN +DOWN 28 37 CDI+ L
19 CDI+ R
MAIN VERTICAL +FLAG 29
MAIN VERTICAL -FLAG 30 18 NAV+ VALID (FLAG)
36 NAV- VALID (FLAG)
16 GSI+ UP
34 GSI+ DOWN
12 IFD #2 15 GS+ VALID (FLAG)

P1006 33 GS- VALID (FLAG)
VO R/ILS ARI NC 429 OUT A 24 8 ILS 2 ENERGI ZE

VO R/ILS ARI NC 429 OUT B 23
P1001 9
NAV SYSTEM 1
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A 48 (RELAXED)
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B 49 8
N/C
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46
GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 6
MAIN +TO 25
Autopilot
MAIN +FROM 26
LO CALIZER ENGAG E
ILS/GPS APPROACH 14
+LEFT
MAIN +LEFT 21
+RIGHT
MAIN +RIGHT 22
LATERAL +FLAG
MAIN LATERAL +FLAG 23
LATERAL -FLAG
MAIN LATERAL -FLAG 24
+UP
MAIN +UP 27
+DOWN
MAIN +DOWN 28
VERTI CAL +FLAG
MAIN VERTICAL +FLAG 29
VERTI CAL -FLAG
MAIN VERTICAL -FLAG 30
(ENERGI ZED)
NAV SYSTEM 2
AI RCRAFT POWER
Figure D - 6: EHSI ARINC 429 Interconnect, Dual IFD5XX/4XX, Sandel SN3308 Interconnect
Page 1 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 215 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
NOTES:
2. AT IFD UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR BACKSHELL OR USE CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR
TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE.
3. IFD #1 SETUP
MAIN ARINC 429 CONFIG: IN 1: LOW, SANDEL EHSI
OUT: LOW, GAMA 429 GRPH W/INT
SDI: LNAV 1
VNAV: DISABLE LABELS WITH SANDEL SW VERSION PRIOR TO 2.3
VNAV: ENABLE LABELS WITH SANDEL SW VERSION 2.3 OR GREATER
VOR/LOC/GS ARINC 429: SDI: VOR/ILS 1

SPEED: RX: LOW SPEED
TX: LOW SPEED
IFD #2 SETUP
MAIN ARINC 429 CONFIG: IN 1: LOW, SANDEL EHSI
OUT: LOW, GAMA 429 GRPH W/INT
SDI: LNAV 2
VNAV: DISABLE LABELS WITH SANDEL SW VERSION PRIOR TO 2.3
VNAV: ENABLE LABELS WITH SANDEL SW VERSION 2.3 OR GREATER
VOR/LOC/GS ARINC 429: SDI: VOR/ILS 2

SPEED: RX: LOW SPEED
TX: LOW SPEED
4.
4 SANDEL SN3308 #1 AND #2 SETUP ITEMS:
LNAV 1/2 SELECT: IFD540 NAV CHANGE: NAV-1 ENABLE: YES

PORT: 429 PORT-2*
NAV-2 ENABLE: YES
PORT: 429 PORT-2*
ANNUN: SERIAL RELAY SENSE: NAV-2: P2-33

COURSE: OBS/LEG GPS-1: OFF
DEVIATION: ANALOG/IN GPS-2: OFF
OBS ROT: NORMAL CDI SRC SEL: P2-3
OBS CAL: 000.0 RCVR 1/2: P2-12
*WITH SANDEL SW VERSIONS PRIOR TO VERSION 2.3 NAV 1 /2 MUST BE SET TO “ANALOG” AND ILS MUST BE SET TO
“VALID LOW” FOR PROPER OPERATION OF THE VDI. REFER TO SANDEL SIL 3308-8.
THESE PINS ON THE SANDEL SN3308 ARE CONFIGURABLE AND CAN BE CHANGED TO SUIT THE PARTICULAR
5
INSTALLATION.
6 AUTOPILOT SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFER TO APPROPRIATE AUTOPILOT INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM.
7. IF IT IS DESIRED TO USE THE NAV RECEIVERS AS A SOURCE FOR THE SN3308 BEARING POINTERS, IT IS
RECOMMENDED THAT THE IFD540/440 #1/#2 COMPOSITE OUTPUTS (P1006-8) BE CONNECTED TO THE SN3308
COMPOSITE INPUTS (P1-29 AND P1-10, #1 AND 2# RESPECTIVELY) AND THE SN3308 BRG NAV-1/NAV-2 BE SET TO
“429+COMP”.
WITH SANDEL SW VERSIONS PRIOR TO 2.3 ANALOG CONNECTIONS TO THE SN3308 ARE REQUIRED TO ALLOW
8 VERTICAL GUIDANCE TO BE DISPLAYED FOR GPS APPROACHES.
9 USE RELAY AMERI-KING P/N AK-950-R12-()V OR EQUIVALENT.
10 USE RELAY LEACH P/N WN460-() () () OR EQUIVALENT.
Figure D - 7: EHSI ARINC 429 Interconnect, Dual IFD5XX/4XX, Sandel SN3308 Interconnect
Page 2 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 216 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Shadin B&D Bendix/King

AIR DATA
IFD COMPUTER
ADC 2000 2600 2601 2800 90004-003 KDC 281 KDC 481
P1001 J2 (DB15) J1 (MS CONN) P201 P2811 P4811
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A 48 7 40 6 14 11 27 5 U TRANSMITTER A
3 GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B 49 8 22 8 13 28 9 6 i TRANSMITTER B
Bendix/King Collins Honeywell Laseref Litef Litton IRU/AHRS

IFD HG 1075AB LTN 90-100
KAU 461 AHC-85E LTR-81 LTN 92
HG 1095AB LTN 91
P1001
P1B P1 INSERT B INSERT B INSERT B J1B
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A 48 26 16 G7 G7 G7 49 IRU/AHRS TRANSMITTER A
3 GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B 49 27 14 G8 G8 G8 50 IRU/AHRS TRANSMITTER B
IFD Insight Sandia

AIR DATA
TAS 1000 SAC 7-35 COMPUTER
P1001
DSUB-25 PLUG J100
GPS RS-232 OUT 1 56 23 25 RS-232 RXD
GPS RS-232 IN 1 57 10 13 RS-232 TXD
Figure D - 8: ARINC 429/RS-232 Air Data/IRU/AHRS Interconnect
Page 1 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 217 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
NOTES:
2. AT IFD UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR BACKSHELL OR

USE CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE. THE SHIELD
LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO AIRCRAFT
CHASSIS WITH AS SHORT A CONDUCTOR AS PRACTICAL.
3.
3 IF THE GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 PORT (P1001-48 AND -49) IS ALREADY USED FOR ANOTHER PURPOSE,
THE GPS ARINC 429 IN 2 PORT (P1001-50 AND -51) MAY BE CONNECTED INSTEAD.
4. REFER TO SECTION 7 FOR ARINC 429 CHANNEL SETTINGS.
5. REFER TO SECTION 7 FOR RS-232 CHANNEL SETTINGS.
6. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPELTE PINOUT AND INTERCONNECT

INFORMATION. PINOUTS OF OTHER UNITS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
Page 2 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 218 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD P1001 P2 SANDEL SN3500

3
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 31/(2) GPS ARINC 429 IN A
GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 17/(32) GPS ARINC 429 IN B
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1A 48 30 GPS ARINC 429 OUT A

GPS ARINC 429 IN 1B 49 15 GPS ARINC 429 OUT B
P1006
VOR/ILS 429 OUT A 24 3/(35) NAV ARINC 429 IN A
4 VOR/ILS 429 OUT B 23 33/(21) NAV ARINC 429 IN B
NOTES:
2. AT IFD UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR

BACKSHELL OR USE CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS
TO BACK PLATE – THE SHIELD LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT
OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS SHORT A CONDUCTOR
AS PRACTICAL.
3 REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPLETE PINOUT

INFORMATION AND CONFIGURATION.
Figure D - 9: Sandel SN3500 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 219 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
9 Ryan 9900B/BX
IFD TAS6XX
P1001 P1
13 TCAD Processor
GPS RS-232 OUT 2 58 19 RS-232 RX 2
(TRAFFIC INTERFACE)
GPS RS-232 IN 2 59 17 RS-232 TX 2

(TRAFFIC INTERFACE) 18 RS-232 GROUND 2
OPTIONAL REMOTE
MUTE SWITCH
5 REMOTE MUTE
TO OPTIONAL LAMP OR SONALERT 6 TRAFFIC ANNUNCIATE OUT
4 16 SWITCH
9 SKYTRAX 6XX
IFD RS-232 16 TAS6XX-A
P1001 P2
GPS RS-232 OUT 2 58 44 RS-232 RX 2
(TRAFFIC INTERFACE)
13
GPS RS-232 IN 2 59 43 RS-232 TX 2
17
GPS RS-232 OUT 1 56 46 RS-232 RX3
TAWS/EGPWS AUDIO SUPPRESSION OUTPUT

15 16 AUDIO SUPPRESSION IN
15 REMOTE MUTE
OPTIONAL REMOTE MUTE SWITCH
4 16 SWITCH
9 SKYTRAX 6XX
IFD
P1001
OPTIONAL ARINC 429 16 TAS6XX-A
P2
GPS RS-232 OUT 2 58 44 RS-232 RX 2
(TRAFFIC INTERFACE)
13
GPS RS-232 IN 2 59 43 RS-232 TX 2
17
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 67 ARINC429 + RX1 + (RX1A)

GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 68 ARINC429 + RX1 + (RX1B)
14 16
TAWS/EGPWS AUDIO SUPPRESSION OUTPUT

15 16 AUDIO SUPPRESSION IN
15 REMOTE MUTE
OPTIONAL REMOTE MUTE SWITCH
4 16 SWITCH
Figure D - 10: Traffic Advisory Interconnect
Page 1 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 220 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Bendix/King
9 KTA 870/KMH 880
P1001 P10 KTA 970/KMH 980
IFD
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A 48 54 CDU 429 A TX 10
2 GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B 49 55 CDU 429 B TX
ANNUNCIATE D 10 2 TAS TEST IN
ANNUNCIATE E 11 23 TAS STBY
L3 Communications
9 SKY 497
IFD
7 P1001 P1 SOFTWARE V1.6 OR HIGHER
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A 48 34 429 TX 1A

2 GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B 49 33 429 TX 1B 11
ANNUNCIATE D 10 85 SOFT KEY 1 (TEST/ALT)
ANNUNCIATE E 11 82 SOFT KET 4 (OPR/STB)
11 POWER SWITCH HI
3 3 POWER SWITCH LO
9 L3 Communications
IFD P1001 P1 SKY 899
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A 48 42 429 TX 1A
2 GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B 49 43 429 TX 1B 11
10 DISPLAY GROUND
ANNUNCIATE D 10 19 SOFT KEY 1 (TEST/ALT)
ANNUNCIATE E 11 21 SOFT KET 4 (OPR/STB)
4 POWER SWITCH HI
3 5 POWER SWITCH LO
IFD GTS 8XX

P1001 P8001
GPS ARINC 429 IN 2A 50 14 ARINC 429 OUT 1A 12
GPS ARINC 429 IN 2B 51 15 ARINC 429 OUT 1B
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 16 ARINC 429 IN 1A

GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 17 ARINC 429 IN 1B
P8002
ANNUNCIATE E 11 75 TRAFFIC OPERATE/STANDBY
ANNUNCIATE D 10 74 SELF TEST SELECT
P1050
TAWS AUDIO ACTIVE OUT 15 11 TAWS AUDIO ACTIVE OUT
Page 2 of 3
600-00299-000 Page 221 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
NOTES:
2
2. IF THE GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 PORT (P1001-48 AND -49) IS ALREADY USED FOR ANOTHER PURPOSE.
THE GPS ARINC 429 IN 2 PORT (P1001-50 AND -51) MAY BE CONNECTED INSTEAD.
3
3. THE SKYWATCH POWER SWITCH PINS, SHOWN ON P1, SHOULD BE CONNECTED TOGETHER TO
TURN THE PROCESSOR UNIT ON AND DISCONNECTED TO TURN IT OFF. IF A SKYWATCH
CONTROL/DISPLAY UNIT IS NOT IN THE INSTALLATION, A DEDICATED SWITCH MAY BE REQUIRED
TO TURN THE SKYWATCH PROCESSOR UNIT ON OR OFF.
4
4. THE AVIDYNE/RYAN TAS PROCESSOR SWITCH PIN (P1-16 OR P2-54) SHOULD BE GROUNDED TO
TURN THE PROCESSOR UNIT ON, AND OPEN TO TURN THIS UNIT OFF. IF A RYAN TCAD DISPLAY
UNIT IS NOT IN THE INSTALLATION, A DEDICATED SWITCH MAY BE REQUIRED TO TURN THE TAS
PROCESSOR UNIT ON AND OFF.
5. IF ANY OF THESE TRAFFIC SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT A CONTROL/DISPLAY UNIT, A

PLACARD IS REQUIRED NEAR THE IFD UNIT, INDICATING THAT A TRAFFIC ADVISORY SYSTEM
IS INSTALLED, AND ITS DATA MAY BE DISPLAYED ON THE IFD5XX UNIT.
6. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPLETE PINOUT AND INTERCONNECT

INFORMATION. PINOUTS OF OTHER INPUTS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
7
7. IN ORDER FOR SKYWATCH DATA TO BE DISPLAYED ON THE IFD5XX UNIT’S MAP PAGE, THE IFD5XX
UNIT MUST HAVE A DIGITAL HEADING SOURCE, OR THE SKYWATCH MUST HAVE A SYNCHRO OR
SERIAL HEADING SOURCE. A STEPPER HEADING SOURCE WILL NOT ALLOW SKYWATCH DATA TO
BE DISPLAYED ON THE MAP PAGE.
8. AT IFD UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR BACKSHELL OR USE CARD-
EDGE CONNECTOR SHIELD GROUNDS TO AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS SHORT A CONDUCTOR AS
PRACTICAL.
9.
9 REFER TO SECTION 7.0 FOR ARINC 429 AND FOR RS-232 SETTINGS. IF AN ARINC 429 TRAFFIC
SOURCE IS USED, THE CORRESPONDING ARINC 429 INPUT MUST BE SET TO HIGH SPEED.
10.
10 KTA 870/KMH 880/KTA 970/KMH 980 SYSTEMS MUST HAVE TRAFFIC CONFIGURED FOR
“CONTROLLER TYPE: DISCRETE” AND “DISPLAY VALID: IGNORE”.
11.
11 SKYWATCH MUST BE CONFIGURED FOR AN ARINC 735 TYPE 1 DISPLAY.
12.
12 FOR GTX 8XX CONFIGURATION SETTINGS, SEE THE GTX 8XX INSTALLATION MANUAL.
13 IN ORDER FOR AVIDYNE TAS TRAFFIC TO BE DISPLAYED ON THE IFD5XX, A HEADING SOURCE IS
REQUIRED.
ACCEPTS ARINC 429 LABELS. INPUTS CAN BE HIGH OR LOW SPREED. NO CONFIGURATION IS
14
REQUIRED
IF AUDIO MUTING IS NECESSARY FOR LOWER-PRIORITY TRAFFIC ANNOUNCEMENTS, THEN USE

15 THE AUDIO SUPPRESSION INPUT TO MUTE TAS. THE LINE IS PULLED LOW TO MUTE THE TAS.
IF TAWS/EGPWS DRIVES OR PULLS THE AUDIO SUPPRESSION OUTPUT HIGH THEN THE OUTPUT
MUST BE DIODE ISOLATED.
16
AVIDYNE TAS-A PROCESSORS ACCEPT GPS POSITION INPUTS ON RS232 OR ARINC 429
(BOTH DEPICTED), ONE INPUT REQUIRED.
CONFIGURE RS232 POSITION OUTPUT TO THE TAS-A, SET OUTPUT TO ADS-B+ (G).
17 CONFIGURE ARINC 429 POSITION OUTPUT TO THE TAS-A, SET OUTPUT TO ARINC 743A
Page 3 of 3
600-00299-000 Page 222 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
GARMIN 7
IFD #1 GTX 330(ES)/330D(ES)
P1001 P3301
6
GPS ARINC 429 OUT 1 A 46 32 GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A
GPS ARINC 429 OUT 1 B 47 35 GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B 3
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A 48 30 GPS ARINC 429 OUT 2 A

GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B 49 28 GPS ARINC 429 OUT 2 B 4
ANNUNCIATE E 11 46 TIS CONNECT SELECT
IFD #2
P1001
6
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 A 48
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 B 49
ANNUNCIATE E 11
NOTES:

CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE. THE SHIELD LEADS
MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS
SHORT A CONDUCTOR AS PRACTICAL.
3.
3 ARINC 429 IN 1 (P3301-32 AND -35) INPUT ALLOWS AUTOMATED START AND STOP OF FLIGHT TIMER
AND PLACES THE TRANSPONDER IN GROUND (GND) MODE UPON LANDING.
4
4. IF EXTERNAL STBY SELECT IS CONNECTED IN THIS INSTALLATION USE GTX 330 ARINC 429 OUT 1 A
AND 1 B, (PINS 37 AND 34) RATHER THAN ARINC 429 OUT 2 A AND 2 B (PINS 30 AND 28) SHOWN.
ALTITUDE DATA WILL NOT BE TRANSMITTED OVER ARINC 429 PORT 2 TO THE IFD5XX/4XX/ATLAS UNIT
WHEN EXTERNAL STBY SELECT IS GROUNDED.
5. WHEN TIS IS USED IN THE AIRCRAFT DO NOT CONNECT ANOTHER TRAFFIC SYSTEM TO THE SAME
IFD UNIT.
66. IFD SETUP:
MAIN ARINC 429 CONFIG: IN 1: HIGH, GARMIN GTX 330

OUT: SET TO MATCH INSTALLATION
7.
7 GTX 330 SETUP:
429 INPUT CHANNEL 1: GPS (SPEED SET TO MATCH IFD #1 OUTPUT)

429 OUTPUT CHANNEL 2: GARMIN W/TIS
Figure D - 12: GTX 330 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 223 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD L3 Communications
P1001 P3 WX-500
5 3 5
GPS RS-232 OUT 4 54 8 RS-232 RX
GPS RS-232 IN 4 55 20 RS-232 TX
OPTIONAL EXTERNAL
CLEAR SWITCH
6 EXTERNAL CLEAR
P2
5 RS-232 GROUND
IFD Bendix/King KGP 560

GA Enhanced GPWS
5
P1001 P1
4 GPS RS-232 OUT 1 56 6 GPS_RXA
IFD GARMIN GDL 69/69A

5
Satellite Data Link
P1001 P691 7
6 GPS RS-232 IN 2 59 3 RS-232 OUT 3
GPS RS-232 OUT 2 58 6 RS-232 IN 3
11 SIGNAL GROUND
NOTES:

CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE. THE SHIELD LEADS
MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS
3
3. IN ORDER FOR WX-500 DATA TO BE DISPLAYED ON THE IFD540 UNIT’S MAP PAGE, THE IFD540/440
MUST HAVE A DIGITAL HEADING SOURCE, OR THE WX-500 MUST HAVE A SYNCHRO OR SERIAL
HEADING SOURCE. A STEPPER HEADING SOURCE WILL NOT ALLOW WX-500 DATA TO BE DISPLAYED
ON THE MAP PAGE.
4
4. IF AN RS-232 OUTPUT PORT IS CONFIGURED FOR THE HONEYWELL EGPWS, THE CORRESPONDING
RS-232 INPUT OF THE SAME PORT MAY NOT BE USED.
5
5. REFER TO SECTION 7.0 FOR RS-232 CHANNEL SETTINGS.
6
6. CONNECTION TO RS-232 PORT #2 OF THE IFD5XX/4XX/ATLAS UNIT IS SHOWN. IF PORT #2 IS ALREADY
IN USE, ANY OTHER AVAILABLE RS-232 PORT MAY BE USED AS WELL EXCEPT PORT #3.
7
7. CONNECTION TO RS-232 PORT #2 OF THE GDL 69/69A MAY BE USED AS WELL.

INFORMATION. PINOUT OF OTHER UNITS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
Figure D - 13: Terrain and Weather Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 224 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD Avidyne TWX670
4 P1001 J1
3 GPS RS-232 IN 2 59 20 RS232 TX1 - DISPLAY
GPS RS-232 OUT 2 58 18 RS232 RX1 - DISPLAY
19 GROUND
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 32 ARINC RX1+ A

GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 31 ARINC RX1- B
IFD WS I
DATALINK
A VI DY NE A V300/
MLB 700 350
4
P1001 P1 P1
3 GPS RS-232 IN 2 59 2 2 RS-232 OUT 1
GPS RS-232 OUT 2 58 3 3 RS-232 IN 1
24 24 SIGNAL GROUND
NOTES:
EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE. THE SHIELD LEADS MUST BE
LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS
3.
3 CONNECTION TO RS-232 PORT #2 OF THE IFD540/440 UNIT IS SHOWN. IF PORT #2 IS ALREADY IN USE,
ANY OTHER AVAILABLE RS-232 PORT MAY BE USED AS WELL.
4.
4 REFER TO SECTION 7.0 FOR RS-232 CHANNEL SETTINGS.
5. DATA SERVICE FOR MLB700, WSI AV300/350 HAS BEEN DISCONTINUED
Figure D - 14: Weather Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 225 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
AUDIO PANEL
IFD
P1002
COM AUDIO HI 7 9/(10) 9/(13) 7/(12) 9/(13) 9/(13) 9/(10) 9/(10) 4/(5) 9/(10) T/(16) COM 1/(COM 2) AUDIO HI
3 COM AUDIO LO 19 GND LUG 10/(14) 8/(13) 10/(14) 10/(14) GND LUG GND LUG 21/(22) GND LUG GND LUG COM 1/(COM 2) AUDIO LO
COM MIC AUDIO HI 6 P(H) 11/(15) 26/(32) 11/(15) 11/(15) P/(H) P/(H) 37/(39) P/(H) 3/(E) COM 1/(COM 2) MIC AUDIO
2 COM MIC KEY 4 R(V) 12/(30) 27/(33) 12/(30) 12/(30) R/(V) R/(V) 38/(40) R/(V) C/(H) COM 1/(COM 2) MIC KEY
COM MIC AUDIO LO 18 GND LUG 10/(14) 8/(13) 10/(14) GND LUG GND LUG GND LUG GND LUG GND LUG GND LUG COM 1/(COM 2) MIC AUDIO LO
INTERCOM MIC HI 5 INTERCOM MIC 4 5

2 INTERCOM MIC LO 17 INTERCOM MIC LO
COM TRANSFER
SWITCH 6
COM REMOTE TRANSFER 15
P1006
VOR/ILS AUDIO HI 16 12/(13) 17/(19) 6/(14) 17/(19) 17/(19) 12/(13) 12/(13) 7/(8) 12/(13) P/(13) NAV 1/(NAV 2) AUDIO HI
9 3 VOR/ILS AUDIO LO 17 GND LUG 18/(20) 25/(34) 18/(20) GND LUG
18/(20) GND LUG GND LUG 24/(25) GND LUG NAV 1/(NAV 2) AUDIO LO
STBY COM AUDIO HI 7 NA NA NA 7(21) NA NA NA MON1(MON 2) AUDIO IN

9 3 STBY COM AUDIO LO 34 NA NA NA
NA NA NA
NA
8(22) NA NA NA NA NA MON 1(MON 2) AUDIO LO
VLOC REMOTE TRANSFER 28
VLOC TRANSFER
SWITCH
Figure D - 15: Audio Panel Interconnect
Page 1 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 226 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
NOTES:
2.
2 CONNECTING TWO MICROPHONES TO MIC AUDIO HI/LO OR INTERCOM MIC HI/LO AT THE SAME TIME
MAY RESULT IN WEAK OR DISTORTED AUDIO. MIC ISOLATION RELAYS ARE RECOMMENDED SO THAT
ONLY ONE MIC IS ACTIVE AT A TIME.
IF THE AUDIO PANEL DOES NOT HAVE A LO INPUT. IT SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO A GROUND LUG AT
3 THE AUDIO PANEL.
4
4. THE IFD INTERCOM FUNCTION SHOULD ONLY BE USED IF THERE IS NO OTHER INTERCOM SYSTEM
IN THE AIRCRAFT.
5
5. INTERCOM WIRING OPTION: MICROPHONE
SWITCH (DPDT)
P1002 COM
MIC JACK
IFD COM MIC KEY 4
NC
COM MIC AUDIO HI 6
INTERCOM MIC HI 5
COM MIC AUDIO 18
INTERCOM
6.
6 THE COM REMOTE TRANSFER INPUT (P1002-15) MAY BE USED FOR EMERGENCY OPERATION OF THE
COM TRANSMITTER. IF THE REMOTE TRANSFER SWITCH IS ACTIVE FOR THREE SECONDS, THE ACTIVE
COM FREQUENCY WILL CHANGE TO 121.50 MHZ.

INFORMATION. PINOUT OF OTHER UNITS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
8. SHIELDS FOR AUDIO CABLES SHOULD BE GROUNDED AT ONE END (WITH LEADS LESS THAN 3.0
INCHES) AND LEFT FLOATING AT THE OTHER END. IF SHIELDED AUDIO CABLE IS CARRIED THROUGH
DISCONNECT, CARRY SHIELD GROUND THROUGH DISCONNECT ON SEPARATE PIN.
Figure D -15: Audio Panel Interconnect
Page 2 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 227 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
GARMIN Bendix/King Navigation

Indicator
IFD GI 102/A GI 106/A KI 202 KI 206 KI203 KI204 KI 208 KI 209 KI 208A KI 209A
P1006 P1 P1 P2021 P2061 P2031 P2041 P2081 P2091 P208A1 P209A1
VOR/LOC +LEFT 5 11 11 n n - - - - - - +LEFT

VOR/LOC +RIGHT 6 12 12 j j - - - - - - +RIGHT
VOR/LOC +TO 1 9 9 e e - - - - - - +TO

VOR/LOC +FROM 2 10 10 S S - - - - - - +FROM
VOR/LOC +FLAG 3 7 7 N N - - - - - - NAV +FLAG

VOR/LOC -FLAG 4 8 8 F F - - - - - - NAV -FLAG
VOR/LOC SUPERFLAG 15 - - - - - - - - - - NAV SUPERFLAG

- - - - - - - - - - NAV SUPERFLAG LO
VOR/LOC COMPOSITE OUT 8 - - - - Y Y 2 2 6 6 VOR/LOC COMPOSITE
ILS ENERGIZE 29 - - - - K K 4 4 10 10 ILS ENERGIZE
GLIDESLOPE +UP 32 - 13 - k - k - 3 - 29 +UP

GLIDESLOPE +DOWN/-FLAG 31 - 14 - m - m - 6 - 28 +DOWN
GLIDESLOPE +FLAG 30 - 15 - H - H - 9 - 25 GLIDESLOPE +FLAG

- 16 - J - J - 12 - 24 GLIDESLOPE -FLAG
GLIDESLOPE SUPERFLAG 38 - - - - - - - - - - GLIDESLOPE SUPERFLAG

- - - - - - - - - - GLIDESLOPE SUPERFLAG LO
VOR OBS ROTOR H 10 1 1 c c - - - - - - OBS A/H

VOR OBS ROTOR C 9 2 2 Z Z - - - - - - OBS C
COR OBS STATOR D 13 3 3 L L - - - - - - OBS D (COS HI)

VOR OBS STATOR E/G 11 5 5 P P - - - - - - OBS E (COS LO)
VOR OBS STATOR F 12 4 4 T T - - - - - - OBS F (SIN HI)

6 6 W W - - - - - - OBS G (SIN LO)
NOTES:
2. THIS INTERCONNECT APPLIES ONLY WHEN IT IS DESIRED FOR A SEPARATE INDICATOR TO DISPLAY IFD5XX/4XX/ATLAS VOR/ILS
INFORMATION (REGARDLESS OF THE SELECTED NAVIGATION SOURCE).
3. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPLETE PINOUT AND INTERCONNECT INFORMATION. PINOUTS OF OTHER UNITS
SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
4. AT IFD UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR BACKSHELL OR USE CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD
GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE – THE SHIELD LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO AIRCRAFT
Figure D - 16: VOR/ILS Indicator Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 228 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD Navigation
P1001 Indicator
MAIN +LEFT 21 11 11 11 27 n V - i 17 29 - 4 j - F - F - 4 22 22 +LEFT

MAIN +RIGHT 22 12 12 12 43 j b - h 18 28 - 3 i - E - E - 3 23 23 +RIGHT
MAIN +TO 25 9 9 9 26 e Z - j 33 26 - 1 n - A - A - 1 16 16 +TO

MAIN +FROM 26 10 10 10 42 S T - k 34 27 - 2 p - B - B - 2 17 17 +FROM
MAIN LATERAL +FLAG 23 7 7 7 37 N K - f 31 31 - - k - - - - - - 20 20 NAV +FLAG

MAIN LATERAL -FLAG 24 8 8 8 38 F F - g 32 32 - - m - - - - - - 21 21 NAV -FLAG
MAIN LATERAL SUPERFLAG 17 - - - - - - - - - - - 37 - - P - P 39 - - - NAV SUPERFLAG

- - - - - - - - - - - 38 - - S - S - 36 - - NAV SUPERFLAG LO
MAIN +UP 27 - 13 13 44 k - E JJ 27 33 - 5 r - C - C - 5 - 25 +UP
MAIN +DOWN 28 - 14 14 28 m - B HH 28 34 - 6 q - D - D - 6 - 24 +DOWN
MAIN VERTICAL +FLAG 29 - 15 15 36 H - J FF 30 35 - - s - - - - - - - 18 G/S +FLAG

MAIN VERTICAL -FLAG 30 - 16 16 35 J W - GG 29 36 - - t - - - - - - - 19 G/S -FLAG
MAIN VERTICAL SUPERFLAG 18 - - - - - - - - - - - 7 - - U - U 38 - - - G/S SUPERFLAG

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - W - W - 8 - - G/S SUPERFLAG LO
MAIN OBS ROTOR H 32 1 1 1 22 c - X W 15 1 1 - a DD - DD - 6 - 1 1 OBS A/H

MAIN OBS ROTOR C 31 2 2 2 24 Z - a N,V 16 3 3 - c FF - FF - 8 - 2 2 OBS C
MAIN OBS STATOR D 33 3 3 3 25 L - V Z 24 4 4 - d Z - Z - 9 - 3 3 OBS D (COS HI)

MAIN OBS STATOR E 34 5 5 5 39 P - Y A 23 5 5 - e AA - AA - 10 - 5 5 OBS E (COS LO)
MAIN OBS STATOR F 35 4 4 4 40 T - b Y 26 6 6 - f BB - BB - 11 - 6 6 OBS F (SIN HI)

MAIN OBS STATOR G 36 6 6 6 41 W - e X 25 7 7 - g CC - CC - 12 - 4 4 OBS G (SIN LO)
GPS ANNUNCIATE 2 - - 17 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15 15 GPS ANNUNCIATOR
VLOC ANNUNCIATE 1 - - 18 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 8 VLOC ANNUNCIATOR
ILS/GPS APPROACH 14 - - - - - - - - - - - - - a - - - - 47 - - ILS ENERGIZE
NOTES:
3. AT IFD UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR BACKSHELL OR USE CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD
GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE – THE SHIELD LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS
TO AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS SHORT A CONDUCTOR AS PRACTICAL.
4. LOWER CASE PIN DESIGNATORS ARE SHOWN AS UNDERLINED LETTERS.
Figure D - 17: Main Indicator Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 229 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Navigation
Bendix/King
Indicator
KI 209A
P209A1
20 LNAV LATERAL DEV +LT IN

21 LNAV LATERAL DEV +RT IN
43 LNAV +TO IN
42 LNAV +FROM IN
48 LNAV LATERAL +FLAG IN

3 LNAV LATERAL -FLAG IN
27 LNAV VERTICAL +UP IN

26 LNAV VERTICAL +DOWN IN
23 LNAV VERTICAL +FLAG IN

22 LNAV VERTICAL -FLAG IN
9 LNAV FCS LOC ENGAGE IN
50 OBS RETURN
2 LNAV OBS EXCITATION IN
15 LNAV OBS SIN OUT
14 LNAV OBS COS OUT
5 RELAY ENGAGE
6 VOR/LOC COMPOSITE
10 NAV LOC ENGAGE IN
29 NAV VERTICAL +UP IN

28 NAV VERTICAL +DOWN IN
25 NAV VERTICAL +FLAG IN

24 NAV VERTICAL -FLAG IN
OTHER UNITS SHOWN FOR
NATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO

SSIS WITH AS SHORT A
FER TO KI 209A
AN EXTERNAL
Main CDI/OBS
600-00299-000 Page 230 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure D - 18 Main Indicator KI209

Navigation
Indicator
IFD
P1001
MAIN +LEFT 21 20 LNAV LATERAL DEV +LT IN
MAIN +RIGHT 22 21 LNAV LATERAL DEV +RT IN
MAIN +TO 25 43 LNAV +TO IN

MAIN +FROM 26 42 LNAV +FROM IN
MAIN LATERAL +FLAG 23 48 LNAV LATERAL +FLAG IN

MAIN LATERAL -FLAG 24 3 LNAV LATERAL -FLAG IN
APPROACH ANNUNCIATE 5 9 LNAV FCS LOC ENGAGE IN
MAIN OBS ROTOR H 32 50 OBS RETURN

MAIN OBS ROTOR C 31 2 LNAV OBS EXCITATION IN
MAIN OBS ROTOR D 33 15 LNAV OBS SIN OUT

MAIN OBS ROTOR E 34
10k OHM
MAIN OBS ROTOR F 35 14 LNAV OBS COS OUT
MAIN OBS ROTOR G 36
VOR/ILS
10k OHM
6
2
GPS
GPS ANNUNCIATE 2 5 RELAY ENGAGE
P1006
VOR/LOC COMPOSITE OUT 8 6 VOR/LOC COMPOSITE
7
ILS ENERGIZE 29 10 NAV LOC ENGAGE IN
NOTES:
2 TO CONNECT THE IFD TO A KI208A INDICATOR, ADD TWO 10K OHM, ¼ WATT RESISTORS AS SHOWN.
4. AT IFD UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR BACKSHELL OR USE CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO
TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE – THE SHIELD LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS
TO AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS SHORT A CONDUCTOR AS PRACTICAL.
5 PROPER CONNECTION OF THE RELAY ENGAGE INPUT OF THE KI 208A IS DEPENDENT ON ITS POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE. REFER TO KI 208A
DOCUMENTATION FOR PROPER CONNECTION.
IF THE IFD IS INSTALLED, AND ANOTHER VOR/ILS RECEIVER IS AVAILABLE TO DRIVE THE NAVIGATION INDICATOR, AN EXTERNAL
6
SOURCE SELECTION SWITCH MUST BE USED IN LIEU OF THE GPS ANNUNICATE OUTPUT.

Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 231 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Figure D - 19: Main Indicator KI208A Interconnect
Mid-Contient Navigation
200-202/ 200-203/ 200-206/ 200-207/
Indicator
IFD -302 -303 -306 -307
P1001 J1 J1 J1 J1
MAIN +LEFT 21 11 11 11 11 +LEFT

MAIN +RIGHT 22 12 12 12 12 +RIGHT
MAIN +TO 25 9 9 9 9 +TO

MAIN +FROM 26 10 10 10 10 +FROM
MAIN LATERAL +FLAG 23 7 7 7 7 NAV +FLAG

MAIN LATERAL -FLAG 24 8 8 8 8 NAV -FLAG
GPS ANNUNCI ATE 2 17 17 17 17 GPS ANNUNCI ATOR

5
VLOC ANNUNI CATE 1 18 18 18 18 VLOC ANNUNCIATOR
MAIN +UP 27 - - 13 13 +UP

MAIN +DOWN 28 - - 14 14 +DOWN
MAIN VERTICAL +FLAG 29 - - 15 15 GLIDESLOPE +FLAG

MAIN VERTICAL -FLAG 30 - - 16 16 GLIDESLOPE -FLAG
OBS ROTOR H 32 1 1 1 1 RESO LVER H

OBS ROTOR C 31 2 2 2 2 RESO LVER C
OBS STATOR D 33 3 3 3 3 RESO LVER D

OBS STATOR E 34 5 5 5 5 RESO LVER E
OBS STATOR F 35 4 4 4 4 RESO LVER F

OBS STATOR G 36 6 6 6 6 RESO LVER G
NOTES:
2. THE 200-202/-203/-302/-303 DOES NOT HAVE VERTICAL DEVIATION INDICATOR. DO NOT USE FOR IFR
NAVIGATION.

PINOUTS OF OTHER UNITS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE – THE SHIELD LEADS MUST BE LESS
THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS SHORT A
CONDUCTOR AS PRACTICAL.
5 NAVIGATION ANNUNCIATION
Figure D - 20: Main Indicator MD200-20X/-30X Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 232 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Bendix/King Radio Magnetic

KNI 582 KNI 582
Indicator
KI 229 KDA 692
Pointer #1 Pointer #2
IFD P1001 P2291 P5821 P5821 P6921
2
MAIN OBI CLOCK 43 12 8 7 11 OBI CLOCK
MAIN OBI DATA 44 19 17 16 L OBI DATA
MAIN OBI SYNC 45 11 33 24 M OBI SYNC
Bendix/King Radio Magnetic

KNI 582 KNI 582
Indicator
KI 229 KDA 692
Pointer #1 Pointer #2
IFD P1006 VLOC
3 P2291 P5821 P5821 P6921
VOR OBI CLOCK 25

12 8 7 11 OBI CLOCK
6 VOR OBI DATA 27

19 17 16 L OBI DATA
VOR OBI SYNC 26
11 33 24 M OBI SYNC
P1001 GPS
MAIN OBI CLOCK 43
MAIN OBI DATA 44
MAIN OBI SYNC 45
NOTES:
2.
2 IF IT IS DESIRED FOR THE RMI POINTER TO SWITCH WITH THE CDI BUTTON ON THE FRONT PANEL OF THE IFD540/440.
INSTALL AS PER THE TOP DIAGRAM. AND SELECT TRACK CDI FOR THE OBI SOURCE FIELD OF THE MAIN CDI/OBS CONFIG
PAGE.
3. IF IT IS DESIRED TO USE A SEPARATE SWITCH FOR THE RMI POINTER, INSTALL AS PER BOTTOM DIAGRAM AND SELECT
3
ALWAYS GPS FOR THE OBI SOURCE FIELD OF THE MAIN CDI/OBS CONFIG PAGE.
4. AT IFD UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR BACKSHELL OR USE CARD-EDGE
CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE – THE SHIELD LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES.
CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS SHORT A CONDUCTOR AS PRACTICAL.
5. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPLETE PINOUT AND INTERCONNECT INFORMATION. PINOUTS OF
OTHER UNITS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
Figure D - 21: RMI/OBI Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 233 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
DME
Bendix/King
KN 62/62A KN 64
IFD #1 P1006 P621/P62A1 P641
3 SERIAL DME DATA 19 13 13 DATA BUS
SERIAL DME CLOCK 18 14 14 CLOCK BUS
SER DME-CHAN REQ/PAR DME-4MHZ 20 L L RNAV/CHANNEL REQUEST

NAV 1
DME COMMON 22
C C DME COMMON
SER DME-RNAV MODE/PAR DME-2MHZ 21 N/C NAV 2
IFD #2 P1006
3 SERIAL DME DATA 19
SERIAL DME CLOCK 18
SER DME-CHAN REQ/PAR DME-4MHZ 20
DME COMMON 22
SER DME-RNAV MODE/PAR DME-2MHZ 21 N/C
NOTES:
3
3. THE IFD MUST BE CONFIGURED AT INSTALLATION TO OUTPUT KING SERIAL DME TUNING DATA UNDER THE DME CHANNEL
MODE.
4. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPLETE PINOUT AND INTERCONNECT INFORMATION. PINOUTS OF
OTHER UNITS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
Figure D - 22: King Serial DME Tuning Interconnect, Panel Mount
600-00299-000 Page 234 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Bendix/King DME
KDI 572 KDI 574
IFD #1 P1006 P5721 P5741
SERIAL DME CLOCK 18 12 12 CLOCK BUS
SER DME-CHAN REQ/PAR DME-4MHZ 20 17 17 RNAV REQUEST
N/C 33 33 10 BIT/50 BIT SELECT

DME COMMON 22 48 48 NAV 1 COMMON
49 49 NAV 2 COMMON
SER DME-RNAV MODE/PAR DME-2MHZ 21 N/C 15 15 DME REQUEST
Bendix/King DME
KN 63 KDM 706
IFD #2 P1006 P631 P7061
SERIAL DME CLOCK 18 F 8 CLOCK BUS
SER DME-CHAN REQ/PAR DME-4MHZ 20 D 24 DME REQUEST
DME COMMON 22
SER DME-RNAV MODE/PAR DME-2MHZ 21 N/C
NOTES:
TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE – THE SHIELD LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD
GROUNDS TO AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS SHORT A CONDUCTOR AS PRACTICAL.
3
3. THE IFD MUST BE CONFIGURED AT INSTALLATION TO OUTPUT KING SERIAL DME TUNING DATA UNDER THE DME
CHANNEL MODE.
4. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPLETE PINOUT AND INTERCONNECT INFORMATION. PINOUTS OF OTHER
UNITS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
Figure D - 23: King Serial DME Tuning Interconnect, Remote Mount
600-00299-000 Page 235 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
DME
IFD5XX/ATLAS #1 P1006
PARALLEL DME-8MHZ 14 12 28 28 28 2 31 11 1 MHZ-A

SER DME-CHAN REQ/PAR DME-4MHZ 20 - - - - 3 12 10 1 MHZ-B
SER DME-RNAV MODE/PAR DME-3MHZ 21 9 32 32 29 4 30 9 1 MHZ-C
PARALLEL DME-1MHZ 33 8 43 43 30 5 11 8 1 MHZ-D
11 35 35 31 - - - 1 MHZ-E
PARALLEL DME-800KHZ 37 7 11 11 32 B 28 24 100 KHZ-A
PARALLEL DME-400KHZ 39 - - - - C 9 23 100 KHZ-B
PARALLEL DME-200KHZ 40 4 19 19 33 D 27 22 100 KHZ-C
PARALLEL DME-100KHZ 42 6 27 27 34 E 8 21 100 KHZ-D
H 12 12 35 - - - 100 KHZ-E
PARALLEL DME-50KHZ 43 5 44 44 36 H 32 7 50 KHZ
DME COMMON 22 C 6 6 16 1 35 25 DME COMMON
- 52 52 - - - - 10 MHZ-A
- 51 51 - - - - 10 MHZ-E
J - 42 - - - - 2 X 5 CODE SELECT
N/C D - - - - - - SLIP CODE SELECT
N/C M - - - - - - BCD CODE SELECT
2 2 2 5 2 3 3 3
NOTES:
2
2. THE IFD5XX/ATLAS MUST BE CONFIGURED FOR PARALLEL 2X5 DME CHANNELING MODE FOR PROPER OPERATION WITH THIS MODEL OF
DME TRANSCEIVER.
3.
3 THE IFD5XX/ATLAS MUST BE CONFIGURED FOR NARCO 890/891 DME CHANNELING MODE FOR PROPER OPERATION WITH THIS MODEL OF
DME TRANSCEIVER.
4. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPLETE PINOUT AND INTERCONNECT INFORMATION. PINOUTS OF OTHER
UNITS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
5.
5 DME 42 MUST BE STRAPPED FOR 2X5 TUNING. REFER TO DME 42 INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR STRAPPING INFORMATION.
Figure D - 24: Parallel DME Tuning Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 236 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Parallel Slip Code

2
Tuned DME
IFD P1006
PARALLEL DME-8MHZ 14 4 14 M0
SER DME-CHAN REQ/PAR DME-4MHZ 20 3 15 M1
SER DME-RNAV MODE/PAR DME-2MHZ 21 2 16 M2
PARALLEL DME-1MHZ 33 1 17 M3
PARALLEL DME-800KHZ 37 9 32 K0
DME COMMON 22 12 22 DME COMMON
NOTES:
2.
2 THE IFD MUST BE CONFIGURED TO OUTPUT SLIP CODE DME TUNING DATA FOR PROPER
OPERATION IN THIS CONFIGURATION.

INFORMATION. PINOUTS OF OTHER UNITS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
Figure D - 25: Parallel DME Tuning Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 237 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
GARMIN MID-CONTINENT TAWS ANNUNCIATOR

013-0079-XX MD41-10XX
PANEL
IFD P1050 J1 J1
TERRAIN NOT AVAI L ANNUNCIATE 9 10 10 TERR N/A ANNC I N

TERRAIN WARNING ANNUNCI ATE 10 11 11 TERR PULL UP ANNC I N
TERRAIN CAUTIO N ANNUNCIATE 11 5 5 TERR CAUTION ANNC IN
TAWS I NHIBIT ANNUNCIATE 12 19 19 TAWS I NHIBIT ANNC IN
TAWS I NHIBIT INPUT 1 20 20 TAWS I NHIBIT OUT
GROUND 17 21 21 AI RCRAFT GROUND
TAWS AUDIO ACTIVE OUT 15
AUDIO PANEL
GARMIN PS Engineering Avidyne Bendix/King
SL15 PMA 6000 PMA 8000 KMA 24
GMA 340 GMA 347 AMX240 KMA 26 6
SL15M PMA 7000 (B/BT) KMA 28
P1001 Bottom J1 J3471 Bottom J1 J1 Bottom P261
TAWS AUDIO OUT HI 52 T 31 54 T 31 31 T 14 UNSWI TCHED I N HI

TAWS AUDIO OUT LO 53 GND Lug 32 55 GND Lug 32 32 GND Lug 31 UNSWI TCHED I N LO
NLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
NG ON THE IFD DOES NOT SATISFY ANY PART 91/135 REQUIREMENT FOR A TAWS
NCIATOR IS NOT REQUIRED. TSO’D TAWS-B IS AVAILABLE AS A PAID OPTION WITH IFD
R.
NSTALLED IN AN AIRCRAFT, ONLY ONE SHOULD UTILIZE P1001-52/53 TO AVOID
OF OTHER SYSTEMS WITH LOWER PRIORITY AURALS THAN TAWS.

THE IFD4XX.
GROUNDED AT ONE END (WITH LEADS LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES) AND LEFT
ED AUDIO CABLE IS CARRIED THROUGH A DISCONNECT, CARRY SHIELD GROUND
ATE PIN.
DIO PANEL MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF THOSE SHOWN.
ATION FOR COMPLETE PINOUT AND INTERCONNECT INFORMATION. PINOUTS OF

NLY.
Figure D - 26: TAWS Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 238 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
LAT +FLAG
LAT -FLAG
LAT +LEFT
LAT +RIGHT
TO MAIN CDI
VERT +FLAG
VERT -FLAG
VERT +UP
VERT +DOWN
IFD
AUTOPILOT
P1001 COMPUTER
MAIN LATERAL +FLAG 23 LAT DEV +FLAG
MAIN LATERAL -FLAG 24 LAT DEV -FLAG
MAIN +LEFT 21 LAT DEV +LT

MAIN +RIGHT 22 LAT DEV +RT
MAIN VERTICAL +FLAG 29 GS DEV +FLAG

MAIN VERTICAL -FLAG 30 GS DEV -FLAG
MAIN +UP 27 GS DEV +UP

MAIN +DOWN 28 GS DEV +DOWN
4
GPS ARINC 429 OUT { AB 46
47
A
B } 429 GPS IN
ILS/GPS APPROACH 14 ILS ENERGIZE (A/P)
NOTES:
2. AT IFD UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR BACKSHELL

OR USE CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE – THE
SHIELD LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO
AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS SHORT A CONDUCTOR AS PRACTICAL.
3. ONLY CONNECTIONS SUPPORTED BY THE AUTOPILOT ARE REQUIRED.
ALL “GAMA 429” CONFIGURATIONS OF THE GPS ARINC 429 OUTPUT PROVIDE DATA REQUIRED
4 BY THE AUTOPILOT FOR GPSS. DO NOT USE ANY OF THE “ARINC 429” CONFIGURATION
SELECTIONS.
Figure D - 27: Autopilot Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 239 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
TO MAIN CDI AUTOPILOT
IFD
P1001
MAIN LATERAL +FLAG 23 - - 22 - - - - - 23 - - 30 48 - - LAT DEV FLAG +
MAIN LATERAL -FLAG 24 - - 23 - - - - - 24 - - 31 49 - - LAT DEV FLAG -
MAIN +LEFT 21 U - 24 - U - - C 25 - 2 - 3 - - LAT DEV +LT

MAIN +RIGHT 22 17 - 25 - 17 - - A 26 - 1 - 2 - - LAT DEV +RT
MAIN VERTICAL +FLAG 29 - - - 31 - 21 C - - 14 - 24 - 27 - GS DEV FLAG +

MAIN VERTICAL -FLAG 30 - - - 12 - Y D - - 15 - 25 - 10 - GS DEV FLAG -
MAIN +UP 27 - - - 9 - V M - - 12 3 - - 11 - GS DEV +UP

MAIN +DOWN 28 - - - 10 - 19 K - - 52 4 - - 28 - GS DEV + DOWN
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 - - - - - - - - 46 - - - - - 48 429 GPS IN A

2 GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 - - - - - 47 - - - - -
- - - 49 429 GPS IN B
GPS SELECT 13 - - - 26 - - - - - 34 - - - - - GPS SELECT (GND=GPS)
ILS/GPS APPROACH 14 B - 7 - B - AA - 7 - - 29 22 - - ILS ENERGIZE (A/P IN)
NOTES:
2 ALL “GAMA 429” CONFIGURATIONS OF THE GPS ARINC 429 OUTPUT PROVIDE DATA REQUIRED BY THE AUTOPILOT
FOR GPSS. DO NOT USE ANY OF THE “ARINC 429” CONFIGURATION SELECTIONS.
3. IF AN EFIS SYSTEM IS INSTALLED, NOT ALL OF THE CONNECTIONS SHOWN ARE REQUIRED. SOME OF THESE
AUTOPILOT SIGNALS ARE PROVIDED BY THE EFIS SYSTEM. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S APPROVED
DOCUMENTATION FOR DETAILS.
Figure D - 28: Bendix/King Autopilot Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 240 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
CENTURY
AUTOPILOT
TO MAIN CDI CENTURY CENTURY CENTURY
CENTURY I CENTURY II CENTURY III CENTURY IV CENTURY 21
31/41 2000 TRIDEN
IFD CD92 CD34 CD34 CD58 CD66 CD194 CD191 CD191 CD191
P1001
MAIN LATERAL +FLAG 23 - - - - - 2 7 7 7 LAT DEV FLAG +
MAIN LATERAL -FLAG 24 - - - - - 3 8 8 8 LAT DEV FLAG -
MAIN +LEFT 21 13 B B - 32 4 6 6 6 LAT DEV +LT

MAIN +RIGHT 22 14 A A - 31 5 5 5 5 LAT DEV +RT
MAIN VERTICAL +FLAG 29 - - - - - - 2 2 2 GS DEV FLAG +

MAIN VERTICAL -FLAG 30 - - - - - - 1 1 1 GS DEV FLAG -
MAIN +UP 27 - - - B 45 - 4 4 4 GS DEV +UP

MAIN +DOWN 28 - - - A 46 - 3 3 3 GS DEV + DOWN
ILS/GPS APPROACH 14 - - - - 44 9
3 2 1 9 9 LOC SWITCHING IN
Figure D - 29: Century Autopilot Interconnect

Page 1 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 241 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD CENTURY IV
AUTOPILOT
P1001 2
ILS/GPS APPROACH 14 44 LOC SWITCHING IN
1N4444
OR EQUIV
IFD CENTURY AK
1081 GPSS
P1001
CONVERTER
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 1 429 IN HI
GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 2 429 IN LO
3 SHIELD
VLOC ANNUNCIATE 1
8 NAV SELECTED
4 429 IN SPEED SELECT

4 5 429 IN SPEED SELECT
NOTES:
2 THE CENTURY IV REQUIRES THAT AN ISOLATION DIODE BE INSTALLED ON THE

LOC SWITCHING INPUT AS SHOWN.
3 SETUP ITEMS, MAIN SYSTEM CONFIG PAGE: GPS SELECT: AUTO
4 INSTALL JUMPER AS REQUIRED TO SET AK 1081 ARINC 429 INPUT SPEED TO

MATCH IFD OUTPUT SETTING. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION
FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
Figure D - 30: Century Autopilot Interconnect

Page 2 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 242 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
TO MAIN CDI
S-TEC/Cobham AUTOPILOT
System System 60-

System Thirty System 40 System 50 System 55 System 55X System 60-1 System 60 PSS
Twenty 2/65
IFD
P1001
P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P2 P1 P2 0109 0110 0109 0110
MAIN LATERAL +FLAG 23 - - - - 13 - 13 - - 24 - NAV FLAG +
24
MAIN LATERAL -FLAG 24 - - - - 14 - 14 - - 6 - NAV FLAG -
6
MAIN +LEFT 21 9 9 14 14 31 - 31 - - 23 - L / R +LT
23
MAIN +RIGHT 22 10 10 13 13 30 - 30 - - 21 - L / R +RT
21
MAIN VERTICAL +FLAG 29 - - - - - 1 - 1 77 - 77 GS FLAG +
-
MAIN VERTICAL -FLAG 30 - - - - - 2 - 2 58 - 58 GS FLAG -
-
MAIN +UP 27 - - - - - 18 - 18 46 - 46 GS +UP
-
MAIN +DOWN 28 - - - - - 19 - 19 45 - 45 GS + DOWN
-
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 - - - - - - - 36 - - -
3 GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 - - - - - - - 37
-
- -
429 GPS IN A
- - 429 GPS IN B
GPS ANNUNCIATE 2 - - - - - - - 38 - - - GPS STEERING

-
42 42 26 26 49 - 49 - - - - GPS TRACK GAIN
5 -
ILS/GPS APPROACH 14 - - - - 32 - 32 - - 16 - LOC SWITCH
16
STEC ST-901 GPSS 3 STEC ST-901 GPSS

CONVERTER 7
CONVERTER
IFD S-TEC ST-901
J3 GPSS CONVERTER
P1001 IFD5XX/4XX/ATLAS S-TEC ST-901
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 J3 GPSS CONVERTER
8 ARINC DATA IN A
P1001
GPSS
GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 9 ARINC DATA IN B (RELAXED)
8 ARINC DATA IN A
VLOC ANNUNCIATE 1 22 GPS OVERRIDE GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46
9 ARINC DATA IN B
6 GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47
(TO OTHER SYSTEM VLOC
ANNUNCIATE SIGNAL)
NO GPSS
(ENERGIZ ED )
VLOC ANNUNCIATE 1 (AIRCRAF T POWER)
Figure D - 31: S-Tec Autopilot Interconnect

Sheet 1 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 243 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
GPS ANNUNCIATE
S-TEC
AUTOPILOT
IFD GPSS STEERING
GPS TRACK GAIN

P1001 (TO OTHER SYSTEM)
GPS ANNUNCIATE 2 (AIRCRAFT POWER)
VLOC ANNUNCIATE
S-TEC AUTOPILOT ST-901
GPSS CONVERTER
IFD
22 GPS OVERRRIDE
P1001 (TO OTHER SYSTEM)
VLOC ANNUNICATE 1 (AIRCRAFT POWER)
NOTES:
2. IF THE GPSS UNIT HAS AUTOMATIC LINE SPEED DETECTION THE IFD OUTPUT SHOULD
BE SET TO LOW SPEED. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION FOR DETAILS.
3 FOR CONVERTERS 01278-( ) S/N 600A AND ABOVE.
INSTALL JUMPER AS REQUIRED TO SET AK 1081 ARINC 429 INPUT SPEED TO

4 MATCH IFD OUTPUT SETTING. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION FOR
ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
IF THE GPS ANNUNCIATE SIGNAL IS ONLY USED BY THE AUTOPILOT, THIS MAY BE
5
CONNECTED DIRECTLY.
IF THE VLOC ANNUNCIATE SIGNAL IS ONLY USED BY THE AUTOPILOT, THIS MAY
6
BE CONNECTED DIRECTLY.
7 FOR CONVERTERS 01278-( ) 599 AND BELOW.
Figure D -31: S-Tec Autopilot Interconnect

Sheet 2 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 244 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
COLLINS AUTOPILOT
TO MAIN CDI
APC
65/65B/65C/6 FGC-65( ) APC 65A
5E/65F/65H/65 FYD-65 APC 65G
IFD J
P1001 J1 J3 J1 J3 J1 J3
MAIN LATERAL +LT OUT 21 - 54 - 54 - 54 VOR/LOC DEV +LT

MAIN LATERAL +RT OUT 22 - 53 - 53 - 53 VOR/LOC DEV +RT
MAIN VERTICAL +UP OUT 27 - 41 - 41 - 41 GS DEV +UP

MAIN VERTICAL +DOWN OUT 28 - 44 - 44 - 44 GS DEV +DOWN
MAIN LATERAL +FLAG OUT 23 - 4 - 4 - - NAV LL FLAG+

MAIN LATERAL -FLAG OUT 24 - 1 - 1 - - NAV LL FLAG-
MAIN VERTICAL +FLAG OUT 29 - 12 - 12 - - GS LL FLAG+

MAIN VERTICAL -FLAG OUT 30 - 9 - 9 - - GS LL FLAG-
2 2
MAIN LATERAL SUPERFLAG 17 - 4 - 4 - 4 NAV HL FLAG
OUT N/C 1 1 - NAV LL FLAG-
MAIN VERTICAL SUPERFLAG 18 - 12 - 12 - 12 GS HL FLAG

OUT N/C 9 9 - GS LL FLAG-
ILS/GPS APPROACH 14 35 - 35 - 35 - LOC FREQ GND
NOTES:
2 CONNECT EITHER THE LOW-LEVEL FLAGS OR THE SUPERFLAGS. DO NOT CONNECT BOTH
SETS OF FLAGS IN A PARTICULAR INSTALLATION
Figure D - 32: Collins Autopilot Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 245 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
ARINC 429
Bendix/King FLIGHT CONTROL
KFC 400 SYSTEM
KCP420
IFD #1 P1001 P4201 P4202
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 X LNAV 1 RECEIVER A

X LNAV 1 RECEIVER B
GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47
NAV
SYSTEM 1
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1A 48

2 AFCS 429 GENERAL A
D
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1B 49 AFCS 429 GENERAL B
KK
NAV
SYSTEM 2
IFD #2
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1A 48

2
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1B 49
J ROLL STEERING STRAP
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 W LNAV 2 RECEIVER A
GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 F LNAV 2 RECEIVER B
NOTES:
2 IF THE GPS ARINC 429 IN PORT 1 IS ALREADY BEING USED, GPS ARINC PORT MAY BE USED.
3. LOWER CASE LETTERS SHOWN UNDERLINED.
4. REFER TO MANUFACTURERS’ DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPLETE PINOUT AND INTERCONNECT INFORMATION.
Figure D - 33: Bendix King KFC400 Autopilot Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 246 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
STACO INDICATOR CONNECTION 4
IFD STACO INDICATOR

P1001 P1 VLOC P1
VLOC ANNUNCIATE 1 2 3
LAMP VOLTAGE FROM
N/C 9 6
DIMMER CIRCUIT
GPS ANNUNCIATE 2 11 12
GPS
VIVISUN INDICATOR CONNECTION 5
IFD VIVISUN INDICATOR

P1001 P1 VLOC P1
VLOC ANNUNCIATE 1 C B
LAMP VOLTAGE FROM
G
DIMMER CIRCUIT
GPS ANNUNCIATE 2 D A
GPS
VIVISUN INDICATOR/SWITCH CONNECTION 6
IFD VIVISUN INDICATOR

P1001 P1 VLOC P1
VLOC ANNUNCIATE 1 C B
LAMP VOLTAGE FROM
G
DIMMER CIRCUIT
GPS ANNUNCIATE 2 D A
GPS
CDI SOURCE SELECT 73 1 3
Figure D - 34: External Navigation Source and GPS Annunciators Interconnect

Page 1 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 247 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
7 9
MID-CONTINENT MD41-xxxx MD41-14xx
1484W 1404A/1408A 1464A/1474A GPS ACU
1470
IFD P1001 1488W 1414A/1418A 1468A/1478A
VLOC ANNUNCIATE 1 7 - 2 2 VLOC ANN

GPS ANNUNCIATE 2 8 - 1 1 GPS ANN
WAYPOINT ANNUNCIATE 3 2 8 8 8 WPT ANN
TERMINAL ANNUNCIATE 4 4 3 3 3 TERM ANN
APPROACH ANNUNCIATE 5 6 9 9 9 APR ANN
MESSAGE ANNUNCIATE 6 3 10 10 10 MSG ANN
OBS ANNUNCIATE 7 - 24 24 24 OBS ANN
INTEGRITY ANNUNCIATE 9 1 20 20 20 INTG ANN
OBS MODE SELECT 71 - 12 12 12 OBS OMDE SELECT
CDI SOURCE SELECT 73 - - 4 - CDI SOURCE SELECT
NOTES:
2. IF NAVIAGATION ANNUNCIATORS IS REQUIRED, INDICATORS ON THIS PAGE ARE SUITABLE TO

MEET THE ANNUNCIATION REQUIREMENT.
3. THE PREFERRED ANNUNCIATION IS VLOC/GPS, ALTHOUGH NAV/GPS WILL BE ACCEPTABLE.
4
4. STACO SWITCH INDICATOR P/N 992561-1241762200 (14V SYSTEMS) AND P/N 992561-1241862200
(28V SYSTEMS) SHOWN.
5
5. VIVISUN INDICATOR P/N 95-40-17-B6-AW724 (28V SYSTEMS) SHOWN. INDICATOR MAY BE
CONVERTED TO 14V OPERATION BY REPLACING 28V LAMPS WITH 14V LAMPS P/N 14-113.
6
6. VIVISUN INDICATOR WITH MOMENTARY SWITCH P/N 95-45-11-B6-AW724 (28V SYSTEMS) SHOWN.
INDICATOR MAY BE CONVERTED TO 14V OPERATION BY REPLACING 28V LAMPS WITH 14V
LAMPS P/N 14-113.
7
7. THESE UNITS ALSO PROVIDE NAVIGATION SOURCE SELECTION ANNUNCIATION. MID-
CONTINENT ANNUNCIATION CONTROL UNITS FOR BOTH 14V AND 28V SYSTEMS SHOWN. THIS
DIAGRAM IS PROVIDED TO SHOW INTERCONNECTION BETWEEN IFD540 AND ACU ONLY. REFER
TO MID-CONTINENT INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION INFORMATION.
8
8. CDI SOURCE SELECTION AND ANNUNCIATION IS DONE WITH EXTERNAL RELAYS. REFER TO
MID-CONTINENT INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION INFORMATION.
9
5VDC VERSIONS: 146XA(5V) OR 147XA(5V).
10. ANNUNCIATOR PART NUMBER 146X HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION. PART NUMBER 147XA ARE
VERTICAL ORIENTATION
Figure D -34: External Navigation Source and GPS Annunciators Interconnect

Page 2 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 248 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD P1001
TIME MARK OUT 16 2
REMOTE CDI SWITCH (OPTIONAL)

CDI SOURCE SELECT 73
REMOTE OBS MODE SWITCH (OPTIONAL)

OBS MODE SELECT 71
REMOTE COM RECALL SWITCH (OPTIONAL)

COM REMOTE RECALL 74
NOTES:
2.
2 TIME MARK OUT (P1001-16) OUTPUTS A 1 MILISECOND WIDE PULSE ONCE PER
SECOND.
3. COM REMOTE RECALL (P1001-74) INPUT MAY BE USED TO SCROLL THROUGH A LIST
OF PRESET COM FREQUENCIES.
Figure D - 35: Switch Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 249 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD P1001 P421 GARMIN GAD 42

3
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 1 GPS ARINC 429 IN A
GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 2 GPS ARINC 429 IN B
GPS ARINC 429 IN 1A 48 13 GPS ARINC 429 OUT A

GPS ARINC 429 IN 1B 49 14 GPS ARINC 429 OUT B
P1006
VOR/ILS 429 OUT A 24 3 NAV ARINC 429 IN A
4 VOR/ILS 429 OUT B 23 4 NAV ARINC 429 IN B
NOTES:

USE CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO
BACK PLATE – THE SHIELD LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT
OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS SHORT A CONDUCTOR
AS PRACTICAL.
SEE GARMIN GAD 42 INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR COMPLETE PIN-OUT AND

3
INTERCONNECTION INFORMATION. GAD42 MUST BE CONFIGURED USING STRAPS
ON THE UNIT.
4
Figure D - 36: Garmin GAD 42 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 250 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD GDU 620 PFD/MFD

P1001 P6202
GPS 429 IN A 48 3 ARINC 429 OUT 1A
GPS 429 IN B 49 20 ARINC 429 OUT 1B
RS-232 OUT 56 12 RS-232 IN 3

46 RS-232 GND 3
TIME MARK OUT+ 16 40 TIME MARK IN 1A
N/C 41 TIME MARK IN 1B

GPS 429 OUT A 46 6 ARINC 429 IN 3A
GPS 429 OUT B 47 23 ARINC 429 IN 3B
P1006
VOR/ILS 429 OUT A 24 7 ARINC 429 IN 4A
7
VOR/ILS 429 OUT B 23 24 ARINC 429 IN 4B
NOTES:
2. AT IFD UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR BACKSHELL

OR USE CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE –
THE SHIELD LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO
3. REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPLETE PIN-OUT AND

INTERCONNECT INFORMATION. PIN-OUTS OF OTHER UNITS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
4. FOR PROPER SETUP TO INTERFACE WITH THE G600. REFER TO THE G600 INSTALLATION
MANUAL.
6. FOR OTHER CONNECTION OPTIONS REFER TO THE G600 INSTALLATION MANUAL.
7.
Figure D - 37: Garmin G600 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 251 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
AVIDYNE 700-00006-XXX
ENTEGRA EXP5000
IFD #1 P1006 J732
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT A 24 4 ARINC 429 RX CHL 2 A

6 VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT B 23 3 ARINC 429 RX CHL 2 B
5 SHIELD GND
P1001
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 41 ARINC 429 RX CHL 1 A
GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 40 ARINC 429 RX CHL 1 B
44 SHIELD GND
ARINC 429 RX A 48 22
5 ARINC 429 RX B 49
ARINC 429 TX CHL 0 A
21 ARINC 429 TX CHL 0 B
25 SHIELD GND
IFD #2 P1001
ARINC 429 RX A 48
5 ARINC 429 RX B 49
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 43 ARINC 429 RX CHL 4 A

GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 42 ARINC 429 RX CHL 4 B
64 SHIELD GND
P1006
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT A 24 7 ARINC 429 RX CHL 3 A
6 VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT B 23 6 ARINC 429 RX CHL 3 B
10 SHIELD GND
NOTES:
IF THE GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 PORT (P1001-48 AND -49) IS ALREADY USED FOR ANOTHER PURPOSE, THE GPS ARINC 429
5 IN 2 PORT (P1001-50 AND -51) MAY BE CONNECTED INSTEAD.
Figure D - 38: Avidyne Entegra Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 252 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
AVIDYNE
MFD
IFD EX500 EX600 EX5000
P1001 P2 P2 P1
GPS 429 TX 46 5/(48) 5/(48) 5/(45) GPS 429 RX

GPS 429 TX 47 25/(68) 25/(68) 25/(65) GPS 429 RX
NOTES:
Figure D - 39: Avidyne EX500/600/5000 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 253 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
ASPEN EFD1000
IFD #1
P1006 P1
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT A 24 18 429 VLOC RX2A

7 VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT B 23 19 429 VLOC RX2B
P1001
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 46 16 429 GPS RX1A
GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 47 17 429 GPS RX1B
ARINC 429 RX A 48 26 EFD429 TX1A

5 ARINC 429 RX B 49 27 EFD429 TX1B
IFD #2 P1001
ARINC 429 RX A 48
5 ARINC 429 RX B 49

P1006
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT A 24 22
7 VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT B 23
VLOC RX4A
23 VLOC RX4B
NOTES:
5 IF THE GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 PORT (P1001-48 AND -49) IS ALREADY USED FOR ANOTHER PURPOSE, THE GPS ARINC 429
IN 2 PORT (P1001-50 AND -51) MAY BE CONNECTED INSTEAD.
6. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S INSTALL MANUAL FOR AIRDATA CONNECTION. ASPEN EFD1000 S/W 2.X OR LATER WILL
TRANSMIT AIRDATA ON THE ARINC 429 TRANSMIT.
7
NOT APPLICABLE FOR IFD 700-00179-X1X, 700-00182-X1X,-X3X
Figure D - 40: Aspen EFD1000 Interconnect (without ACU)
600-00299-000 Page 254 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
ASPEN EFD1000
IFD #1
P1006 P1
6 VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT A 24

VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT B 23
P1001
ARINC 429 RX A 48
ARINC 429 RX B 49
IFD #2 P1001
ARINC 429 RX A 48
ARINC 429 RX B 49

P1006
VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT A 24 22 429 VLOC RX4A
6 VOR/ILS ARINC 429 OUT B 23 23 429 VLOC RX4B
18 ACU RX2A
19 ACU RX2B
26 429 TX1A
27 429 TX1B
ASPEN ACU/ACU 2
P3
14 429 RX1B
1 429 RX1A
15 429 TX1B
2 429 TX1A
4 429 TX2A
5 429 TX2B
P1
NOTES: 1
2
429 RX2A
429 RX2B
TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE.
4. IF THE GPS ARINC 429 IN 1 PORT (P1001 -48 AND -49) IS ALREADY USED FOR ANOTHER PURPOSE, THE GPS ARINC 429 IN
2 PORT (P1001-50 AND -51) MAY BE CONNECTED INSTEAD.
5. THE ACU AND ACU2 TRANSMITS DIFFERENT ARINC 429 LABELS. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S INSTALL MANUAL FOR
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE ACU AND ACU2.
Figure D - 41: Aspen EFD1000 Interconnect (with ACU)
600-00299-000 Page 255 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD AVIDYNE AVIDYNE Trigg Avionics TRANSPONDER

AXP340 AXP322 TT31
P1001 Primary Primary Primary
WEIGHT ON WHEELS 8 5 19 5 SQUAT SWITCH IN
NOTES:
4 IF THE AIRCRAFT HAS AN EXISTING WEIGHT ON WHEELS OUTPUT, DO NOT CONNECT.
5 5
IFD TRANSPONDER
P1001
RS232 OUTPUT 2 58 3 5 RS232 INPUT

4 7 RS232 OUTPUT
RS232 INPUT 2 59 -
NOTES:
IF RS-232 PORT 2 IS NOT AVAILABLE, USE ANY OTHER AVAILABLE PORT EXCEPT RS232 PORT 3, RESERVED FOR
4
CROSS-SYNCH ONLY.
5 ADS-B OUTPUT REQUIRES A SEPARATE INSTALLATION APPROVAL.
Figure D - 42: Transponder Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 256 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD ELT
P1001
4 RS232 OUTPUT 2 58 GPS RS232 INPUT
NOTES:
4 IF RS-232 PORT 2 IS NOT AVAILABLE, USE ANY OTHER AVAILABLE PORT EXCEPT RS232 PORT 3, RESERVED FOR
CROSS-SYNCH ONLY.
Figure D - 43: ELT Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 257 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD SKYTRAX 100B/200

P1001 P1
ARINC 429 IN A 48 27 TIS 429 TX 1A

7 ARINC 429 IN B 49 8 TIS 429 TX 1B
8 RS232 TX 2 58 34 RS232 GPS RX

32 GND
RS232 TX 1 56
9 RS232 RX 1
24 FIS DISPLAY RX
57 5 FIS DISPLAY TX
23 DISPLAY GND
NOTES:
5. IF RS232 OR ARINC429 PORTS ARE UNAVAILABLE, USE ANY OTHER AVAILABLE PORT EXCEPT RS232 PORT 3, RESERVED FOR
CROSS-SYNCH ONLY.
6. TRAFFIC DATA IS COMBINED WITH WEATHER OVER RS232 WITH SW VERSION10.2 OR LATER. ARINC 429 CONNECTION IS NOT
REQUIRED.
7 FOR IFD SW VERSION 10.1.1, 10.1.2, OR 10.1.3: CONFIGURE ARINC 429 PORT TO MLB Traffic, Port Speed: High. THIS PORT CAN BE
USED IN LATER IFD SW VERSIONS.
8 CONFIGURE GPS RS232 PORT FOR ADS-B+(G)
9 FOR IFD SW VERSION 10.2 OR LATER; FOR NAVWORX MLB100 CONFIGURE DISPLAY RS232 PORT TO SkyTrax100. FOR SkyTrax
100B/200 CONFIGURE DISPLAY RS232 PORT TO CAPSTONE HS TRFC & WX.
Figure D - 44: MLB100 (NavWorx) and Skytrax100B/200 ADS-B IN Receiver Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 258 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Bendix/King ART/RDR 2000

Antenna/Receiver
IFD5XX/ATLAS #1 P1050 P5001 Transmitter
ARINC 429 OUT 2 A 42 2 Control 1 ARINC 429 IN A

ARINC 429 OUT 2 B 43 3 Control 1 ARINC 429 IN B
ARINC 453 IN A 40 42 ARINC 453 OUT A

3 ARINC 453 IN B 41 43 ARINC 453 OUT B 3
31 RT#1 ON/OFF IN
32 RT#2 ON/OFF IN
NOTES:
1. ALL WIRES TO BE 22 AWG MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
2. IN DUAL IFD5XX/ATLAS INSTALLATIONS THE RADAR CAN BE CONNECTED TO EITHER IFD.

RADAR DATA IS SHARED OVER CROSSSYNC. ONLY IFD5XX/ATLAS MODELS SUPPORTS
RADAR DISPLAY AND CONTROL. REQUIRES SW RELEASE 10.2.4.1 OR GREATER.
ARINC 453 DATA BUS: BOTH SHIELDS GROUNDED TO CONNECTOR SHELL AT ART/RDR 2000;
3 OUTER SHIELD GROUNDED ONLY AT IFD5XX UNIT END. WIRE TO BE QUADRAX, NON-PVC
JACKET, KPN: 024-00064-0000.
4. AT IFD5XX UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR BACKSHELL OR USE

CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE – THE SHIELD
LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO
5. ALL SHIELD GROUND CONNECTIONS SHOWN FOR THE ART/RDR 2000 ARE TO BE
CONNECTED TO THE UNIT BACKSHELL GROUND.
6. IFD4XX UNITS DO NOT SUPPORT RADAR DISPLAY OR CONTROL.
7. SET THE IFD ARINC 429 #2 OUT TO ONBOARD RADAR.
8. THESE ARE THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE AVIDYNE IFD AND THE
BENDIX / KING RDR2000 SYSTEM R/T UNITS. ALL OTHER WIRING IS AT THE DISCRETION
OF THE INSTALLER.
Figure D - 45: RDR2000 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 259 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
RS 181A/RS 811A
IFD5XX/ATLAS P1050
P1001
6 ARINC 429 OUT 2 A 42 19 CONTROL 1 ARINC 429 A
ARINC 429 OUT 2 B 43 20 CONTROL 1 ARINC 429 B

3 3
ARINC 453 IN B 41 9 ARINC 453 OUT B
24 RT#1 ON/OFF
7
NOTES:
2. IN DUAL IFD5XX/ATLAS INSTALLATIONS THE RADAR CAN BE CONNECTED TO EITHER IFD.

RADAR DATA IS SHARED OVER CROSSSYNC. ONLY IFD5XX/ATLAS MODELS SUPPORTS
RADAR DISPLAY AND CONTROL
ARINC 453 DATA BUS: BOTH SHIELDS GROUNDED TO CONNECTOR SHELL AT RS ART;
3 OUTER SHIELD GROUNDED ONLY AT IFD5XX/ATLAS UNIT END.
4. AT IFD5XX/ATLAS UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR BACKSHELL OR USE

CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE – THE SHIELD LEADS
MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH
AS SHORT A CONDUCTOR AS PRACTICAL.
5. ALL SHIELD GROUND CONNECTIONS SHOWN FOR THE RDS ART ARE TO BE CONNECTED TO THE
UNIT BACKSHELL GROUND.
6 SET THE IFD ARINC 429 #2 OUT TO ONBOARD RADAR.
7 SET RADAR CONFIGURATION IN THE IFD/ATLAS AS FOLLOWS (RDS 86P SHOWN):
IN DUAL IFD INSTALLATIONS, BOTH IFD UNITS SHALL BE CONFIGURED THE SAME
8. THESE ARE THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE AVIDYNE IFD/ATLAS AND THE BENDIX/KING
RDS ART UNITS. ALL OTHER WIRING IS AT THE DISCRETION OF THE INSTALLER.
9. REQUIRES IFD SOFTWARE 10.3.0.2 OR LATER
10. SET ‘SCAN ARC” ANGLE TO CORRESPOND TO RADAR CAPABILITY
Figure D - 46: RDS Radars Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 260 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD5XX/ATLAS P5001 RDR2100/2060

P1050
ARINC 429 OUT 2 A 42 2 CONTROL 1 ARINC 429 IN A
6
ARINC 429 OUT 2 B 43 3 CONTROL 1 ARINC 429 IN B
11 8 STABLILIZATION ARINC 453 IN A
9 STABLILIZATION ARINC 453 IN A

3
3 ARINC 453 IN B 41 43 ARINC 453 OUT B
31 RT#1 ON/OFF
NOTES:
2. IN DUAL IFD5XX/ATLAS INSTALLATIONS THE RADAR CAN BE CONNECTED TO EITHER IFD. RADAR DATA IS SHARED
OVER CROSSSYNC. ONLY IFD 5XX/ATLAS MODELS SUPPORTS RADAR DISPLAY AND CONTROL.
3 ARINC 453 DATA BUS: BOTH SHIELDS GROUNDED TO CONNECTOR SHELL AT ART/RDR; OUTER SHIELD GROUNDED
ONLY AT IFD5XX/ATLAS UNIT END. WIRE TO BE QUADRAX, NON-PVC JACKET, KPN: 024-00064-0000.
4. AT IFD5XX/ATLAS UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR BACKSHELL OR USE CARD-EDGE
5. ALL SHIELD GROUND CONNECTIONS SHOWN FOR THE ART/RDR ARE TO BE CONNECTED TO THE UNIT BACKSHELL
GROUND.
6 SET THE IFD ARINC 429 #2 OUT TO ONBOARD RADAR.
7 SET RADAR CONFIGURATION AS FOLLOWS (RDR 2100 SHOWN):
IN DUAL IFD/ATLAS INSTALLATIONS, BOTH UNITS SHALL BE CONFIGURED THE SAME
8. THESE ARE THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE AVIDYNE IFD/ATLAS AND THE BENDIX / KING RDR2100/2600
SYSTEM R/T UNITS. ALL OTHER WIRING IS AT THE DISCRETION OF THE INSTALLER.
9. REQUIRES IFD/ATLAS SOFTWARE RELEASE 10.2.4.1, OR LATER
10. SET “SCAN ARC” ANGLE TO CORRESPOND TO RADAR CAPABILITY

P/N 071-01550-0101 SCAN ANGLE 90/100/120
P/N 071-01550-0201 SCAN ANGLE 90/100
Figure D - 47: RDR2100/2060 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 261 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
MK VI/VIII EGPWS
IFD5XX/ATLAS J2
P1050
ARINC 429 OUT 2 A 42 25 ARINC 429 GPS IN A

1 2
ARINC 429 OUT 2 B 43 8 ARINC 429 GPS IN B
NOTES:
1 CONFIGURE MAIN ARINC 429 OUT 2 TO “ARINC 743A”. SET SPEEDS TO MATCH, EGPWS CONFIG: TYPE 0 FOR LOW
SPEED, TYPE 4 FOR HIGH SPEED .
2 IFD GPS ALTITUDE ALTITUDE REFERENCE IS MSL. CONFIGURE EGPWS ALTITUDE REFERENCE TO “MSL”.
3. COMPATIBLE EGPWS MK VIII PART NUMBERS (W/O INTERNAL GPS) :

965-1206-001 to 965-1206-yyy
965-1210-020 to 965-1210-yyy
4. COMPATIBLE EGPWS MK VI PART NUMBERS (W/O INTERNAL GPS):

965-1176-001 to 965-1176-yyy
965-1180-020 to 965-1880-yyy
5. IFD FLTA FEATURE MUST BE DISABLED IF INSTALLED IN AIRCRAFT WITH APPROVED TAWS/EGPWS. THIS IS
ACCOMPLISHED BY SELECTING “Yes” FOR THE “External TAWS” OPTION IN THE CONFIG TAB OF MAINTENANCE MODE.
Figure D - 48: MK VI and VIII EGPWS Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 262 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
MK V EGPWS
IFD
MP
P1050
ARINC 429 OUT 2 A 42 6C ARINC 429 GPS IN A 2

1
ARINC 429 OUT 2 B 43 6D ARINC 429 GPS IN B
MK V-A EGPWS
IFD
MP
P1050
ARINC 429 OUT 2 A 42 13A ARINC 429 GPS IN A 2

3
ARINC 429 OUT 2 B 43 13B ARINC 429 GPS IN B
MK VII EGPWS
IFD
J1A
P1050
ARINC 429 OUT 2 A 42 22 ARINC 429 GPS IN A 2

1
ARINC 429 OUT 2 B 43 23 ARINC 429 GPS IN B
1 CONFIGURE IFD MAIN ARINC 429 OUT 2 TO “ARINC 743A” AND SPEED TO CORRESPOND TO EGPWS SPEED SETTING.
2 IFD GPS ALTITUDE ALTITUDE REFERENCE IS MSL. CONFIGURE EGPWS ALTITUDE REFERENCE TO “MSL”.
3 CONFIGURE IFD MAIN ARINC 429 OUT 2 TO “ARINC 743A” AND SPEED TO “HIGH”.
4. COMPATIBLE EGPWS MK V PART NUMBERS (W/O INTERNAL GPS) :

965-0976-003-210-210 to 965-0976-003-yyy-zzz
965-0976-040-210-210 to 965-0976-040-yyy-zzz
5. COMPATIBLE EGPWS MK V-A PART NUMBERS:

69000941-101 to 69000941-1xx
6. COMPATIBLE EGPWS MK VII PART NUMBERS (W/O INTERNAL GPS):

965-1076-040-210-210 to 965-1076-040-yyy-zzz
7. IFD FLTA FEATURE MUST BE DISABLED IF INSTALLED IN AIRCRAFT WITH APPROVED TAWS/EGPWS. THIS IS ACCOMPLISHED
BY SELECTING “Yes” FOR THE “External TAWS” OPTION IN THE CONFIG TAB OF MAINTENANCE MODE.
Figure D - 49: MK V, V-A, and VII EGPWS Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 263 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Single IFD Series

Garmin
IFD P3251
P1001 GTX 335
GPS RS232 OUT 1 56 30 RS232 IN #2
51 RS232 GND #2
DISCRETE OUT 11 15 TIS-A SELECT
ARINC 429 IN 1A 48 5 ARINC 429 OUT 1A

ARINC 429 IN 1B 49 6 ARINC 429 OUT 1B
Dual IFD Series

Garmin
IFD #1 P1001 P3251 GTX 335
GPS RS232 OUT 1 56 30 RS232 IN #2

51 RS232 GND #2
DISCRETE OUT 11 15 TIS-A SELECT

49 6 ARINC 429 OUT 1B
ARINC 429 IN 1B
IFD #2
P1001
ARINC 429 IN 1A 48
ARINC 429 IN 1B 49
GPS RS232 OUT 1

56 29 RS232 IN #3
50 RS232 GND #3
DISCRETE OUT 11
NOTES:
2. ALL GROUND CONNECTIONS SHOWN FOR THE GTX335 ARE TO BE CONNECTED TO SHIELD
BLOCK GROUND.

CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE – THE SHIELD
LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO
4. IFD SERIAL PORTS (RS232 AND ARINC 429) OTHER THAN THE ONES SHOWN ABOVE MAY
BE SUBSTITUTED WITH APPROPRIATE UNIT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION.
600-00299-000 Page 264 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Single IFD Series
Garmin
P3252
GTX 345
12 RS422 B (-)
IFD P1001 P3251

GPS RS232 OUT 1 56 30 RS232 IN 2
RS232 IN 59
51 RS232 GND 2
ARINC 429 IN 1A 48 5 ARINC 429 OUT A

ARINC 429 IN 1B 49 6 ARINC 429 OUT B
TAWS AUDIO P1050

4 ACTIVE OUT 15 37 AUDIO INHIBIT 4
Dual IFD Series

Garmin
P3252 GTX 345
12 RS422 B (-)
IFD #1 P1001 P3251

56 30 RS232 IN 2
GPS RS232 OUT 1
RS232 IN 2 59
51 RS232 GND 2
48 5 ARINC 429 OUT A

ARINC 429 IN 1A
49 6 ARINC 429 OUT B
ARINC 429 IN 1B
IFD #2
P1001
ARINC 429 IN 1A 48
ARINC 429 IN 1B 49
GPS RS232 OUT 1 56 29 RS232 IN 3

RS232 IN 2 59
50 RS232 GND 3
4 TAWS AUDIO P1050

ACTIVE OUT 15 37 AUDIO INHIBIT 4
Page 1 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 265 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
NOTES:
2. ALL GROUND CONNECTIONS SHOWN FOR THE GTX345 ARE TO BE CONNECTED TO SHIELD BLOCK
GROUND.
CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE – THE SHIELD LEADS MUST BE LESS
THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS SHORT A
CONDUCTOR AS PRACTICAL.
4 AUDIO INHIBIT MAY BE USED TO INHIBIT GTX-345 TIS-B ALERTS DURING IFD FLTA AURAL
ANNUNCIATIONS. THIS DOES NOT AFFECT THE APPROVAL OF THE TIS-B FUNCTIONS OF THE GTX 345.
GTX345 AUDIO INHIBIT MAY BE DRIVEN BY IFD#1 OR IFD#2 IN DUAL IFDXXX/ATLAS INSTALLATIONS.
IFD4XX 700-00179-XXX UNITS DO NOT DRIVE AUDIO INHIBIT. IN 700-00179-XXX UNITS SIMULTAINEOUS
TIS-B AND FLTA AURAL ANNUNCIATIONS ARE POSSIBLE (ADDRESSED IN AFMS).
5. IFD SERIAL PORTS (RS232 AND ARINC 429) OTHER THAN THE ONES SHOWN ABOVE MAY BE
SUBSTITUTED WITH APPROPRIATE UNIT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION.
6
CONFIGURE SELECTED PORTS WITH THE FOLLOWING SETTINGS:
• If the GTX 345 has an internal GPS receiver, the RS 232 position output connection and configuration
setup is not required
• IFD RS232 output setting: ADS-B+ (G2)…. GTX 345 RS 232 input setting: ADS-B+ FMT 2
• IFD RS232 input setting: Capstone HS Wx …. GTX 345 RS 422 output setting: Optimized Legacy ADS-B
• IFD ARINC429 receive setting: GDL 88 Traffic at High Speed…. GTX 345 ARINC429 transmit setting:
Traffic
• Minimum Software Versions Required: IFD v10.2.1 or higher….GTX 345 v2.05 or higher
• With software version 10.2.3.1 using the same RS-232 channel for in/out will not accommodate different
baud rates. Use different RS-232 ports for in/out with this software version.
Figure D - 51: GTX 345 Interconnect (con’t)
Page 2 of 2
600-00299-000 Page 266 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Single IFD
to GTX 330 ES
Garmin
IFD P1001 P3301 GTX 330 ES
GPS RS232 OUT 2 58 22 RS232 IN #1
DISCRETE OUT 11 46 TIS CONNECT SELECT

P1050
TAWS/HTAWS
5 AUDIO ACTIVE OUT 15 47 AUDIO MUTE SELECT 5
Dual IFD
to GTX 330 ES
Garmin
IFD #1 P1001 P3301 GTX 330 ES
GPS RS232 OUT 2 58 22 RS232 IN #1
DISCRETE OUT 11 46 TIS CONNECT SELECT

IFD #2 P1001
ARINC 429 IN 1A 48
ARINC 429 IN 1B 49
GPS RS232 OUT 2 58 24 RS232 IN #2
DISCRETE OUT 11
P1050 5
TAWS/HTAWS 15 47 AUDIO MUTE SELECT
5 AUDIO ACTIVE OUT
NOTES:
2. ALL GROUND CONNECTIONS SHOWN FOR THE GTX 330 ES ARE TO BE CONNECTED TO SHIELD
BLOCK GROUND.

USE CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE – THE SHIELD
LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO AIRCRAFT
4. IFD SERIAL PORTS (RS232 AND ARINC 429) OTHER THAN THE ONES SHOWN ABOVE MAY BE
SUBSTITUTED WITH APPROPRIATE UNIT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION.
5 AUDIO INHIBIT MAY BE USED TO INHIBIT GTX330ES TIS ALERTS DURING IFD4XX/IFD5XX/ATLAS
FLTA AURAL ANNUNCIATIONS. THIS DOES NOT AFFECT THE APPROVAL OF THE TIS FUNCTIONS
OF THE GTX 330ES. AUDIO INHIBIT MAY BE DRIVEN BY IFD#1 OR IFD#2 IN DUAL IFDXXX/ATLAS
INSTALLATIONS. IFD4XX 700-00179-XXX UNITS DO NOT DRIVE AUDIO INHIBIT. IN IFD4XX
700-00178-XXX UNITS SIMULTAINEOUS TIS-B AND FLTA AURAL ANNUNCIATIONS ARE POSSIBLE
(ADDRESSED IN AFMS).
6. GTX 330 MUST BE “ES” ENABLED FOR ADS-B OUT FUNCTIONALITY.
Figure D - 52: GTX 330ES Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 267 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD Garmin GTX 3000

P1050 P3301
ARINC 429 OUT 2A 32 ARINC 429 GPS IN A

42
1 ARINC 429 GPS IN B
ARINC 429 OUT 2B 43 35
NOTES:
1 CONFIGURE MAIN ARINC 429 OUT 2 TO “ARINC 743A”. SET SPEED TO LOW OR HIGH
Figure D - 53: Garmin GTX 3000 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 268 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
4
AVIDYNE DISPLAY
AXP322 TRANSPONDER
25-PIN
RS232 OUTPUT 7 59 RS232 INPUT
RS232 INPUT 5 58 RS232 OUTPUT
SQUAT SWITCH IN 19 8 WOW Discrete
EXTERNAL STBY 17
(OPTIONAL)
SUPPRESSION IO 18 MUTUAL
SUPPRESSION BUS
EXTERNAL IDENT 20
(OPTIONAL)
XPDR
AIRCRAFT POWER 15 20 AWG 3A 11-33VDC

CIRCUIT BREAKER
POWER ON 13
GROUND 1 20 AWG
GROUND 14 20 AWG
TO EXISTING
ANTENNA ANTENNA
NOTES:
IF RS-232 PORT 2 IS NOT AVAILABLE, USE ANY OTHER AVAILABLE PORT, USE OF PORT 3 FOR AXP322 SHOULD BE
4
AVOIDED
5. CONFIGURE AXP 322 WOW SELECTION TO AVIDYNE
Figure D - 54: Avidyne AXP322 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 269 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
AXP322 #1
25 PIN
POWER IN 15 AIRCRAFT POWER
13 POWER ON
1 GROUND
14 GROUND
IFD P1001 1P 1T
7 RS-232 OUTPUT
RS-232 INPUT 59 2T 5 RS-232 INPUT
19 SQUAT SWITCH IN
2P 1T 17 EXTERNAL STBY
RS-232 OUTPUT 58
2T
3P 1T
WOW Discrete 8
2T
AXP322 #2
1T 25 PIN
4P
2T 7 RS-232 OUTPUT
5 RS-232 INPUT
19 SQUAT SWITCH IN
Four poles
17 EXTERNAL STBY
Two throws
4PDT
POWER IN 15 AIRCRAFT POWER
13 POWER ON
1 GROUND
14 GROUND
NOTES:
3. REFER TO MANUFACTURER’S DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPLETE PIN-OUT AND

INTERCONNECT INFORMATION.
4. IF RS-232 PORT 2 IS NOT AVAILABLE, USE ANY OTHER AVAILABLE PORT. USE OF PORT 3 FOR
AXP322 SHOULD BE AVOIDED
5. EACH TRANSPONDER MUST BE CONFIGURED.
6. CONFIGURE AXP322 WOW SELECTION TO AVIDYNE.
Figure D - 55: Avidyne Dual AXP322 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 270 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD MST70B
P1050 J1

42
IFD NXT-700
P1050 J1

42
NOTES:
1 CONFIGURE MAIN ARINC 429 OUT 2 TO “ARINC 743A”. SET SPEED TO LOW OR HIGH
Figure D - 56: NXT 700 MST70B Transponder Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 271 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
BXT 65XX
GPS Only, Separate Controller Installed
IFD5XX/ATLAS
P1
P1050
ARINC 429 OUT 2 A 42 20 GNSS DATA LINE A

1
ARINC 429 OUT 2 B 43 3 GNSS DATA LINE B
NOTES:
1 CONFIGURE MAIN ARINC 429 OUT 2 TO “ARINC 743A”. SET SPEED TO LOW OR HIGH.
BXT 65XX
IFD Control and GPS Interface
IFD5XX/ATLAS
3
P1050 P2
ARINC 429 OUT 2 A 42 27 DATA CONCENTRATOR, PORT A, LINE A

1
ARINC 429 OUT 2 B 43 44 DATA CONCENTRATOR, PORT A, LINE B
P1001 P1
WOW OUT 8 44 WOW IN
GPS ARINC 429 IN 2 A 50 23 XPNDR DATA PORT A, LINE A

2
GPS ARINC 429 IN 2 B 51 22 XPNDR DATA PORT A, LINE B
GO TO THE "MAIN ARINC 429 CONFIG" PAGE AND SET ARINC 429 OUT TO “BECKER BXT CTL”, HIGH
NOTES: SPEED.
1
GO TO THE "MAIN ARINC 429 CONFIG" PAGE AND SET GPS ARINC 429 IN TO” BECKER BXT”, LOW
2 SPEED.
3 USE THE EMP6100-BXT PROGRAMMER TO CONFIGURE TRANSPONDER TO SET:

1. WOW INPUT FOR ACTIVE LOW.
2. DATA CONCENTRATOR INPUT FOR TRANSPONDER CONTROL AND GNSS RECEIVER INPUT.
3. ARINC 429 IN PORT TO HIGH SPEED AND OUT PORT TO LOW SPEED.
4. THE IFD SERIES CANNOT BE USED FOR BXT6XX CONTROL IF TCAS II IS INSTALLED
Figure D - 57: Becker BXT 65XX Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 272 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
4 5
AVIDYNE DISPLAY
FreeFlight FDL-978-RX
4 5
J-1
DISPLAY
RS232 TX 2 OUTPUT 33 55 RS232 (RX 4) INPUT
GPS 56 RS232 (TX1) OUTPUT

RS232 RX 1 INPUT 4
REMOTE ON 32
2 ENCODER
ENCODER
RS232 RX 4 INPUT 25
GND 9
TO EXISTING
ANTENNA
NOTES:
4 IF RS-232 PORT 2 IS NOT AVAILABLE, USE ANY OTHER AVAILABLE PORT. USE OF PORT 3 FOR CAPSTONE
PROTOCOLS SHOULD BE AVOIDED
5 SET IFD DISPLAY INPUT PORT TO CAPSTONE TRAFFIC & WX (38,400 BAUD) , GPS OUTPUT PORT TO ADS-B+(G2)
(38,400 BAUD).
Figure D - 58: FreeFlight FDL 978RX Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 273 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
P1001 P881
GPS RS232 OUT 1 56 26 RS232 IN 2
WX RS232 IN 1 57 35 RS422 OUT 2B (-)
45 RS232 GND 2
TIME MARK 16 22 TIME MARK 1A

TAWS AUDIO P1050

4 ACTIVE OUT 15 37 AUDIO INHIBIT #1 4
P1001 P881
GPS RS232 OUT 1 56 26 RS232 IN 2
WX RS232 IN 1 57 35 RS422 OUT 2B (-)
45 RS232 GND 2
TIME MARK OUT 16 22 TIME MARK 1A

P1001
ARINC 429 IN 1A 48
ARINC 429 IN 1B 49
TIME MARK OUT 16 28 TIME MARK 2A
GPS RS232 OUT 1 56 21 RS232 IN 5

WX RS232 IN 1 57 75 RS422 OUT 1B (-)
40 RS232 GND 5
TAWS AUDIO P1050

4 ACTIVE OUT 15 37 AUDIO INHIBIT #1 4
NOTES:

2. ALL GROUND CONNECTIONS SHOWN FOR THE GDL88 ARE TO BE CONNECTED TO SHIELD BLOCK GROUND.
3. AT IFD UNIT, TERMINATE SHIELD GROUNDS TO THE CONNECTOR BACKSHELL OR USE CARD-EDGE CONNECTOR TO TERMINATE
SHIELD GROUNDS TO BACK PLATE – THE SHIELD LEADS MUST BE LESS THAN 3.0 INCHES. CONNECT OTHER SHIELD GROUNDS TO
AIRCRAFT CHASSIS WITH AS SHORT A CONDUCTOR AS PRACTICLE.
AUDIO INHIBIT MAY BE USED TO INHIBIT GDL88 ITS-B ALERTS DURING IFD FLTA AURAL ANNUNCIATIONS. THIS DOES NOT AFFECT THE APPROVAL
4 OF THE TIS-B FUNCTIONS OF THE GDL88. GDL88 AUDIO INHIBIT MAY BE DRIVEN BY THE IFD#1 OR IFD#2 IN DUAL IFD INSTALLATIONS.
IFD4XX UNITS DO NOT DRIVE AUDIO INHIBIT. IN IFD4XX UNITS SIMULTAINEOUS TIS-B AND FLTA AURAL ANNUNCIATIONS ARE POSSIBLE
(ADDRESSED IN AFMS).
5. IFD SERIAL PORTS (RS232 AND ARINC 429) OTHER THAN THE ONES SHOWN ABOVE MAY BE SUBSTITUTED WITH APPROPRIATE
UNIT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION.
6. CONFIGURE SELECTED PORTS WITH THE FOLLOWING SETTINGS;
IFD RS 232 OUTPUT SETTING: ADS-B+ (G2) GDL88 RS 232 INPUT SETTING: ADS-B FORMAT 2 (NOT REQUIRED IF GDL88 HAS INTERNAL GPS)
IFD RS 232 INPUT SETTING: CAPSTONE HS WX GDL 88 RS 422 INPUT/OUTPUT SETTING: OPTIMIZED LEGACY ADS-B
IFD ARINC 429 RX SETTING: GDL88 TRAFFIC AT HIGH SPEED GDL88 ARINC 429 TRANSMIT SETTING: TRAFFIC OUT AT HIGH SPEED
MINIMUM SOFTWARE VERSIONS REQUIRED: IFD XXX V10.2.1 OR HIGHER GDL 88 V3.33 OR HIGHER
7. THE IFD IS NOT AN APPROVED GPS POSITION SOURCE FOR GDL88 ADS-B OUT FUNCTIONALITY
Figure D - 59: GDL 88 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 274 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
AXP340 TRANSPONDER Primary

Top AVIDYNE
GPS RECEIVER
Connector
IFD
P1001
SQUAT SWITCH IN 5 8 W.O.W. OUTPUT
EXTERNAL STBY 10 (OPTIONAL)
SUPPRESSION IO 4 MUTUAL
SUPPRESSION BUS
EXTERNAL IDENT F (OPTIONAL)
XPDR
11 20 AWG 3A 11-33VDC
AIRCRAFT POWER 12
CIRCUIT BREAKER
GROUND 1 20 AWG
GROUND A 20 AWG
4
AVIDYNE
GPS RECEIVER
IFD
Secondary P1001
56 RS232 GPS OUT

RS232 GPS IN 3
Bottom
Connector
NOTES:
4 IF RS-232 PORT 1 IS NOT AVAILABLE, USE ANY OTHER AVAILABLE PORT.
Figure D - 60: Avidyne AXP340 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 275 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD
XMD076 37 Pin P1001
WEATHER RS-232 TX 22 59 RS-232 INPUT

WEATHER RS-232 RX 4 58 RS-232 OUTPUT
AUDIO LH HIGH 21 AUDIO PANEL

AUDIO LH LOW 2
Connections To
AUDIO RH HIGH 20 Be determined
AUDIO RH LOW 1 by Installer
POWER ENABLE 18
POWER INPUT 19 14 – 28 VDC in
POWER GND 37
NOTES:
2. IFD NEEDS SOFTWARE 10.2.3.1 OR HIGHER.
3. IFD WILL NOT CONTROL AUDIO FUNCTIONS.
4. WEATHER DISPLAY IS 115, 200 BAUD.
Figure D - 61: XMD076 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 276 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
GDU 700/1060
P4 P1006 IFD #1
PFD
NAV1 ARINC 429 IN A 7 24 VOR/ILS 429 OUT A
NAV1 ARINC 429 IN B 27 23 VOR/ILS 429 OUT B
P3 P1001
30 16 TIME MARK OUT +
TIME MARK IN 1A
TIME MARK IN 1B 31 - TIME MARK OUT - 3
4 56 RS-232 OUT
RS-232 IN
25 GND GROUND
RS-232 GND
P4
GPS1 ARINC 249 IN A 5 46 GPS 429 OUT A

GPS1 ARINC 429 IN B 25 47 GPS 429 OUT B
GPS ARINC 429 OUT A 53 48 GPS 429 IN A

GPS ARINC 429 OUT B 73 49 GPS 429 IN B
P4 P1006 IFD #2
P3 P1001
16 TIME MARK OUT +
TIME MARK IN 2A
TIME MARK IN 2B
28
29 - TIME MARK OUT - 3
RS-232 IN 6 56 RS-232 OUT
RES-232 GND 26 GND GROUND
P4

48 GPS 429 IN A
49 GPS 429 IN B
NOTES:
2. WIRE HARNESS OVERBRAID IS NOT SHOWN BUT MAY BE REQUIRED
3 THE TIME MARK B CONNECTION MUST BE LEFT UNCONNECTED FOR THE INSTALLATION
OF IFD UNITS. A SINGLE CONDUCTOR SHIELDED WIRE MAY BE USED FOR THE TIME MARK
IN THIS CASE
4. SHOWN ARE CONNECTIONS TO THE IFD, ALL OTHER WIRING IS AT THE DISCRETION OF
THE INSTALLER.
Figure D - 62: Single GDU700/1060 PFD Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 277 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
GDU 700/1060
P4 P1006 IFD #1
PFD #1
P3 P1001
16 TIME MARK OUT +
TIME MARK IN 1A
TIME MARK IN 1B
30
31 - TIME MARK OUT - 3
4 56 RS-232 OUT
RS-232 IN
25 GND GROUND
RS-232 GND
P4

GPS1 ARINC 429 OUT A 53 48 GPS 429 IN A

GPS1 ARINC 429 OUT B 73 49 GPS 429 IN B
N/C
P3
TIME MARK IN 2A 28
TIME MARK IN 2B 29
RS-232 IN 6
RES-232 GND 26
P4
GPS2 ARINC 429 IN A 6
GPS2 ARINC 429 IN B 26
GDU 700/1060
PFD #2
P3
TIME MARK IN 1A 30
TIME MARK IN 1B 31
RS-232 IN 4
RS-232 GND 25
P4
GPS1 ARINC 429 IN A 5
GPS1 ARINC 429 IN B 25
IFD #2
P3 P1001
TIME MARK IN 2A 28 16 TIME MARK OUT +
TIME MARK IN 2B 29 - TIME MARK OUT - 3
RS-232 IN 6 56 RS-232 OUT
RES-232 GND 26 GND GROUND
P4
GPS2 ARINC 429 OUT A 53 48 GPS 429 IN A

GPS2 ARINC 429 OUT B 73 49 GPS 429 IN B
P4 P1006

NOTES:
THE TIME MARK B CONNECTION MUST BE LEFT UNCONNECTED FOR THE INSTALLATION
3 OF IFD SERIES UNITS. A SINGLE CONDUCTOR SHILDED WIRE MAY BE USED FOR THE
TIME MARK IN THIS CASE
4. SHOWN ARE CONNECTIONS TO THE IFD’s, ALL OTHER WIRING IS AT THE DESCRETION
OF THE INSTALLER.
Figure D - 63: Dual GDU700/1060 PFD Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 278 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD
G5 (HSI) 2P51 P1001
RS-232 RX 4 56 RS-232 OUT

SIGNAL GROUND 6 GND RS-232 GND
GAD 29/29B P292

ARINC 429 RX 1A (GPS) 23 46 ARINC 429 OUT A
ARINC 429 RX 1B (GPS) 11 47 ARINC 429 OUT B
ARINC 429 TX 1A (EFIS/AIR DATA) 24 48 ARINC 429 IN A

ARINC 429 TX 1B (EFIS/AIR DATA) 12 49 ARINC 429 IN B
3
P1006
ARINC 429 RX 2A (NAV) 22 24

ARINC 429 RX 2B (NAV) 10 23 ARINC 429 OUT A
ARINC 429 OUT B
NOTES:
GAD29B INSTALLED WHEN INTERFACING TO A THIRD PARTY AUTOPILOT

3 SEE GAD29B INTERFACE TO THIRD PARTY AUTOPILOT INTERCONNECT
DIAGRAMS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.
Figure D - 64: Garmin G5 EHSI Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 279 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
G5
IFD
(ATTITUDE
INDICATOR)
1P51 P1001
RS-232 RX 1 4 56 RS-232 OUT
NOTES:
IFD Config Page Configuration Setting

Input = OFF
MAIN RS-232 CONFIG PAGE Output = MapMX (WAAS GPS)
AVIATION (non WAAS GPS)
Figure D - 65: Garmin G5 EADI Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 280 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
G5 IFD
(ATTITUDE INDICATOR) P1001
1P51
RS-232 RX 1 4 56 RS-232 OUT
G5 (HSI) 2P51
RS-232 RX 4
SIGNAL GROUND 6
GAD 29/29B P292

ARINC 429 RX 1A (GPS) 23 46 ARINC 429 OUT A
ARINC 429 RX 1B (GPS) 11 47 ARINC 429 OUT B
ARINC 429 TX 1A (EFIS/AIR DATA) 24 48 ARINC 429 IN A

ARINC 429 TX 1B (EFIS/AIR DATA) 12 49 ARINC 429 IN B
P1006
ARINC 429 RX 2A (NAV) 22 24 ARINC 429 OUT A

ARINC 429 RX 2B (NAV) 10 23 ARINC 429 OUT B
NOTES:
GAD29B INSTALLED WHEN INTERFACING TO A THIRD PARTY AUTOPILOT

3 SEE GAD29B INTERFACE TO THIRD PARTY AUTOPILOT INTERCONNECT
DIAGRAMS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.
Figure D - 66: Garmin G5 EFIS Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 281 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
NGT9000R IFD
J1/P1 P1001
RS-232 RX1 61 58 RS-232 OUT 2
RS-232 TX1 62 59 RS-232 IN 2
WOW/SQUAT/SPEED 29 8 Wow
SWITCH – DISC 3 IN
RS-422 A (-) 53 57 RS232 in 1
RS-232 RX3 ENCODER

60
GROUND 16
4
DCM SDA 17
CONFIGURATION
DCM SCL 18 MODULE
DCM 3.3V 19
DCM GND 20
+14 VDC or +28 VDC in 1 1

+14 VDC or +28 VDC in 2 2 POWER IN
14 or 28 V RETURN 1 3
14 or 28 V RETURN 2 4
NOTES:
3. CONFIGURE NGT9000R WOW INPUT TO OPEN IN AIR.
REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL OF THE ALTITUDE ENCODER FOR

4 PINOUT AND FORMAT SETTINGS.
5. CONFIGURE NGT9000R RS-232 OUT BAUD TO 115,200.*
6. CONFIGURE IFD RS-232 INPUT TO CAPSTONE HS TFC&WX
7. CONFIGURE THE IFD RS-232 OUTPUT/INPUT TO NGT9000R*

* See Lynx NGT-9000 Installation Manual P/N 0040-17001-01
Figure D - 67: NGT9000R Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 282 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
KT-74 Primary IFD

J1 P1001
GPS POSITION IN 7 56 RS-232 OUT
SQUAT SWITCH IN 5 8 wow
11 to 33 VDC 11 POWER IN
11 to 33 VDC 12
SUPPRESS IN 9 SUPPRESSION IN/OUT
IDENT SWITCH IN F EXTERNAL IDENT
GROUND 1
GROUND A
Secondary
J2
3
SERIAL ENCODER
SERIAL ALT IN X
GROUND 1 X Pinout dependent on
encoder Model
NOTES:
3. SET SQUAT SWITCH SETTING TO LOW WHEN GROUND.
4. SET GPS POSITION SOURCE TO TRIG ADS-B AT 9600 BPS.
5. SET GPS CERTIFICATION TO LEVEL C.
6. SET GPS NACv TO 1 OR < 10m/SECOND.
7. SET THE IFDXXX/ATLAS OUTPUT TO ADS-B (AVI).
8. PARALLEL ALTITUDE WIRING, NOT SHOWN, CAN BE USED IN PLACE

OF SERIAL ALTITUDE.
Figure D - 68: KT-74 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 283 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD5XX/ATLAS
P1050 P2 TDR94 #1
GPS OUT 2 A 42 49 GPS IN
GPS OUT 2 B 43 50 GPS IN
P2 TDR94 #2
49 GPS IN
50 GPS IN
NOTES:
2. WIRE HARNESS OVERBRAID IS NOT SHOWN BUT MAY BE REQUIRED .
3. CONFIGURE IFDXXX/ATLAS ARINC 2 OUT TO HIGH SPEED, ARINC 743A. VERIFY THAT THE
TDR94 PORT SPEED IS SET TO HIGH SPEED
4. SHOWN IS THE CONNECTIONS TO THE IFD. ALL OTHER WIRING IS AT

THE DISCRETION OF THE INSTALLER.
Figure D - 69: TDR-94 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 284 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD4XX/5XX GI-275
A429 OUT 1A 46 52 A429 IN 1A

A429 OUT 1B 47 53 A429 IN 1B
A429 IN 1A 48 16 A429 OUT 1A

A429 IN 1B 49 55 A429 OUT 1B
RS232 1 OUT 56 57 RS232 1 IN

RS232 1 GND GND 77 RS232 1 GND
IFD4XX/5XX GI-275
A429 VOR/ILS OUT 24 72 A429 IN 2A

A429 VOR/ILS OUT 23 14 A429 IN 2B
Notes:
1. IFD CONFIGURATIONS:
a. IFD GPS ARINC429 OUT: GAMA429
b. IFD GPS ARINC429 IN: GARMIN GDU
c. IFD GPS SDI: LNAV1 for IFD#1; LNAV2 for IFD#2
d. IFD VNAV: Enable Labels
e. IFD VOR/ILS 429 OUT: VHF 429
f. IFD VOR/ILS SDI: VOR/ILS1 or IFD#1;VOR/ILS2 for IFD#2
Figure D - 70: Garmin GI-275 Interconnect
600-00299-000 Page 285 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Appendix E: Troubleshooting Guide

Component Trouble Probable Cause Solution
IFD5XX The unit is not getting power to The unit is not getting power. Check Circuit Breaker
the main connector
IFD4XX
Check wiring and unit seating in
ATLAS tray
The IFD is not computing a Wiring Check Coaxial Cables

position
Antenna Verify antenna has a clear

unobstructed view of the sky
The GPS Signal levels are very Wiring Check coaxial cable and
low connectors
Check routing
Antenna shading Verify the antenna is mounted on
top of the aircraft
Verify antenna is clear of
hangars, buildings, etc.
Interference Verify another piece of aircraft
equipment is not interfering with
the GPS system
VHF Com is not transmitting Wiring Check the aircraft’s PTT switch
(NOT APPLICABLE FOR PNs Check Audio Panel (if installed)
700-00179-X1X, 700-00182-
X1X,-X3X) Check wiring
The IFD5XX/4XX is not tuning Configuration Verify the IFD5XX/4XX is
the DME configured correctly.
(NOT APPLICABLE FOR PNs Wiring Checking wiring
700-00179-X1X, 700-00182-
X1X,-X3X)
DME Verify the DME is configured for
the IFD5XX/4XX tuning type
RS-232 Device is not Configuration Verify the IFD5XX/4XX is

communicating configured for the appropriate
device.
Wiring Check wiring and unit seating in
tray
ARINC 429 is not communicating Configuration Verify the IFD5XX/4XX is
configured for the appropriate
device.
Wiring Check wiring and unit seating in

tray
600-00299-000 Page 286 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

IFD5XX Display appears excessively dim Configuration (configured for Check cockpit dimming rheostat
or off “night mode”) position
IFD4XX
ATLAS
Check Flight Mode settings on

User Options page for Display
and Bezel Brightness and source
Check power button on IFD
Check Mx Mode settings on

Lighting page for proper setting
CMOS Battery Dead CAS The 10-year life expectancy of Return the IFD to Avidyne
Message the CMOS battery has been Service Center for battery
reached. This may result in replacement
longer GPS satellite acquisition
times.
VHF Radio Slots displaying Red- No power on the P1002 Ensure all governing circuit
Xs Connector breakers have power
(NOT APPLICABLE FOR PNs Check and set as required the
700-00179-X1X, 700-00182- Chassis ID per section 7.3
X1X,-X3X) Chassis ID not set to 0 or 1
Unit starts up in Maintenance USB fob installed at power up Ensure fob is not in the USB slot
Mode and reapply power to the IFD
IFD last shut down in Press the left or right side of the
Maintenance Mode AUX page until the “DONE” Line
Select Key is visible and press
that LSK to force the IFD to
restart into flight mode
Unable to get out of Maintenance Press the left or right side of the
Mode or not sure how to AUX page until the “DONE” Line
Select Key is visible and press
that LSK to force the IFD to
restart into flight mode
IFD to IFD Communication is not IFD is misconfigured Ensure RS-232 Channel 3 is set
functional as indicated by either to CrossSync on each IFD
“CROSSYNC FAIL” CAS
message or no data sharing Ensure serial Channel 3 wiring is
Wiring incorrect
observed between the IFDs installed per Section 4.7
"Config Mismatch" CAS message Configuration mismatch Power cycle the IFD units
on IFD5XX/4XX (dual between the two IFD units
IFD5XX/4XX/ATLAS only) Verify configuration on
IFD5XX/4XX units
If problem persists, send
IFD5XX/4XX log data to Avidyne
Technical Support
600-00299-000 Page 287 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22

“No Comm with <x>” where <x> Device is not wired correctly or Confirm device is powered
is an attached device RS232 or ARINC429 connection
is on a port other than what is Check wiring
configed in Maintanace mode Confirm wired port maches
configured port
600-00299-000 Page 288 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Appendix F: Configuration Setup

In order to support the requirements of some validations of the AML STC, this section should be easily removable and
inserted into the aircraft logs.
For those installations where an IFD is replacing a GNS-530/W or GNS-430, please record the following parameters from
the GNS-530/W or GNS-430/W setup pages before removing the unit (Note: this will need to be conducted for each GNS-
530/W or GNS-430/W being replaced):
WAAS Enabled (530W or 430W with approved antenna)? Yes No 2nd unit: Yes No
N/A
530/W or 430/W Hardware Part Number and Revision Number (back of unit or aircraft logs) _______________/_______________
530/W or 430/W Software Part Number (“Main SW Version” on start up splash screen) __-________________/_______________
If multiple GNS-530/W or GNS-430/W were installed, describe the slot/location that this specific unit was removed
from.
Cockpit Location of Unit(s) in Question
Description of location/slot in
the cockpit (Include rough
sketch if deemed helpful)
Measure the distance from the ground to the top of the GPS antenna to nearest tenth of a foot, as shown in the image
below, and enter the value in the box below: (to the nearest 1/10th foot).
Measured Height of GPS Antenna
600-00299-000 Page 289 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Please list the other avionics that are installed in the aircraft (please be as specific as possible with make and models of
the gear) and connected to the GNS-530/W or GNS-430/W. Enter “None” or “Don’t Know” as required. The GNS-
530/W or GNS-430/W Setup pages will be captured on subsequent pages.
Identification of Devices Connected to the GNS-530/W or GNS-430/W

1st GNS 530/W or GNS 430/W 2nd GNS 530/W or GNS-430/W (if applicable)
Traffic
Datalink
Lightning Sensor
Autopilot
Fuel Flow System
Display(s)
CDI(s)
RMI(s)
Transponder
DME
ADF
Air Data
IRU/INS
Other
Other
Other
Please list the other avionics that are installed in the aircraft and connected to the IFD. Enter “None” or “Don’t Know” as
required. The IFD Setup pages will be captured on subsequent pages.
Identification of Devices Connected to the IFD at time of Install
1st IFD 2nd IFD (if applicable)
Traffic
Datalink
Lightning Sensor
Autopilot
Fuel Flow System
Display(s)
CDI(s)
RMI(s)
600-00299-000 Page 290 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Transponder
DME
ADF
Air Data
IRU/INS
Other
Other
Other
GNS-530/W or GNS-430/W Maintenance Mode Entry:

GNS-530 configuration data is accessed from the GNS-530/W Maintenance Mode settings which is entered via holding
ENTR button on 530/W bezel during power application.
GNS-530/W or GNS-430/W Page Navigation:
Use the inner right knob on the GNS-530/W to scroll through the maintenance mode pages. Each clockwise click of the
knob selects the next page. On pages where selectable fields exist, a push of the right knob will produce a flashing cursor.
The outer right knob moves through the fields on a page when there is a flashing cursor. Twist the inner right knob
clockwise to see a list of choices. Use the inner right knob to scroll through the list of choices and press the “ENT” button
to select the desired choice.
IFD Maintenance Mode Entry:
IFD configuration data is accessed via Mx Mode which is entered by starting the IFD with a USB Fob already installed or
selecting the AUX page, SYS tab, ensuring that the “Select” LSK = Software, and then pressing the “Download Logs” LSK,
followed by the “Confirm” LSK. These tables contain all the data that can be entered at time of installation to ensure the
IFD is properly configured. There are additional setup options that selectable by the pilot (Display Options on AUX
Setup tab) that are not documented here.
IFD Page Navigation:
To reach the IFD pages on which this data is to be entered, select the CONFIG tab in Maintenance Mode. Use the outer
right knob to select the page – each clockwise click of the outer right knob selects the next page in the list. Push the right
knob in to generate a cursor and then use the outer right knob to select an individual field with the cursor. Then twist the
inner right knob to scroll through the selectable options for that field and push in the right knob when done with each
field selection.
For retrofit installations (those installations in which an IFD is replacing a GNS-530/W or GNS-430/W), enter the data in
the following tables/menu pages from the corresponding fields recorded below in the GNS-530/W or GNS-430/W tables
on the left side of each page. Repeat for each retrofit IFD.
For new installations (those installations in which an IFD is NOT replacing a GNS-530/W or GNS-430/W), select and
record the appropriate settings for each configuration page per the descriptive material below each table.
600-00299-000 Page 291 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Garmin 530/W or 430/W - MAIN ARINC 429 IFD - Main ARINC 429 Config Page (1/12)
CONFIG page
Speed Data
Speed Data
In 1
IN 1
In 2
IN 2
Out
OUT
SDI
SDI
VNAV
VNAV
(if present) For new IFD5XX/ATLAS installations, see
Section 7.5 for selections and descriptions
IFD - Main RS232 Config Page (2/12)
GNS-530/W or 430/W – MAIN RS232 CONFIG CHNL 3

Page
CHNL 4
Input Output
CHNL 1 CHNL 5
CHNL 2 CHNL 6
CHNL 3
For new IFD5XX/ATLAS Installations,
CHNL 4 see Section 7.5.4 for selections and
descriptions. IFD4XX do not have
CHNL 5
Channels 5 and 6.
Input Output
CHNL 1
CHNL 2
600-00299-000 Page 292 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
GNS-530/W or 430/W – MAIN SYSTEM CONFIG

Page (Fuel)
IFD—Main System Config Page (3/12)
CONFIGURE Fuel
Tail Number is a free text field and is used for
JSUM and Paid Options
FUEL TYPE
GNS-530/W or 430/W – MAIN SYSTEM CONFIG

Page (Terrain) [if present]
CONFIGURE Terrain Fuel Type
TERRAIN GPS Select

TYPE
Airframe
TEST CARD?
Tail Number
HW CONFIG
External TAWS
012-00296-
WOW Input
012-00401- (Helo)
Checklists
GNS-530/W or 430/W– MAIN SYSTEM CONFIG TIS-B

Page (Discretes) [if present] Annunciation
CONFIGURE Discretes Joystick Input
GPS SELECT Appr Roll Steer
COM Nav Radio Active

PRESETS
Note: Com Presets are always enabled
on the IFD
GNS-530/W or 430/W– MAIN SYSTEM CONFIG

Page (Airframe) [if present]
CONFIGURE Airframe
AIRFRAME
AIR/GROUND
(if present)
Note: The Air/Ground selection is only
present when helicopter is selected for
the airframe and is a trigger to look for
squat switch input. No equivalent in
IFD.
600-00299-000 Page 293 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
GNS-530/W or 430/W – MAIN INPUTS Page IFD – MAIN INPUTS Page (4/12)
OAT HDG
B B
ALT OAT HDG
ALT
D W D
SAT W DIR SAT
ALT
DIR ALT
GPS P
TAT GPS P
SC ALT TAT
SC ALT
VLC
IAS L FF VLC
SC IAS L FF
SC
TAS CDI R FF
TAS CDI R FF
W SPD T FF
W SPD T FF
T
FOB T
FOB
JOYSTICK
WPT JOYSTICK
WPT
Note: There is no data to enter on the
IFD from this page – it is for diagnostics
only
GNS-530/W or 430/W – INSTRUMENT PANEL

SELF TEST (For reference only)
CDI FUEL CAPACITY
FLG
FUEL ON-
VCDI
BOARD
VFLG
No IFD Equivalent Page
TO/FRM FUEL FLOW
ANNUN
RMI Set Fuel Flow?
OBS
DTK
600-00299-000 Page 294 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD – MAIN LIGHTING Page (5/12)
GNS-530/W or 430/W– MAIN LIGHTING Page
Bezel Display
Display Key
Photo
LIGHTING Response
Time
SOURCE
Photo
RESP TIME Slope
/ MIN
Photo
SLOPE / Minimum
OFFSET
Photo
PHOTO Maximum
TRANS %
(if dimBus
applicable) Transition
%
PHOTO
SLP / OFST dimBus
(if Slope
applicable)
dimBus
Minimum
dimBus
Maximum
dimBus
Curve
Dimming
Current Lighting Calibration
Bus
dimBus
Bezel
Type
dimBus
Display Max
Voltage
dimBus
Mx Input Min
Voltage
See Section 7.5.7 for instructions on this
page.
600-00299-000 Page 295 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
GNS-530/W or 430/W – DATE / TIME SETUP
Page (No Need to Fill In – For Reference Only)
No IFD5XX/4XX/ATLAS Equivalent Page
UTC DATE UTC TIME
IFD – MAIN DISCRETE I/O Page (6/12)

GNS-530/W or 430/W – MAIN DISCRETE I/O Page
GRAY CODE DECODED ALTITUDE
GRAY DECODED
CODE ALTITUDE EXTERNAL SWITCH STATE
EXTERNAL SWITCH STATE
RMT CDI RMT OBS RMT RCL
RMT CDI OBS
TER INHB AUD INHB
DISCRETE
TOGGLE DISCRETE TOGGLES
ILS/GPS APR OBS ILS/GPS APR

APR OBS
APR
GPS TERM GPS SELECT
GPS TERM
INTEG VLOC TER CAUT
INTEG VLOC
MSG WPT TER INHB
MSG WPT
TER N/A
Note: Check off the squares, as
required, to match the solid squares on TER WARN
the GNS-530/430 unit – these check that
discretes are wired correctly. Note; ON or OFF will be Displayed
600-00299-000 Page 296 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD – MAIN CDI / OBS CONFIG Page (7/12)

GNS-530/W or 430/W – MAIN CDI / OBS
CONFIG Page
CDI NAV TO-
CDI NAV TO- FLAG FROM
FLAG FROM LAT
LAT
VERT
VERT
SELECTED COURSE
SELECTED COURSE
Ignore
CDI OBI V- SEL CRS
SOURCE FLAG for GPS
STATE Ignore
SEL CRS
for
VLOC
CDI OBI V-
SOURCE FLAG
STATE
For new IFD installations, see Section

7.5.9 for selections and descriptions.
GNS-530/W or 430/W – COM SETUP Page

(GNS-530W/430W Only)
FREQ SQ 250
SPACING SQ 833
SIDETN
MIC
(Use the User Options tab to select
25 or 8.33 kHz spacing)
STORE CALIBRATION?
PTT XFR RX TX
Note: The squares above do not need to

be recorded – they fill in when/if that
function is activated.
600-00299-000 Page 297 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
GNS-530/W or 430/W – VOR/LOC/GS CDI Page IFD – VOR/LOC/GS CDI Page (8/12)
CDI NAV SPR TO- CDI NAV SPR TO-

FLAG FLAG FROM FLAG FLAG FROM
LAT LAT
VERT VERT
SELECTED COURSE SELECTED

COURSE
DME
DME
CHANNEL
CHANNEL
MODE
MODE
GNS-530W or GNS-430W Only

7.5.10 for selections and descriptions.
IFD – VOR/LOC/GS ARINC 429 CONFIG Page

(9/12)
GNS-530/W or 430/W – VOR/LOC/GS ARINC RX TX

429 CONFIG Page (GNS-530W/430W Only)
SPEED
RX TX
FORMAT
SPEED
SDI
SDI
DME DME MODE

MODE

7.5.11 for selections and descriptions
.
IFD – GPS Antenna Setup Page (10/12)
GPS Antenna Height

GNS-530/W or 430/W– GPS Vertical Offset (if
Above Ground
present)
Antenna Type
GPS Antenna Height
Note: Use the data recorded at the
Above Ground
beginning of Appendix F to enter the
Antenna Type field.
600-00299-000 Page 298 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
GNS-530/W or 430/W– STORMSCOPE CONFIG IFD STORMSCOPE CONFIG Page (Software

Page (if configured for Stormscope) version 10.2 or higher)
STATUS: MODE: Accessible via the TEST page, select

GET DATA, scroll to Config, and record
the jumpers installed and grounded
SW VERSION: ANT MOUNT:
HEADING J3-1 OPEN GND
INPUT J3-2 OPEN GND
HDG FORMAT HDG FLG SENSE HEADING
FLAG J3-4 OPEN GND
SENSE
HDG FLAG SYNC ANGLE
ANTENNA
HDG STAB SYNC REF J3-3 OPEN GND
MOUNT
HDG VALID
Note: Squares should all be green if no

issues.
GNS-530/W or 430/W – STORMSCOPE TEST IFD – STORMSCOPE TEST Page

Page (if configured for Stormscope)
(Software version 10.2 or higher)
MODE
MODE
STATUS
STATUS
TRIGGER COUNT
TRIGGER COUNT
HDG
HDG
600-00299-000 Page 299 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
GNS-530/W or 430/W– STORMSCOPE DATA IFD – STORMSCOPE DATA Page

DOWNLOAD Page (if configured for (Software version 10.2 or higher)
Stormscope)
SOFTWARE VERSIONS: SOFTWARE VERSIONS:
Model Model
Main SW Ver Main SW Ver
Main Boot SW Ver Main Boot SW Ver
DSP SW Ver DSP SW Ver
GNS-530/W or 430/W – Traffic Config Page (if No IFD Equivalent Page

configured for Traffic)
ALT
Note: Traffic monitoring is
LIM A (if 429 accomplished after a 3 minute
interface) suppression period in-flight when any
faults are announced. There should be
LIM B (if 429
no Red-X on the traffic thumbnail if
interface)
configured on the Setup pages.
HDG (if 429
interface)
BARO ALT (if 429 interface)
RAD ALT (if 429 interface)
TEST MODE? (if 429 interface)
Note: Check off the squares, as

required, to match the solid squares on
the GNS-530 unit.
600-00299-000 Page 300 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
GNS-530/W or 430/W– RYAN TCAD CONFIG

Page (if configured for Ryan TCAD]
MODE
APPROACH MODE
HEIGHT
RANGE
Note: Use the presence of the traffic
GND/FLD thumbnail and the Audio Volume
ELEVATION Control page to control these
parameters in the IFD.
VOLUME
MUTE DURATION
VOICE ALERT
UNKNOWN STATUS
DEVICE MUTE
GNS-530/W or 430/W – GAD 42 Config Page (if

configured for an ARINC 429 input from GAD
42)
MAIN ROLL
RMI/OBI STEERING
NAV REMOTE CRS
RMI/OBI SEL
SEL CRS
TAS INPUT
DRIVE
DIST GPS/NAV 429 No IFD Equivalent Page
SERIAL L/H
Note: Manually strap the GAD42 or
HEADING 429
ensure stored configuration is not lost.
L/H
The IFD5XX/4XX alerts in flight mode if
GAD SW the GAD42 reports a fault.
VER:
STATUS:
600-00299-000 Page 301 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
GNS-530/W or 430/W– TAWS Audio Config

Page 1 (if installed)
TAWS CONFIG
(Use the User Options LSK and
Volume Control LSK of the Audio Tab instead)
VOICE GENDER
VOLUME
PLAY AUDIO
MSG
GNS-530/W or 430/W – TAWS Audio Config

Page 2 (if installed)
ALERT Reduced Terrain Clearance
CAUT
WARN
ALERT Reduced Obstacle Clearance
CAUT
WARN
ALERT Imminent Terrain Impact
CAUT
WARN
ALERT Imminent Obstacle Impact No IFD Equivalent Page
CAUT (Use the User Options Tab instead)
WARN
600-00299-000 Page 302 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
IFD5XX/IFD4XX/Atlas Installation Manual
IFD – GDL Config Page (if installed) (11/12)
GNS-530/W or 430/W – GDL Config Page (if
installed)
ATTENUATION
ATTENUATION
MODEL
MODEL (if
displayed)
GNS-530/W or 430/W – DATALINK

DIAGNOSTICS Page (if installed)
QOS TERR
IFD Equivalent Page
SAT 1 SAT 2 Note: Use the Datalink Status page on

the AUX-SYS tab for datalink status
data.
TUNER
600-00299-000 Page 303 of 305 Revision: 24

Date: 03/23/22
Notice:
SOFTWARE LICENSE: AVIDYNE CORPORATION (“AVIDYNE”) IS WILLING TO
LICENSE THIS SOFTWARE, AND RELATED MATERIALS (THE “SOFTWARE”) ONLY ON
THE CONDITION THAT THE USER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE PUBLISHED
SOFTWARE LICENSE WHICH CAN BE ACCESSED VIA THIS WEB ADDRESS:
HTTP://WWW.AVIDYNE.COM/SUPPORT/LICENSE.ASP
FCC APPROVAL AND CAUTIONS: THIS DEVICE COMPLIES WITH PART 15 OF THE
FCC RULES. OPERATION IS SUBJECT TO THE CONDITION THAT THIS DEVICE DOES
NOT CAUSE HARMFUL INTERFERENCE. THE MANUFACTURER IS NOT
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY RADIO OR TV INTERFERENCE CAUSED BY UNAUTHORIZED
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS EQUIPMENT. SUCH MODIFICATIONS COULD VOID THE
USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPERATE THE EQUPMENT.
600-00299-000 © Copyright 2014-2022 Avidyne Corporation Rev: 24

Date: 03/23/22
600-00299-000 © Copyright 2014-2022 Avidyne Corporation Rev: 24

Date: 03/23/22

600-00299-000 Ifd4xx - Ifd5xx Im - 10.3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

600-00299-000 Ifd4xx - Ifd5xx Im - 10.3

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

600-00299-000 Ifd4xx - Ifd5xx Im - 10.3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

IFD5XX / IFD4XX / Atlas Integrated Flight Display

600-00299-000 Page 2 of 305 Revision: 24

All materials copyrighted, including images that represent the software.

Avidyne® is a registered trademark of Avidyne Corporation.

600-00299-000 Page 3 of 305 Revision: 24

1. General Information ........................................................... 14

1.2 IFD Configurations ................................................................................................. 14

1.3 Bendix King Part Numbers .................................................................................... 18

1.4 Unit Modifications .................................................................................................. 20

1.5 Technical Specifications ........................................................................................ 26

1.5.1 IFD5XX Specifications ....................................................................................... 26

1.5.2 Atlas Specifications ............................................................................................ 33

1.6 Regulatory Compliance ......................................................................................... 37

1.6.1 Applicable TSOs ................................................................................................ 37

1.6.2 TSO Deviations .................................................................................................. 38

1.6.3 Non-TSO Functions ........................................................................................... 40

1.6.5 Partial TSO Functions ........................................................................................ 40

1.6.6 Open Problem Report ........................................................................................ 41

1.7 Software and Hardware Design Assurance Levels ............................................... 41

1.8 Environmental Qualification Forms ........................................................................ 42

1.9 Databases .............................................................................................................. 42

1.10 Electronic Map Display Information ....................................................................... 42

1.11 GPS Fault Detection and Exclusion (FDE) ............................................................ 43

1.12 Terrain Alerting and Warning System .................................................................... 43

1.13 FIS-B ADS-B Weather Information ........................................................................ 44

1.14 Part 23 STC Approved Model List ......................................................................... 44

1.15 Part 25 STC Approved Model List ......................................................................... 44

1.16 Avidyne Supplied Material ..................................................................................... 45

600-00299-000 Page 4 of 305 Revision: 24

1.16.1 Product Ship Kits ........................................................................................... 45

1.16.2 Optional Ship Kits .......................................................................................... 46

1.17 Materials Required but not Supplied ..................................................................... 47

2.1.2 IFR Installation ................................................................................................... 48

2.2 Garmin GNS Replacement Considerations ........................................................... 51

2.2.1 Circuit Breakers ................................................................................................. 51

2.2.2 WAAS Enabled: ................................................................................................. 51

2.2.4 TAWS Audio: ..................................................................................................... 52

2.2.5 Installation with Avidyne AXP340/322 Transponder: ........................................ 52

2.2.6 Additional Installation Data Sources .................................................................. 52

2.2.7 Electrical Load Analysis (ELA) ....................................................................... 53

2.3 Optional Installation Features ................................................................................ 53

2.4 IFD Interfaces ........................................................................................................ 54

2.5 Pre-Installation Checklist ....................................................................................... 62

3. Antenna Installation ........................................................... 63

3.2 Antenna Environmental Qualifications ................................................................... 63

3.3 GPS Antenna ......................................................................................................... 63

3.3.1 GPS Antenna Location ...................................................................................... 64

3.3.2 GPS Antenna Bonding....................................................................................... 68

3.3.3 GPS Antenna Cable .......................................................................................... 68

3.3.4 GPS Coaxial Cable Connector .......................................................................... 68

3.3.5 Approved GPS Antennas................................................................................... 69

3.3.6 GPS Interference ............................................................................................... 69

600-00299-000 Page 5 of 305 Revision: 24

3.3.7 Ground Plane ..................................................................................................... 70

3.3.8 Dual IFD Installations ......................................................................................... 70

3.3.9 Anti-Ice Protection ............................................................................................. 70

3.4 VHF Communication Antenna ............................................................................... 71

3.4.1 Antenna Environmental Qualifications ............................................................... 71

3.4.2 VHF Communication Cable ............................................................................... 71